Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings
Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings
View my account settingsHumans show many asymmetries. Heart, lungs, liver and other viscera are either to one side, or differ on the two sides, and most people also have an asymmetric brain, with a majority of people being right-handed and having language processing in the left hemisphere of the brain. In this talk I will look at some recent advances in our understanding of the biology of asymmetry.
Aside from a few major successes, there have been many problems replicating significant associations between polymorphic gene variation and complex diseases. There are several reasons for this, of which population structure is widely considered to be the most important. Population structure will affect both the validity and power of experiments and may be particularly important when relative risks are slight or the alleles involved are rare. With low relative risks and/or rare alleles, sample sizes need to be much larger than those often used in case-control studies and as sample size increases, the amount of population structure needed to perturb the results decreases. To address this problem, there are several statistical methods available that attempt to allow for the effect of population structure to be taken into account.
However, these methods are not really satisfactory and so the only suitable alternative is to design the studies with greater care and a powerful approach may be to characterise genetically both the cases and controls. Individuals from the controls can then be chosen to match the cases so as to minimise the stochastic differences between the two populations. We are therefore assembling a UK control population as a resource for future studies. It will comprise samples from 3500 individuals, who will have been carefully selected from throughout the UK. Rural regions will be targeted to avoid the admixture observed in large urban environments and volunteers will be sought who were born in the same place as their parents and grandparents to ensure historical integrity. The collection will be genotyped for around 3000 markers, with the aim of identifying about 200 ancestrally informative markers (AIMs). These AIMs will then be used to match controls to cases.
G = Gm(1-β(_-_m)); where β=1.68 MPa-1 was the empirically determined constant. (The subscript m signifies the ‘baseline’ growth and physiological stress).
The vertebral and discal contributions to human adolescent spinal growth velocity were measured from stereo-radiographs of 208 patients of with scoliosis. The estimates of level-specific spinal loading asymmetry, together with the relationship expressing growth sensitivity to load were included in an analysis that was used to estimate the resulting asymmetrical vertebral growth, and its contribution to the progression of a scoliosis curvature. The initial geometry represented a lumbar scoliosis of 26° Cobb, averaged and scaled from measurements of fifteen patients’ radiographs. Spinal growth during each of the adolescent years was estimated from growth curves obtained from cross-sectional logistic-correlation of the radiographically determined spinal and vertebral heights versus age.
Supported by the Fondation Yves Cotrel, Institut de France.
Problems of vertebral growth plate metabolism regulation at different stages of ontogenesis are insufficiently covered in the literature. However, the study of function mechanism of provisional cartilage of vertebral growth plate is a practical and theoretical basis of pathogenesis model of idiopathic scoliosis and Scheuermann’s disease both associated with growth disorders.
Due a peculiar architectonics, growth plate molecules have inner spaces comparable in size with Golgi’s vesicles. Metabolites, small molecules, and water freely penetrate through these molecules. Diffuse molecules together with type II thin collagenic fibres, minor collagenes, and structure-forming growth plates perform barrier function. Besides barrier function, diffuse molecules perform information function inside a chondron, forming a kind of information field. Signals of this field are perceived by chondroblast receptors, and the cell gene apparatus expression is carried out through second messengers. Thus, either stimulation of proliferative activity with subsequent differentiation during intensive growth, or interruption of these processes (period of growth delay) occurs. Single chondrons unite into chains in proliferation zones. Cell interaction inside chondron occurs due transmembrane structures, as a contact coordination of functions of cells with inherent high specificity. Concentration of diffuse molecules of growth plate (aggrecan) in proliferation zones is the highest on evidence of histochemical and ultrastructural assays. Besides, diffuse molecules are the short-distance regulators of DNA synthesis the mechanism of action of which is realised through the system of receptors on a cellular membrane. Hence, contact intercellular interactions are one of the mechanisms controlling cell division. These are so-called extracellular factors of chondroblast proliferation regulation.
Thus, the process of growth represents a complex two-stage mechanism of proliferation and differentiation of chondroblasts, and adequate osteogenesis. All three processes provide harmonious spine formation, and disturbance of one of them results in pathology development.
Work supported by Fondation Cotrel
The purpose of the present study was to investigate the role of E2 on the responsiveness of the AIS cells to the melatonin, to determine the expression of estrogens receptors (ERα and ERβ) in AIS tissues and to clarify the impact of estrogen receptor gene polymorphisms in the pathogenesis of AIS.
Supported by the Fondation Yves Cotrel, Institut de France
wild-type (controls) (n=25); shams (surgical controls) (n=20); pinealectomised (n=76).
The experimental data was used to adapt a FEM previously developed to simulate the scoliosis deformation process in human (Villemure et al. 2002). The FEM consists of 7 thoracic vertebrae and the first lumbar, the intervertebral discs and the zygapophyseal joints. The geometry was measured on specimens using a calliper. The material properties of human spines were used as initial approximation. The growth process included a baseline growth (0.130 mm/day) and a growth modulation behaviour proportional to the stress and to a sensitivity factor. It was implemented through an iterative process (from the 14th to the 28th day). Asymmetric loads (2–14 Nmm) were applied to represent different paravertebral muscle abnormalities influenced by the induced melatonin defect.
It is accepted that the development of scoliosis has a close relationship with physical growth, but the aetiology and mechanism of the disease remain unknown. Few studies have assessed the bone microarchitecture and histomorphological findings in vertebrae. After the occurrence of scoliosis, those include secondary changes caused by mechanical compression. It is important to investigate those data in the period prior to the occurrence of scoliosis.
Study Two: Sixty female Broiler chickens were divided into three groups: the control group (group C, n=20), the sham operation group (group S, n=20), and the pinealectomy group (group P, n=20). Each group was then subdivided into two groups according to the time of sacrificing: 3 days after the operation (group 3-C, 3-S, 3-P, n=10), and six days after the operation (group 6-C, 6-S, 6-P, n=10). Decalcified thin sagittal sections were made using a tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase (TRAP) stain. Histological examinations of the growth plate, trabecular structure and osteoclast number were performed.
Study Two: Nine out of ten chickens in group 6-P showed scoliosis deformity, while the presence of scoliosis was unclear in any of chickens in group 3-P. The osteoclast number increased significantly in group 3-P, compared to groups 3-C and 3-S, and the trabecular thickness was greater in group 3-P than in groups 3-C and 3-S. There was no significant change in the growth plate or in other aspects of the trabecular structure, except for trabecular thickness, in any of the groups.
The results of study one showed that the change of microarchitecture might be caused by Wolff’s law and was the secondary response to the scoliotic deformity. Therefore, it was difficult to clarify the cause of scoliosis using micro CT. In study 2 we found that the number of osteoclast increased in pinealectomised chickens after 3 days postoperatively, just before scoliosis began to develop. We also found there was no change in the growth plate. These outcomes suggest that there are no relationships between changes in the growth plate and the development of scoliosis. However, the change in osteoclast number may have a relationship with the development of scoliosis through changes in bone modelling.
CA of AIS and controls reached < 40% of the Chinese calcium DRI (1000 mg/d). Both CA and weight-bearing PA were correlated with BMD in AIS (P< 0.04 & P=0.002 respectively). Both CA and PA were independent predictors on the variations of aBMDs (P< 0.03) and vBMDs (P< 0.04) in AIS after controlling for confounders in multivariate analysis. Regarding bone turn-over rate, bALP in AIS was 38.6% higher than the controls from 13-y onwards (P< 0.005) while Dpd of AIS was 30.4% lower than controls at age 15-y (P=0.003). Furthermore, bALP in AIS was negatively correlated with age-adjusted BMD (r=−0.34, P< 0.001) while the correlation was weaker in the controls (P=0.14, P< 0.002).
The assessment of vestibular function throws new light on scoliosis. Vestibular morphological anomalies are frequent in scoliosis. This communication has two aims:
to correlate the dysfunctions of the semi-circular canal system with morphological anomalies. to include the vestibular assessment in the management of the scoliotic subject.
These anomalies are demonstrated by graphic modelling from MRI images (see abstract of Dr. Rousié). The examination of the proprio-oculo-labyrinthine system is done by Videonystagmography (VNG) and Videooculography (VOG). We able to test both horizontal and vertical canal function to give a 3D vestibular assessment. We use these tests to measure primitive vestibular dissymmetry (PVD). We compare the 3D endolymphatic morphology with the 3D vestibular function.
In the
In the
The difference between the results obtained with the caloric test and the kinetic tests is in connection with the phenomena of central compensation. On the vestibular level there is a close connection between the scoliosis, the vestibular morphological anomalies and the vestibular examination.
The vestibular assessment and vestibular rehabilitation are necessary because of the close connections between the anomalies of the proprio-oculo-labyrinthin and the scoliosis.
Analysis of balance is emerging as an important parameter in spinal deformity. Force plate technology permits a quantitative study of balance through centre of pressure (COP) measurement. COP measurements obtained from the force plate approximate the projected centre of gravity. In a standing subject the COP reflects the projected centre of gravity however repeatability and reliability of such analysis is lacking.
COP measurements were obtained from eight asymptomatic volunteers (mean age 32) with no history of back pain or previous spinal surgery. Each subject stood on a Zebris force plate platform for 30 seconds daily. 15 sets of data were acquired for each subject. For one subject, an additional 15 sets of data were collected on one day for comparison to the longitudinal data.
Intra- versus inter-subject reliability analysis revealed a Cronbach’s alpha value > 0.9 for the following COP movement parameters: distance travelled over 30 seconds, distance travelled in the first and last five seconds, and average speed. Comparison of the mean intra- versus inter-subject coefficients of variation revealed significant differences for all parameters (p< 0.004).
COP movement parameters are reliable in terms of intra-subject repeatability and can detect significant individual subject movement patterns. This suggests that COP movement patterns over time are idiosyncratic for each individual. While the repeatability of COP measurement has been established, the sensitivity to change with pathology and in response to treatment for spinal pathology remains to be evaluated.
Control group (CG):32 subjects, 26W. &
6M., fr. 8 to 51. AIS group (AISG):93 subjects, 77W. &
16M., fr. 6 to 63. AIS were classified according to – Amplitude of spine deformation (d°) G1: 8 to10°, G2: 10 to 15°, G3:15 to 40° – Location of deformation (Ponsetti class.): TL=thoracolumbar, T=thoracic, L=lumbar.
Step1: 3D Basicranium measurements in both groups with Brainvisa processing: ( Step2: 3D anatomical study of semicircular canals in both groups with original modelling software.
AIS showed a pathognomic increase of these Human traits. Inside AIS subgroups, TL & G3 revealed highest levels of asymmetry and rotation.
We will discuss, thanks to AIS homozygosis twins in mirror, genetic origins for these specific P.B. & Cerebellum asymmetries.
Modelling of semi-circular canals revealed significative malformations in AIS compared to normal group. Again, T.L. and G3 revealed highest scores of canals anomalies. We highlighted a specific malformation in AIS: abnormal connexion between lateral & posterior canal.
We will demonstrate, thanks to same AIS twins, genetic origins of this malformation and propose a genetic hypothesis to link the different results.
Nachemson [2] drawing upon the theses of Sahlstrand [3] and Lidström [4] articulated the view there are more girls than boys with progressive AIS for the following reason. The maturation of postural mechanisms in the nervous system is complete about the same time in boys and girls. Girls enter their skeletal adolescent growth spurt with immature postural mechanisms – so if they have a predisposition to develop a scoliosis curve, the spine deforms. In contrast, boys enter their adolescent growth spurt with mature postural mechanisms so they are protected from developing a scoliosis curve. We term Nachemson’s concept the neuro-osseous timing of maturation (NOTOM) hypothesis [1,5] The earlier sexual and skeletal maturation of girls may have an evolutionary basis through natural selection. Curve progression in AIS is associated with acceleration of the adolescent growth spurt [6]. Postural sway involves proprioceptive, vestibular and visual input to the central nervous system. In normal children there is a significant reduction in postural sway amplitude between six to nine years and 10–14 years [7,8]. In 1071 normal children aged 6–14 years postural sway is more stable in girls from 6–9 years and over 10 years there is no sex effect [9]; all these findings fit the Nachemson concept. But in view of a subsequent report on 64 normal children aged 3–17 years showing the change with age is limited to boys [10] the age and sex effect of postural sway in healthy children needs further evaluation. In AIS children stabilometry findings are conflicting and observed greater postural sway may be secondary to the curve. In the siblings of scoliotics Lidström et al [11] concluded that postural aberration is a factor in the aetiology of AIS.
The possibility that AIS aetiology involves undetected neuromuscular dysfunction is considered likely by several workers [1,2]. Yet in the extensive neuroscience research of idiopathic scoliosis certain neurodevelopmental concepts have been neglected. These include [3]:
a CNS body schema (“body in the brain”) for posture and movement control generated during development and growth by establishing a long-lasting memory, and pruning of cortical synapses at puberty.
During normal development the CNS has to adapt to the rapidly growing skeleton of adolescence, and in AIS to developing spinal asymmetry from whatever cause. Examination of publications relating to the CNS body schema, parietal lobe and temporo-parietal junction [4,5] led us to a new concept: namely, that a delay in maturation of the CNS body schema during adolescence with an early AIS deformity at a time of rapid spinal growth results in the CNS attempting to balance the deformity in a trunk that is larger than the information on personal space (self) already established in the brain by that time of development. It is postulated that this CNS maturational delay allows scoliosis curve progression to occur – unless the delay is temporary when curve progression would cease. The maturational delay may be primary in the brain or secondary to impaired sensory input from end-organs [6], nerve fibre tracts [2,7,8] or central processing [9,10]. The motor component of the concept could be evaluated using transcranial magnetic stimulation [11].
The aetiology of idiopathic scoliosis, despite of long-lasting efforts to disclose it, remains unknown.
The purpose of the study was to evaluate the spine development after pinealectomy or cortical sensory motor area damage in the growing rats.
These statistically significant differences were found: higher surgery weight in PIN, longer surgery time in PIN and SMCA, lower lordosis in PIN and higher in CRDU, differences of all groups in kyphosis and in an end weight.
These damages could cause a disorder of balance between smaller inhibitory and greater facilitating area of CNS, controlling the muscular tone and resulting in the development of lordosis and scoliosis due to muscle imbalance.
While previous studies have highlighted possible aetiological factors for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS), research employing gait measurements have demonstrated asymmetries in the ground reaction forces, suggesting a relationship between these asymmetries, neurological dysfunction and spinal deformity. Furthermore, investigations have indicated that the kinematic differences in various body segments may be a major contributing factor. This investigation, which formed part of a wider comprehensive study, was aimed at identifying asymmetries in lower limb kinematics and pelvic and back movements during level walking in scoliotic subjects that could be related to the spinal deformity. Additionally, the study examined the time domain parameters of the various components of ground reaction force together with the centre of pressure (CoP) pattern, assessed during level walking, which could be related to the spinal deformity. Although previous studies indicate that force platforms provide good estimation of the static balance of individuals, there remains a paucity of information on dynamic balance during walking. In addition, while research has documented the use of CoP and net joint moments in gait assessment and have assessed centre of mass (CoM)–CoP distance relationships in clinical conditions, there is little information relating to the moments about CoM. Hence, one of the objectives of the present study was to assess and establish the asymmetry in the CoP pattern and moments about CoM during level walking and its relationship to spinal deformity.
The investigation employed a six camera movement analysis system and a strain gauge force platform in order to estimate time domain kinetic parameters and other kinematic parameters in the lower extremities, pelvis and back. 16 patients with varying degrees of deformity, scheduled for surgery within a week took part in the study. The data for the right and left foot was collected from separate trials of normal walking. CoP was then estimated using the force and moment components from the force platform.
Results indicate differences across the subjects depending on the laterality of the major curve. There is an evidence of a relationship between the medio-lateral direction CoP and the laterality of both the main and compensation curves. This is not evident in the anterior-posterior direction. Similar results were recorded for moments about CoM. Subjects with a higher left compensation curve had greater deviation to the left. Furthermore, the results show that the variables identified in this study can be applied to initial screening and surgical evaluation of spinal deformities such as scoliosis. Further studies are being undertaken to validate these findings.
Custom SNP pools were designed for the candidate regions at a density of 1 SNP/58Kb. DNA from 550 individuals (AD group) were genotyped using the Illumina platform. A total of 1536 SNP markers were attempted, of which 1324 were released; 519 SNPs were genotyped on 9q32-24 and 805 SNPs genotyped on 16p12-q22. The map was generated using NCBI dbSNP chromosome report on Build 34. Overall missing rate was 0.06%; the overall duplicate error rate was 0.05%.
FIS was analysed both as a qualitative trait with an arbitrary threshold, and as a quantitative trait, or the degree of lateral curvature. Model independent sib-pair linkage analysis was performed on the subsets (SIBPAL, S. A. G. E. v4.5).
Chromosome 9: Multipoint model-independent qualitative analysis (threshold at ten degrees) did not result in any p values of <
0.05. When the threshold was set at 30 degrees, several regions with p values of <
0.005 were observed. One region spanned 10 Mb, and coincides with the region found to be most suggestive of linkage at the 0.05 level for the quantitative analysis which was 6 Mb in length. Chromosome 16: Multipoint model-independent qualitative analysis (threshold at ten degrees) resulted in a region spanning 23Mb with p values of <
0.05. The region included both regions adjacent to the centromere. When analysis was performed at a threshold of 30 degrees, the p values became more significant within a region of 30 Mb significant at the 0.05 level. The region best defined at a 0.01 level was located in an 8 Mb region on the q arm.
Idiopathic scoliosis has been studied through centuries, but problems of its aetiology and pathogenesis up till now are the subjects of considerable discussion. Pathogenetic mechanism of the spine deformity development in idiopathic scoliosis (IS) was established on the basis of in-depth morphological and biochemical investigations of structural components of the spine in patients with IS (surgical material) (Zaidman A.M., et al. 2001). It was shown that IS develops on the basis of disturbance of proteoglycans (PG) synthesis and formation in vertebral growth plates. Decrease of chondroitin sulphate component of PG and increase of keratan sulphate one, as well as decrease in degree of sulphating of glycosaminoglycan (GAG) chains and increase of non-acetilated sugars – all this evidences for conformational changes in proteoglycans. The found keratan sulphate-related fraction is likely a marker of genetic changes in PGs in idiopathic scoliosis. Structural changes in PGs in combination with reduce of quantity of diffuse molecules which perform trophic and informational function, and disorders of receptor function of chondroblast membranes (ultra structural and histochemical findings) are the factors of disorders in regulation mechanisms of vertebral growth plate cells and matrix differentiation and reproduction.
Long-term studies (Zaidman A.M., et al., 1999–2003) demonstrated a major-gene effect in Idiopathic Scoliosis. The next stage was major gene localization by the method for candidate gene testing. The aggrecan gene with known polymorphism of the number of tandem repeats in exon G3 was considered to be one of these candidate genes. Various alleles of this gene provide attachment of different number of chondroitin sulfate chains to a proteoglycan core protein, thereby changing functional properties of cartilage. The aggrecan gene AGC1 coding a core protein of aggrecan molecule has been localised to region 15q2b. In anald families nine alleles of aggrecan gene have been identified, among them three alleles with tandem repeats numbers of 25, 26, and 27 prevailed. We did not reveal preferable transmission of any of these alleles to the proband The absence of reliable association of IS with polymorphism of exon G3 can not be interpreted as a non-linkage of the whole aggrecan gene to IS development determination.
As the linkage of other proteoglycans to IS development has not been excluded, we perform the RT-PCR and immunoblot analyses of the expression of main PG genes and their protein products in cultivated chondroblasts isolated from vertebral growth plates in 15 patients with III–IV grade IS (surgical material). The study has shown that aggrecan gene expression is significantly decreased in cultivated chondroblasts from patients with IS, what correlates with a decrease of synthesed protein product, both in cells (chondrocytes) isolated from IS patients and in cultural media. The presence of keratan sulphate-related fraction and keratan sulphate increase are associated with luminicene increase. In present we perform a sequencing of aggrecan genome.
Since the first pathography of Idiopathic Scoliosis (IS) and Scheuermann’s disease (SD) clinicians consider these two pathologies as separate nosological entities. The reason for this is different clinical implications of diseases. SD is known to be more common in boys, while IS is a sad privilege of girls. Kyphotic spinal deformity is typical for patients with Scheuermann’s disease while scoliotic one for patients with idiopathic scoliosis. Schmorl’s nodes are found more frequently in SD. Both deformities are attributed to the growth asymmetry, anterior growth plates are affected in SD and lateral ones – in IS. Despite different clinical presentations, these two nosologies have the same pathogenetic mechanism and semiology.
To our regret, there are no reports on comparative morphological and biochemical investigations of SD and IS. Long-term studies have given rise to the question of a single nature of scoliotic and kyphotic spine deformities.
The potency for synthesis and structural organization of chondroblasts isolated from vertebral body growth plates of patients with IS and SD were subjects of morphological, biochemical, and ultrastructural analyses. Qualitative and quantitative composition of growth plates was investigated in culture mediums.
Morpho-histochemical study of the spine structural elements has revealed the same changes in patients with IS and patients with SD:
Disturbance of structural and chondral organization of cells and matrix in vertebral body growth plate. Decrease of chondroitin sulfate content and increase of keratan sulfate content. Lower response to oxidation-reduction enzymes in cytoplasm of chondroblasts. Change of the ultrastructural organization of cells: Golgi complex with flat vacuoles and enlarged cisterns of endoplasmic reticulum. Extracellular matrix with fragmented collagen fibrils and small fragments of proteoglycans.
Our knowledge of the incidence of scoliosis and scoliosis surgery is based on a few small scale studies. The National Health Service (NHS) in the United Kingdom has long collected data on hospital based activity. We have used a five year English database (1998–2002) of hospital admission statistics to study age-adjusted admission rates for scoliosis (code M41 in the International Classification of Diseases, 10th revision) and for two scoliosis surgery codes (V41 ‘instrumental correction of deformity of spine’ and V42 ‘other correction of deformity of spine’ (the latter includes ‘anterolateral release of spine for correction of deformity’).
Social deprivation – we were able to study this, and admission rates appeared independent of social deprivation. Availability of spine surgeons – this may be an explanation, but not very convincing. Scoliosis surgery is concentrated in 15 centres that do not obviously link with the variations we found. Variation in decision making about referral and/or treatment (by general practitioners, patients or surgeons). This is possible, but cannot be studied using our data. Regional genetic variation. Some of our maps were consistent with concepts of local biological variation, but are not very convincing. Incomplete or inaccurate coding in routine hospital statistics. Cannot be studied using our database alone.
Recent literature has reported multiple critical regions identified through linkage analyses to be potentially relevant in relationship to the aetiology of FIS. This is supportive of the concept that FIS is a complex genetic disorder resulting from multiple genetic interactions and variants. While these areas harbour multiple genes, the work to date has been crucial to our ability to focus and hopefully eliminate massive areas on the genome that are irrelevant to this disorder. As one reviews these genes, however, one should develop a potential algorithm for prioritization of candidate genes. Additionally, one should delve into potential biological mechanisms in relationship to the creation of a spinal deformity. If you were a gene causing scoliosis, what would you look like and how would you function?
One approach to prioritization of candidate genes may be based on the virtue of their direct potential as a biological basis for the deformity, such as genes that encode for a protein of known function, the function of homologous proteins, and the tissue expression pattern. Within the localised region of chromosome 9, one such gene is COL5A1, a precursor for collagen type V alpha chains, a fibrillar forming collagen ubiquitously distributed within the connective tissues. A second group of genes may be those genes encoding regulatory proteins of the extracellular matrix.
Transmembrane 4 superfamily, member 6 (TM4SF6) localised on the critical region on Xq22 is believed to span the cellular membrane with a role in cellular adhesion within the matrix. A third group of genes may maintain a temporal and/or spatial pattern of expression that may relate to the building of the axial skeleton itself. The Iriquois genes isolated on chromosome 5 play multiple roles in embryonic development including anterior/posterior and dorsal/ventral patterning of the central nervous system. Lastly, genes that do not have an intuitive relationship to scoliosis, but are localised within areas of strong linkage, will need to undergo analysis. Multiple examples exist within the reported critical regions within the literature to date.
Another approach to the review of candidate genes within the regions is to think of known genetic disorders in which, 1) scoliosis is recognised as an element of the phenotype, and, 2) the gene and the biological mechanism of the disorder is well known. Immediate potential examples that come to mind are that of known collagen disorders such as osteogenesis imperfecta. The assumption that scoliosis is solely a result of mechanical load imposed upon abnormal connective tissue may be more elementary than what is truly occurring. Another example may be that of neurofibromatosis (gene – NF1). While this particular gene is localised near one of the identified regions, unfortunately, the biological function of the gene in relationship to phenotypic findings is still unknown.
In conclusion, genetic research related to FIS to date has driven us to unbelievable expectations within a relatively short period of time. Further understanding of this complex disease will best be accomplished with thoughtful experimental, orderly design ultimately to have an impact in the therapeutic treatment of this disorder.
Primary Cobb angle, Secondary Cobb angle, Coronal C7-midsacral plumb line, Apical Vertebra Translation (AVT) of primary curve, AVT of the secondary curve, Upper instrumented vertebra (UIV) translation, UIV tilt angle, Lower instrumented vertebra (LIV), 8) LIV tilt angle Apical Vertebra Rotation (AVR) of the primary curve, Sagittal C7-posterior corner of sacrum plumb line T5-T12 angle, T12-S1 angle, shoulder height difference.
The percentage improvements for each were noted. Correlation was sought between Total SRS score, each of the five individual domains and various radiographic parameters listed above by quantifying Pearson’s Correlation Coefficient (r).
An automated system has been developed to measure three-dimensional back shape in scoliosis patients using structured light. The low-cost system uses a digital camera to acquire a photograph of a patient with coloured markers on palpated bony landmarks, illuminated by a pattern of horizontal lines. A user-friendly operator interface controls the lighting and camera and leads the operator through the analysis. The system presents clinical information about the shape of the patient’s deformity on screen and as a printed report. All patient data (both photographs and clinical results) are stored in an integral database. The database can be interrogated to allow successive measurements to be plotted for monitoring the deformity.
The system is non-invasive, requiring only a digital photograph to be taken of the patient’s back. Identification of the bony landmarks allows all clinical data to be related to body axes. This reduces the effects of variability in patient stance. Measurement of a patient, including undressing, landmark marking and dressing, can be carried out in approximately 10 minutes. The clinical results presented are based on the old ISIS report. This includes:
transverse sections at 19 levels from vertebra prominens to sacrum. coronal views of the line of spinous processes on the surface of the back and the line estimated to be through the centres of the vertebrae; lateral asymmetry, a parameter analogous to Cobb angle, is calculated from the latter. sagittal views of the line of spinous processes on the surface of the back, including kyphosis and lordosis data.
Additionally, a three-dimensional wire-frame plot, a coloured contour plot and a pair of bilateral asymmetry plots give visual impressions of any deformity in the measured back.
The widely used classification systems (King and Lenke) are useful for documentation of the deformities. Unfortunately explicit guidelines for surgery are not clear. A multi-centre database with pre and postoperative patient data including photographic images and x-rays will be very useful in decision making. It will allow surgeons to find similar cases in the database that will help them in their decision making for surgical planning and execution. Furthermore it will provide extensive data to perform outcome studies, and to develop general treatment guidelines. Surgery for spinal deformities will become more evidence based and less dependent on the individual surgeons judgement.
The patient data can also be stored and printed as a PDF-file, so that it can be used as a patient chart and for patient information purposes.
Scolisoft allows the user to select patients based on all the individual characteristics, e.g. curve classification. For pre-operative planning of a specific deformity, a cohort of patients with the same deformity (patient demographics, curve pattern, bending films etc) can be selected and the postoperative results viewed.
With the same selection tool, cohorts of patients can be selected for outcome studies.
Furthermore Scolisoft provides the possibility of discussing difficult cases with other spine surgeons using the system.
Finally, complications are registered according to the existing Scoliosis Research Society complication registry system.
The system already has the possibility for documenting other spine pathology such as sagittal plane deformities, fractures and spondylolisthesis.
Scoliosis is the consequence of vertebral rotation. Each vertebra turns about a different axis which results into a global torsion of the spine. This torsion will yield characteristic modifications. On the frontal x-ray view one can notice the maximum projection of the deformity, usually estimated by means of the Cobb angle, whereas on the sagittal x-ray view a flat back will be observed. Indeed, scoliosis flattens sagittal physiological curvatures. Hyperkyphosis may occur only between two scoliotic curves (two adjacent flat back segments) or in case of vertebral rotation higher than 90° when the sagittal projection corresponds to frontal structures. In this last case, the maximum deformity is projected on the sagittal view. The vertebral rotation will also pull on the ribs, thus creating the rib hump.
Over the last decades, Harrington developed the distraction-compression technique, then Eduardo Luque proposed the spinal translation technique, and latter on Cotrel and Dubousset developed the rod rotation method that revolutionised spine surgery.
By pulling on the concave side of the spine, the distraction-compression technique is intended to reduce the deformity shaft while dragging along the apex in a pure translation movement. The distraction is applied mainly onto the flexible segments, far from the apex. Therefore, the apex will hardly modify its relative position with regard to the other vertebrae. Besides, there is a high risk of spinal cord stretching on the concave side at the apex level.
Furthermore, this technique is often associated with a high rate of post-operative flat back and requires postoperative cast and brace wear as the fixation remains fragile. Last but not least, the traction technique does not solve the rotation problem. On the contrary, traction increases the torsion forces and leads to higher rotation constraints.
The spinal translation used to be performed by means of metallic wires passing under the lamina that were tightened around the rod. This technique of scoliosis correction was based on a totally different correction mechanism with regard to Harrington’s one. Indeed, medialisation of the apex results into a spontaneous increase of the intervertebral gap at the extreme levels of the curve. This distraction is automatic, and as a matter of fact it is impossible to apply it as the wires are sliding on the rod. The problem with spinal translation is that it cannot control rotation, neither with screws nor with hooks. Frontal X rays show that the anterior spine will always be located outside the rods pulling the posterior arch. This technique was improved by Asher and Chopin, who introduced screws and hooks. However it is still very difficult to decide on which side one should work, i.e. concave or convex side. The problem of rotation is still unsolved as anterior spine projection onto the x-rays is still next to and outside the rods.
Rod rotation is the most popular technique nowadays as it allows rather good global correction. However, the thoracic correction does not follow the pathology path and therefore has no impact of vertebral rotation. This technique allows only slight adjustments, often very difficult to perform especially in the frontal plane. In 1993, we reviewed 52 scolioses operated with the rod rotation technique. All patients had undergone pre- and post-operative CT scan, so we could estimate the rotation correction. The results were highly disappointing as the vertebral rotation at the LEV (lower end vertebra) decreased of only 2.3°, while at the UEV (upper end vertebrae) level it was 1.1° higher after surgery, and at the apex level it remained almost unchanged (0.4° smaller). In conclusion, correction was obtained by vertebral translation, horizontalisation, forward and backward pushing of the vertebra, without any derotation. Several examples clearly reflected this mechanism, proved by the mobilization of the vertebrae with regard to the aorta.
When looking at the path described by the vertebra, one can easily notice that the different techniques described above do not allow to follow the deformity path. Thus, the thoracic vertebra goes frontward and turns to the right. This circular movement has a posterior centre of rotation. Vertebral translation does not follow this path as it moved about the arch cord. The rod rotation performs a circular movement about an anterior centre of rotation. The correction and deformity paths describe an ellipse. We can conclude that these techniques will lead to high constraints within the spine. Hence the risk of neurological structures damage during correction manoeuvres.
At the lumbar level, the apex moves backwards and to the left. Thus, it will describe an arch about a posterior rotation centre. The vertebra traction will move along the cord of this arch while the rod rotation will strictly follow the reverse pathology path. As the convex rod is linked to a hook or a screw, it will lead to a combined force of internal traction and anterior push. This convex push increases rotation by turning the screw in the sense of pathologic deformity. Therefore, the projections of the screws on the frontal x-rays will be oriented outside the rod, while the normal axis of the pedicle is about 20° oblique oriented toward the inside.
However, when performing in situ contouring, some security rules have to be strictly respected. First of all, the rod must be free to move, so implants must be closed around the rod but remain unlocked until the correction manoeuvres are finished. The rod mobility will allow the automatic spine stretching/shortening without dangerous constraints. Vertebrae must slide along the rod by means of the implants, i.e. screws and hooks, solidly attached to them. In other words, the spine, i.e. vertebrae, must be mobilised. To do so, the benders must be placed close to the implants. The other reason is to avoid high lever arms that would lead to high risky forces (loads).
The correction principles are based on the vertebrae movement in space in order to enable a frontal and sagittal correction while working into the axial plane. To do so, the rod must have specific mechanical features: initial short elastic and long plastic domains. The correction manoeuvres on the rod will modify this mechanical behaviour and at the end of the correction manoeuvres the plastic domain will decrease wile the elastic one will increase. An initially too elastic rod would require stronger manoeuvres with regard to the residual correction, which may present some supplementary risk for neurological structures.
The levels to be instrumented are selected as usual, as in situ contouring does not modify rules usually used in order to determine the strategic vertebrae. The strategic vertebrae are selected depending on the information provided by bending tests. Thus all discs that do not open in both directions will be included into the fused segment.
The rod will be contoured towards the inside and backwards for all instrumented levels. These manoeuvres will allow the medialisation of the apex while restoring kyphosis. At the same time, these actions will lead to a derotation of the apex. The contouring manoeuvres are performed iteratively starting from the apex towards the limits of the curvature through successive manoeuvres in the frontal plane and in the sagittal plane. Contouring is over when required correction is obtained and when the rod modified its mechanical behaviour and became too elastic to allow further contouring.
The apex follows the deformity path. Thus the vertebra moves backwards and towards the inside, describing a circular movement similar to the deformity path in the opposite sense. Therefore, three-dimensional correction of both mild and severe (> 100°) thoracic scolioses. However, the purpose of the surgery should not be to have a straight vertical rod, but to obtain the best possible spinal balance with the best possible correction in the three planes.
To do so, derotation blocks are placed on the screws heads so that the assistant can turn them while the surgeon is performing the forward contouring manoeuvres that will allow lordosis restoration. This mobilization perfectly follows the deformity path and replaces the spine between the rods. This technique may be used both for mild and severe scoliosis correction in the three planes.
To facilitate correction and to maintain it on a long term basis, posterior release and posterior fusion may not always enough. In this case, anterior release and grafting may be required. Anterior approach may be facilitated by video assistance. Thoracoscopy will be preferred between T3 and T11, while video assistance is recommended for the thoracolumbar and lumbar regions. Anterior release associated with in situ contouring does provide significant correction especially in severe scoliosis as well as in stiff curvatures in the adult.
We could consider that the pedicular hook prevents from important detorsion in the thoracic spine, as it will not allow important derotation of vertebrae. This is why we had to design a new pedicular implant that was meant to provide bilateral support during correction manoeuvres. The so called bipedicular implant is linked to the vertebra at the costo-vertebral joint level holds the pedicle on its lateral side. This new implant enables a double action, i.e. posterior traction combined with concave medialisation and convex push. Thus the vertebra moves as a wheel, describing a global movement of derotation.
We have used this implant for two years now and we had no particular drawbacks as far. No tolerance problems were noted either. Derotation blocs allow for the combination of rotation movements at the thoracic and lumbar levels while the rod is contoured to reach the best possible curve correction.
Reductions in radiation exposure of x8 to x10 fold in 2D, and x800 to x1000 in 3D. It gives data from standing imaging compared with supine in a CT scanner. It allows imaging of the skeleton from head to foot, which in CT imaging demands excessive radiation. It allows surface reconstruction from head to foot It can be used with a force plate to indicate gravity forces It, uniquely, can give a view of the skeleton from the top It can measure thoracic cage volume It can assess the effects of bracing When combined with other non-invasive methods of measurement, can help to define operative procedures
Overall it provides a new approach to assessing spinal deformity both in the horizontal plane and in volumetric measurement.
Examination of sitting children and consequent testing of muscular tightness can be useful in understanding the different disturbances of growth that keep the spine apparently away from an optimal configuration and thereby optimal function. Prolonged sitting of children exists only 200 years or less.
- Better understanding of the role of the central nervous system, especially the cord and roots in proper and improper growth of the human spine. - Clarifying that lordosis and good function at the tho-racolumbar junction at the end of growth can be a condition sine qua non for normal configuration and function of the spine in adult life.
- Present obvious important and consistent clinical observations in children in sitting and supine position with early and advanced adolescent deformities, both kyphotic and scoliotic by photographic studies and video fragments. - Present results of own study in which a lordotic force give significant correction of all curves in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis. - Revisit the, for the greater part unknown, experimental work on growth and deformation of the spine by Milan Roth in German and Czech literature to disclose a tension-based balancing system between central cord and the osseous and discoligamentary spine (uncoupled neuro-osseous growth). - Relate these clinical and experimental findings with common knowledge about adolescent spinal deformities and mechanical laws on tensile and compressive forces in structures.
Extended clinical examination of children with proven or suspected spinal deformities revealed a complex of consistent findings in different sitting positions and functional tests in supine and standing positions.
Anatomical and biomechanical consequences of keeping the spine upright in standing, but more important in the sitting positions seems to fit. Children do sit for prolonged periods only in the last one or two centuries!
It can be shown that the presence of these tension related clinical signs are easily leading to high compressive forces with deformation of the ventral parts in the TL-junction while sitting In literature evidence of torsion facilitating anatomical features can be found to clarify why some spines deform in scoliosis an not in pure kyphosis
diagnosis of AIS King type II and III, younger than 21 years, not operated before.
A total of 247 patients met the inclusion criteria and they were divided in two groups:
thoracic curve less than 90° and more than 90°.
In the group (A) there were 168 patients (male/female – 11/157, mean age 15.3 years), in the group (B) – 79 patients (male/female – 8/71, mean age 15.5 years). Coronal curve flexibility was assessed on supine side-bending AP radiographs. According the type of surgical technique the patients were divided in four groups:
I - CDI correction II - CDI + skeletal traction III - anterior apical release with interbody fusion and CDI IV - anterior apical release, skeletal traction and CDI.
All the operations in the groups III and IV were performed in one session.
So, CDI adds only 9.1° to side-bending correction (Gr. I) and skeletal traction gives 5.8° more (Gr. II). Anterior release with CDI improves preoperative correction by 14.7° (Gr. III) and the same procedure with skeletal traction – by 30.0° (Gr. IV). Consequently the part of the skeletal traction varies from 5.8° to 6.2°. Anterior release in its turn gives 14.7° of additional correction per se and 20.9° with skeletal traction.
In the group (B) mean thoracic curve before surgery was 109°, on the side-bending films 90.6° and after surgery 54°. The corresponding data according the type of surgery are presented in Table 2.
So, CDI adds 26.3° to side-bending correction (Gr.I) and skeletal traction gives only 1.9° more (Gr.II). Anterior release with CDI improves preoperative correction by 25.9° (Gr.III) and the same procedure with skeletal traction – by 40.6° (Gr.IV). Consequently the part of the skeletal traction varies from 1.9° to 14.7°. Anterior release in its turn does not give additional correction per se and 12.2° – with skeletal traction.
Recently we showed in patients treated with Harrington instrumentation with sublaminar wiring (second generation technique) that the correction of the lumbar curve was not a reflection of the thoracic correction. So it is interesting to know whether with the use of third generation instrumentation techniques and more sophisticated classification systems the correlation of the unfused lumbar cure becomes more predictable.
Open anterior surgery, including release and instrumentation, is a widely used technique for correction of dorsal and dorsolumbar curves. In the past we have used various different devices to maintain correction. These include Dwyer cable, Zeilke rods, Webb-Morley rods, vertebral staples and the Kaneda system. Any of these can be combined with posterior correction, stabilization and grafting. Several of these techniques have been successfully adapted for the treatment of our cases in Egypt. We encounter severe deformities due to their late presentation.
Over the last five years we have used anterior endoscopic release. All had posterior instrumentation.
The results are very encouraging regarding degree of correction; hospital stay; and costs as compared with our historical series of conventional two-stage surgery. There are a number of constraints on using endoscopic techniques. Surgeons require long training and close co-operation. It is contraindicated in those cases with adhesions and patients unfit for one lung anaesthesia. We found the technique is safe and effective. We recommend it for treatment of rigid curves to gain good results and to reduce hospital costs.
Anterior instrumentation is an established method of correcting King I adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Posterior segmental pedicle screw instrumentation, with its more powerful corrective force over hooks, could offer significant advantages. The purpose of our study is to compare the results of anterior instrumentation versus segmental pedicle screw instrumentation in adolescent idiopathic thoracolumbar scoliosis. A retrospective analysis was conducted on 36 consecutive female patients with adolescent idiopathic thoracolumbar scoliosis who had surgery from December 1997. All had a minimum of two year follow-up. Eleven patients had posterior surgery performed on them.
Mean age at surgery was similar between both groups. Length of surgery was significantly shorter in the posterior group (189 minutes versus 272 minutes). Length of hospital stay was shorter in the posterior group (6.2 days versus eight days). Estimated blood loss, duration of analgesia, and ICU stay did not differ significantly between the two groups. No complications were encountered in both groups at latest follow-up. The magnitudes and flexibility of the thoracolumbar curves did not differ significantly between the two groups. The number of levels in the major curve was also similar between the groups. Fusion levels were shorter in the anterior group (mean 4.1 versus 5.0). The percentage correction of scoliosis was similar between the two groups at all stages of follow-up, being 74% at one week post-surgery, 70% at six months post-surgery, 68% at one year post-surgery and latest follow-up in the anterior group; and 71% at one week post-surgery, 67% at six months post-surgery, 68% at one year post-surgery, and 67% at latest follow-up in the posterior group.
Thoracolumbar sagittal alignment at T11 to L2 was maintained for both groups throughout the follow-up period. The incidence of proximal junctional kyphosis was higher in the posterior group (p < 0.01).
In conclusion, surgical correction of both the frontal and sagittal plane deformity are comparable to anterior instrumentation. Shorter length of surgery and hospital stay are the potential benefits of posterior surgery. Posterior segmental pedicle screw instrumentation offers significant advantage, and is a viable alternative to standard anterior instrumentation in idiopathic thoracolumbar scoliosis.
Posterior instrumented fusion is an established surgical treatment for majority of AIS cases. In the past decade, thoracoscopic instrumentation and fusion has emerged as a viable alternative to conventional posterior techniques in situations that require selective thoracic fusion. Most reports comparing the two techniques have focused on physician-based outcomes such as curve correction and maintenance of the surgical correction with both methods being comparable. Recently, the SRS-24 has been used to evaluate patient-based outcomes after scoliosis surgery. The instrument assesses seven equally-weighted domains that look at pain, self-image, general function, activity level, change in self-image and function post-surgery, and satisfaction with the procedure. It has been used to evaluate differences between AIS and normal patients, and in different degrees of AIS deformity. The instrument has not been used in comparing different methods of surgical treatment for similar curve types.
We applied the SRS-24 prospectively to our patients who had undergone either thoracoscopic (TG) or posterior (PG) instrumented fusion, and had been followed-up for at least 12-months postoperatively. There were 42 patients in TG and 42 patients in PG. The mean age at time of surgery, pre-operative Cobb angles, and number of spinal segments fused were similar in both groups. The mean follow-up period at the time the SRS instrument was administered was 26 (± 13.5) months for TG and 30.7 (± 12.1) months for PG. The postoperative Cobb angle on the latest follow-up was significantly better for TG compared to PG (17 versus 25.1 degrees, respectively; p < .001). Upon comparing the SRS domain scores between both groups, a significant difference was noted only in the patient satisfaction domain with TG scoring better than PG (p < .02).
The first four SRS-24 domain scores for TG and PG were also compared to the corresponding domain scores of 97 patients who had scoliosis but were not candidates for surgery (SG), as well as to the scores of 72 patients who did not have scoliosis (NG). SG, TG, and PG were comparable with regards to pain and all three were significantly lower compared to NG (F=14.828, p < .0001).
General function and activity level scores of TG were significantly lower compared to the other three groups (F=4.870, p < .003 and F=4.793, p < .003, respectively). Despite this, the self-image domain scores of both TG and PG were not significantly different from NG, with SG scoring significantly poorer compared to the other three groups (F=3.183, p < .02).
In summary, thoracoscopic instrumented fusion resulted in better curve correction compared to posterior instrumented fusion and was achieved with less spinal segments being fused. This was despite the finding that patients who underwent thoracoscopic surgery had lower physical function and activity level scores. Additionally, both surgical techniques resulted in patients whose perception of themselves was comparable to those patients who did not have scoliosis. The SRS-24 was not able to detect any differences between the two surgical methods in all domains except for overall patient satisfaction which was significantly better in the thoracoscopic group.
Thoracoscopic spinal instrumentation and fusion has emerged as a viable alternative to open anterior and posterior techniques for the treatment of thoracic adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Furthermore, the morbidity associated with thoracoscopy is limited, and the cosmetic result more desirable because of the minimal skin and chest wall dissection required with this method. However, the technique is technically demanding and has been perceived as having a steep learning curve. The objective of our study is to anal the initial series of 50 patients performed by a single surgeon, with respect to the coronal and sagittal alignment on radiographs, as well as a review of the peri-operative data and complications.
Fifty consecutive patients who underwent thoraco-scopic instrumentation and fusion were divided into two groups for the purpose of this study: the first 25 cases (1st group) and the second 25 cases (2nd group). The minimum follow-up of these cases was 12 months (range 12 to 67 months). Data collected included the operative time, intra-operative blood loss, number of levels instrumented, length of the hospital stay, the number of days in the ICU, and the duration of analgesia.
No major complications, such as neurological deficit, vascular injury, or implant failure were observed. No significant difference was encountered between the groups in terms of age and menarche at surgery, pre-operative curve magnitude and flexibility, sagittal profile, as well as the number of levels in the curve pre-operatively. The second group had significantly better coronal deformity correction at one week post-operatively (9.5 degrees versus 16.3 degrees, p < 0.001), six months post-operatively (12.1 degrees versus 18.9 degrees, p < 0.001), and at latest follow-up (15.1 degrees versus 19.5 degrees, p < 0.05). The percentage correction of scoliosis was significantly better in the second group at one week postoperatively (p < 0.001), six months post-operatively (p < 0.001), and at latest follow-up (p = 0.014). The percentage change in thoracic kyphosis and lumbar lordosis after surgery was not significantly different between both groups at various times of follow-up. There was no difference between both groups with regards to the number of levels fused, hospital stay, and duration of parenteral analgesia. Operative time was significantly less in the second group (302 minutes versus 372 minutes, p < 0.001). Estimated blood loss was also less in the second group (170 cc versus 266 cc, p = 0.04). The length of ICU stay was also shorter in the second group (1.8 days versus three days, p = 0.004). From the loess (locally-weighted regression) fit, the learning curve is estimated to be 30 cases with regards to the operative time, ICU duration, and the coronal plane deformity correction.
The learning curve associated with thoracoscopic spinal instrumentation is acceptable. The complication rates remained stable throughout the surgeon’s experience. Thoracoscopic anterior instrumented fusion is a viable surgical alternative to standard posterior fusion and instrumentation for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis requiring selective thoracic fusion.
Research project supported by La Fondation Yves Cotrel de l’Institut de France
Research project supported by La Fondation Yves Cotrel de l’Institut de France
In our earlier study we found 61% of the controls taken swimming in the first year of life had vertical spinous process asymmetry. In the subsequent smaller study the incidence even higher (83%).
The evidence reported in our earlier paper suggests that infants introduced to indoor heated swimming pools in the first year of life show an association with spinal asymmetries including progressive AIS and in controls vertical spinous process asymmetry. Subject to confirmation of our observations consideration should be given to chemical risk factors, possible portals of entry, environmental epigenomics and disease susceptibility to altered spinal development. Subsequent controls confirm that the introduction to indoor heated swimming pools in the first year of life is associated with the development of spinal asymmetries.
Genetic factors and impairment of central nervous system (CNS) are known factors in aetiology of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. MRI pathology of CNS (brain asymmetry, syringomyelia) was found. Perinatal pathology could cause damage of CNS.
In the AIS group, the mean onset of right thoracic curve was 12,2 years, apex vertebrae were T7 – T11 (T8 in 8 cases, T8–9 in 5, T9 in 12 cases), mean Cobb angle measured 49,0 degrees (SD 14,500), thoracic kyphosis T3-T12 19,9 (SD 12,167), lumbar lordosis T12-S1 –53,1 (SD 8,338).
A questionnaire was created to identify parental age, diseases, mother diseases and remedies during pregnancy, pregnancy duration, child resuscitation, childbirth pathology, incubator, jaundice duration, diseases during the first year of life, beginning of sitting and standing, right or left handing. Results have been processed by software Statistica 7.1. StatSoft, Inc. (2005). For evaluation of potential difference between AIS and N groups two-sample t-test for continuous parameters was used. Two-sample t-test and Fisher test were testing the hypothesis that the values of parameters make no difference between two groups (on the 0,05 significant level).
- Occurrence of familiar scoliosis in AIS group – nine out of 39, 0 in N group. - Child diseases during the first year of life in N group –18 out of 28 in N, 10 out of 39 AIS. - Early sitting in AIS group (6,5 months), 7,6 in N. - More males in N group (15 out of 28), 8 out of 39 in AIS.
AIS has different image than paralytic scoliosis or scoliosis accompanying some diseases of the spinal cord in electromyographical and electroneurographical examinations (EMG and ENG). These differences are concerned to different progression, characteristic properties in skeletal system pathology or curves angles at the thoracic and lumbosacral spine. There are always two sites in patients with AIS where changes in transmission from the motor cortex to the motoneuronal centres in lumbosacral region appear. These phenomena were shown in motor evoked potentials studies which were induced with the magnetic field (MEP) in areas of motor cortex and recorded from centres of cervical and lumbosacral spinal cord as well as from muscles of upper and lower extremities. Changes in efferent transmission are greater twice in recordings from muscles of lower extremities and in oververtebral recordings at L5-S1 regions what suggests, that secondary slowing down takes place at the level of the apical thoracic vertebrae of primary curve (mostly at Th7–8), predominantly on the concave than convex side of scoliosis. MEP study confirmed a previous finding with somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) similarly about two focuses of disturbances in of afferent transmission on the spinal centres-supraspinal centres pathway. MEP showed changes in the efferent transmission on the supraspinal centres-spinal motor generator pathway. Such changes are not observed in scolioses other than idiopathic. Results of the complex neurophysiological studies suggest that the primary origin of AIS is the brain stem area at the level of thalamus where changes of afferent and efferent transmission are detected. There is a close relationship of this structure with the pineal gland and secretion of neurotransmitters at this level in correlation to disturbances in melatonin secretion and other neurohormones. Disorders in melatonin secretion and other neurohormones may induce a scoliosis what was shown in previous genetic and experimental neurophysiological studies on animals, together with cutting of the pineal stalk. Some aspects of this problem were also mentioned in our previous clinical neurophysiological studies [1–3]. Results of studies suggest that in patients with AIS, there are structural and functional changes in the area of thalamus, which cause disturbances in afferent and efferent transmission at this level. Pathology in the pineal secretion of neurohormones can be one of the factors influencing the formation and progression of AIS, as a disease of probably secondary origin to the functional changes in brain. Results of MEP studies discussed in this report confirm that the primary origin of AIS takes place at the level of the brain stem but not in the spinal cord.
Radiological diagnosis is not the only tool in detection, monitoring of progress and making easy to undertake a decision about the surgical scoliosis correction. The below presented algorithm of scoliosis monitoring with complex and repetitive (comparative) neurophysiological examinations facilitates the doctor’s decision about method of the conservative treatment or just the moment of surgical intervention [3, 14]. Neurogenic changes in muscles can be found in early stages of the spine deformation – usually when the Cobb’s angle is over 100 [1]. Vertebral rotation and curvature progression follow simultaneously leading to deformation of the spinal cord together with the local ventral roots compression and sometimes inflammation of them. The structure of the grey matter especially in the ventral horn changes its form more on the convex side of scoliosis. Cell bodies together with the axonal hillocks in the motoneuronal pools show deformations comparing to the analogical area of the concave side. This produce discrete unilateral axonopathy in both efferent fibers of peroneal and tibial nerves in scoliotic patients at the age of about 10. This can be found in electroneurographical (ENG) recordings of M and F potentials even at the angle of scoliosis of 100 [10, 14]. Both parameters of the amplitudes and conduction velocities in M-wave studies are decreased and the frequency of F wave recording is diminished what suggests pathological asymmetrical changes just at the level of the ventral root. That is why electromyographical (EMG) recordings show asymmetrical, according to the ventral root somatotopical innervation, selective (found only in some muscles) deficits in frequency and amplitude of motor units action potentials, predominantly in girls. These girls have scoliosis accelerating the most with angle changes of 50 per year [2] that rapidly deepens the neurogenic changes.
Other significant evaluation of the scoliosis acceleration is using the somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) for recording progression of pathology in the afferent transmission within the long ascending spinal cord pathways running in dorsal, dorsolateral and lateral funiculi [4, 5]. Changes in parameters more amplitude than conduction velocity from SEPs studies recorded at the cervical level are more visible on the concave than convex side of scoliosis. These changes are correlated with increasing the Cobb’s angle at the apical thoracic vertebrae (Th7–8) while peripheral sensory transmission remains only slightly disturbed [6, 7]. These changes were found to be twice greater when recording of SEPs was performed over cranially on the contralateral side of the scalp to the stimulation site at the ankle (tibial nerve than peroneal nerve fibers excitation) both in mothers and their daughters [4]. This points at the strong inhibition of the afferent transmission at the level of the brain stem (probably thalamus or medial lemniscus). During the comparative SEPs recordings at the cervical level, when parameters of waves change dramatically (or even they disappear), this may suggest that the lateral angle of scoliosis exceeded 450 with great acceleration of the torsion [9]. Somatosensory evoked potential recordings during the surgical correction of scoliosis showed only rarely the immediate improvement of the afferent transmission [7, 8, 11]. However, they make sure a surgeon about lack of blockade within the spinal pathways which comes from derotation and distraction procedures performed on the spine during implantation of the corrective instrumentation. First visible results of improvement in the SEPs parameters recorded postoperatively are usually seen a week after the surgery [14].
The above analogical phenomena but referring to the efferent transmission were shown in motor evoked potentials studies which were induced with the magnetic field (MEP) in areas of motor cortex and recorded from centres of cervical and lumbosacral spinal cord as well as from nerves and muscles of upper and lower extremities [12,13, 15].
Usually when AIS reaches the Cobb’s angle of 200 at the age of 25 and does not progress more it can be assumed, that its development is finished. In these patients the signs of neurogenic changes found in EMG examinations performed in lower extremities, paravertebral and gluteal muscles do not progress, too [14].
To develop a model that incorporates pedicle growth and growth modulation into an existing finite element model of the thoracic and lumbar spine already integrating vertebral growth and growth modulation Using the model to investigate whether pedicle asymmetry, either alone or combined with other deformations, could be involved in scoliosis pathomechanisms.
Patterns of extra-spinal skeletal length asymmetry have been reported for upper limbs [1] and ribcage [2] of patients with upper spine adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. This paper reports a third pattern in the ilia. Seventy of 108 consecutive adolescent patients referred from routine scoliosis school screening during 1996–1999 had lower spine scoliosis – lumbar (LS), thoracolumbar (TLS), or pelvic tilt scoliosis (PTS). Radiologic bi-iliac and hip tilt angles were both measurable in 60 subjects: LS 18, TLS 31, and PTS 11 (girls 44, boys 16, mean age 14.6 years). Cobb angle (CA), apical vertebral rotation (AVR) and apical vertebral translation from the T1-S1 line (AVT) were measured on standing full spine radiographs (mean Cobb angle 14 degrees, range 4–38 degrees, 33 left, 27 right curves). Bi-iliac tilt angle (BITA) and hip tilt angle (HTA) were measured trigonometrically and iliac height asymmetry calculated as BITA minus HTA (corrected BITA=CBITA) and directly as iliac height asymmetry. Iliac height is relatively taller on the concavity of these curves (p< 0.001). CBITA is associated with Cobb angle, AVR and AVT (each p< 0.001).
In schoolchildren screened for scoliosis about 40% have minor, non-progressive, lumbar scolioses secondary to pelvic tilt with leg-length and/or sacral inequality [1] not reported with preoperative thoracic curves [2]. Forty-nine of 108 consecutive adolescent patients referred from routine scoliosis school screening during 1996–1999 had lower spinal scoliosis with measurable radiological sacral alar and hip tilt angles – lumbar scoliosis 18, thoracolumbar scoliosis 31 (girls 41, boys 8, mean Cobb angle 16 degrees, range 4–38 degrees). In standing full spine antero-posterior radiographs measurements were made of Cobb angle and pelvic asymmetries as sacral alar and iliac heights (left minus right). From anthropometric measurements derivatives were calculated as ilio-femoral length (total leg length minus tibial length) and several length asymmetries, namely: ilio-femoral length asymmetry, total leg length inequality and tibial length asymmetry (all left minus right). Ilio-femoral length asymmetry correlates significantly with sacral alar height asymmetry (girls negatively r= − 0.456, p=0.002, boys positively r=0.726 p=0.041) but not iliac height asymmetry (girls p=0.201) from which three types are identified. Total leg length inequality but not tibial length asymmetry in the girls is associated with sacral alar height asymmetry (r= − 0.367 p=0.017 & r=0.039 p=0.807 respectively). Interpretation is complicated by total leg lengths each including some ilium in which there is asymmetry [3]. But lack of association between ilio-femoral length asymmetry and iliac height asymmetry suggests that the femoral component is more important than iliac component in determining the associations between sacral alar height asymmetry and each of ilio-femoral length asymmetry and total leg length inequality.
Sacral alar height asymmetry and leg length asymmetries. The evidence suggests that sacral alar height asymmetry is not secondary to the leg length inequalities at least in most girls (negative correlations) and is more likely to result from primary skeletal changes in femur(s) and sacrum. Sacral alar height asymmetry and Cobb angle. Scoliosis progression and iliac height asymmetry [3] appear to need factors additional to those that determine ilio-femoral length asymmetry – for in the girls Cobb angle is associated with both sacral alar height asymmetry and iliac height asymmetry (each p<
0.001) but not with either ilio-femoral length asymmetry (p=0.249) or total leg length inequality (p=0.650). The additional factors may be biomechanical [4], and/or biological in the trunk [5] and central nervous system [6].
In idiopathic scoliosis the detection of extra-spinal left-right skeletal length asymmetries in the upper limbs, ribs, ilia and lower limbs [1–7] begs the question: are these asymmetries unconnected with the pathogenesis, or are they an indicator of what may also be happening in immature vertebrae of the spine? The vertebrate body plan has mirror-image bilateral symmetries (mirror symmetrical, homologous morphologies) that are highly conserved culminating in the adult form [8]. The normal human body can be viewed as containing paired skeletal structures in the axial and appendicular skeleton as a) separate left and right paired forms (e.g. long limb bones, ribs, ilia), and b) united in paired forms (e.g. vertebrae, skull, mandible). Each of these separate and united pairs are mirror-image forms – enantiomorphs. In idiopathic scoliosis, genetic and epigenetic (environmental) mechanisms [9–11] may disturb the symmetry control of enantiomorphic immature bones [12–13] and, by creating left-right endochondral growth asymmetries, cause the extra-spinal bone length asymmetries, and within one or more vertebrae create growth conflict with distortion as deformities (= unsynchronised bone growth concept) [14].
In subjects with lumbar, thoracolumbar or pelvic tilt scoliosis no pattern of structural leg length inequality has been reported [1]. Forty-seven girls of 108 consecutive adolescent patients referred from routine scoliosis school screening during 1996–1999 had lower spinal scoliosis – lumbar (LS) 17, or thoracolumbar (TLS) 30 (mean Cobb angle 16 degrees, range 4–38 degrees, mean age 14.8 years, left curves 25). The controls were 280 normal girls (11–18 years, mean age 13.4 years). Anthropometric measurements were made of total leg lengths (LL), tibiae (TL) and feet (FL) by one observer (RGB) and asymmetries calculated for LL, TL and FL, as absolutes and percentage asymmetries of right/left lengths. There are no detectable changes of absolute asymmetries with age for LL, TL or FL in scoliotic or normal girls. Asymmetries are found in scoliotic girls compared with normals with relative lengthening on the right for each of LL (0.95%) and TL (0.99%) (each p< 0.001), but not FL (0.38%).
Nachemson [2] suggested that there are more girls than boys with progressive AIS for the following reason. The maturation of postural mechanisms in the nervous system is complete about the same time in boys and girls. Girls enter their skeletal adolescent growth spurt with immature postural mechanisms. So, if they have a predisposition to develop a scoliosis curve, the spine deforms. In contrast, boys enter their adolescent growth spurt with mature postural mechanisms so they are protected from developing a scoliosis curve. We termed Nachemson’s concept the neuro-osseous timing of maturation (NOTOM) hypothesis and used it to propose a possible medical treatment for idiopathic scoliosis by delaying puberty through the pituitary using gonadorelin analogues as in idiopathic precocious puberty [3,4].
The prevalence of scoliosis is reported to be increased in rhythmic gymnasts (RGs) in Bulgaria [5] and in ballet dancers (BDs) in the USA [6]. Both groups exhibit delayed puberty, which, at first sight, nullifies the NOTOM hypothesis for idiopathic scoliosis. There are similarities between scoliotic RGs and BDs that include intensive exercise from a young age, dieting, delayed menarche, increased scoliosis prevalence (RGs 12%, BDs 24%), mild scoliosis curves (10–30 degrees), and presumably generalised joint laxity. Other differences in addition to country of origin and exercises, include certain anthropometric features and importantly in RGs, thoracolumbar and lumbar curves and, in BDs, right thoracic curves. While constitutional and environmental factors may determine the scoliosis, the different curve types in RGs and BDs suggest that the exercise pattern over many years determines which type of scoliosis develops, although not the curve severity.
It is customary to analyse scoliosis as a mechanical failure: first there is a straight spine (=normal), then an habitual and collapsing posture (=disease) and finally, structural remodelling (Hueter-Volkmann effect = scoliosis). This hypothesis makes two practical predictions:
There is a disease process causing the pathological posture. The purpose of gatherings such as this is to identify this pathology, thus far without success. Early diagnosis will permit early non-operative treatment which will halt or reverse the remodelling and reduce the occurrence of severe deformity and the need for corrective spinal surgery.
The failure of school scoliosis screening to achieve this end is well documented, but the consequence for the underlying hypothesis has not been analysed. Screening failed, not because it was unable to detect scoliosis, but because scoliosis did not behave as the hypothesis predicted.
We are comparing the above two techniques with 25 patients in each group operated by 3 surgeons. The first group had conventional laminoplasty and the second group underwent the skip laminectomy. The groups were comparable in age, sex, pathology and clinical presentation. Both these group had clinical outcome measurements using SF 12 questionnaires, pre and postoperative clinical assessment with standard tools performed by independent surgeon and a specialist spinal physiotherapist. We also routinely performed pre and postoperative MRI scans to assess the adequacy of decompression.
Pre and post procedure pain and physical function scores were noted using the standard SF 36 questionnaire, as well as whether subsequent surgery was required. Mean follow up time was seven months (range 2–13 months).
> 70% patients reported improvement in neck disability index and > 50% patients reported improvement in myelopathy disability index.
There is an increasing awareness of the need to avoid of homologous blood transfusion in elective surgical practice. This stems from a better appreciation of the adverse effects of homologous blood transfusion and increasing pressure on blood stocks because of increasing restrictions on potential donors.
This study examines the effect of using modern blood conservation methods on the subgroup of our patients having surgery for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. We chose this group because it is a homogenous group of patients of similar age, all of whom had major surgery of a similar severity, and in whom there were few contraindications to our blood conserving strategies.
We studied 78 consecutive patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis who underwent surgery. They were divided into two groups. Patients in the study group had one or more modern blood conservation measures used perioperatively. The patients in the comparison group did not have these measures.
There were 46 patients in the study group and 32 in the comparison group. Eight patients who had anterior only surgery, were excluded. The two groups did not differ in age, body weight, and number of levels fused or the type of surgery.
Only 2 patients in the study group were transfused with homologous blood and even these transfusions were off protocol. Wastage of the autologous predonated units was minimal (6/83 units predonated). In contrast all patients in the comparison group were transfused homologous blood. There was significant decrease (p = 0.005) in the estimated blood loss when all the blood conservation methods were employed in the study group.
Using blood conservation measures, lowering the hemoglobin trigger for transfusion and education of the entire team involved in the care of the patient can prevent the need for homologous blood transfusion in patients undergoing surgery for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.
We describe a technique using orthoganol imaging on a radiolucent table, used in a series of patients in whom we have inserted a total of over 2000 screws.
Furthermore, the lateral to medial or ‘toeing in’ of screw placement gives greater pull out strength to each screw by increasing the ‘volume’ of bone that has to be overcome before failure by pull out occurs. In addition this trangulation technique allows insertion of :screws of greater diameter than the pedicle and decreases the chance of broaching medially.
We describe results of a new ‘two needle technique’ of selective nerve root blocks done through posterior triangle of neck in the management of cervical radiculopathy with 2 year results.
Unpaired “t” test was used to compare the magnitude of correction in both groups. The mean follow up period was 6.7 months (range:3–18).
The mean corrections of Cobb angle, AVR and AVT, in group I were 61.1% (range:48.5–83.9), 33.3% (range:8.6–100) and 62.9% (range:43.2–91.4), respectively. In Group 2 the corrections were: 57.4% (range:21.4–81.7), 57.2% (range:16.7–100) and 58.7% (range:34–80.9).
There is no statistically significant difference between the correction of Cobb angle or AVT in both groups (P=0.479 and 0.443 respectively). However, the pedicle screws proved to be more effective at correcting the AVR (P= 0.017). No complications occurred and correction has been well maintained.
We performed a retrospective review of case notes and X-rays. A control group of 22 patients, in whom anterior surgery was completed, matched to age, sex and type of curve, was used.
Of the seven patients with lost signal three were syndromic and four were associated with syrinx. In all seven, loss of signal occurred on clamping of segmental vessels. All seven had no residual neurological deficit post-operatively and had uncomplicated posterior correction the following week.
All four patients in whom inadequate correction was achieved after anterior release and repositioning had idiopathic curves. Of these two were thoracic and two were thoracolumbar. Mean pre-operative Cobb angle was 67 (range 59–85) compared to a mean of 56 (range 42–68) in the control group. Mean pre-operative stiffness index was 91% (range 85%–100%) compared to a mean stiffness index of 65% (range 53–80) in the control population.
Predictive value for traction view according to standing Cobb angle was P=0.1 for Cobb angles (50–59), P=0.1 for Cobb angles (60–69), P= 0.01 for Cobb angle (70–79), P=0.01 for Cobb angle (80–90). P value for the difference between fulcrum bending views, traction views and post op correction P=0.001 in favour of traction views, the mean curve flexibility was 33%, 55% for fulcrum and traction respectively. Mean fulcrum bending and traction correction index were 232%, 123% respectively.
We present in this study our experience in wide decompression, gradual acute reduction and fusion performed in a single sitting, for high grade spondylolisthesis in 17 adolescent cases.
Between 1994 and 2005 we undertook surgical management of 17 adoloscents with high dysplastic Spondy-lolisthesis. All our patients were young females except for one with average age of 13.9 years. All of our cases involved the lumbosacral junction. 8/14 cases presented with frank spondyloptosis (Grade5). Of the remaining 9 cases, 5/14 cases were grade4 and 4/14 were grade3 dysplastic spondylolisthesis respectively. Our indication for surgery in all these patients was unremitting back pain, radicular pain, abnormal posture, gait abnormalities and progressive slip. All these patients underwent single stage wide decompression, posterior instrumentation and reduction of the slips and postero lateral fusion. Since 1999 in addition to the above we routinely performed inter body fusion with cages in lumbosacral segment (9/17 cases).
All patients’ spondylolistheses were reduced to < grade2.16/17 of our patients had a very satisfactory outcome. Our average follow-up of these patients is 4 years (range 1–9 years).4/17 of our patients developed some dorsiflexion weakness postoperatively and all recovered within 3 months of operation.1 patient developed deep postoperative infection necessitating the removal of the implant.
We conclude that acute correction of high grade spondylolisthesis is a demanding procedure. The newer instrumentation (improved sacral fixation) made reduction less difficult and the final outcome is highly satisfying for the patient and the surgeon.
The mean pre-operative cephalic (cervico-thoracic) Cobb angle of 37.1degrees, corrected to 22 degrees, with progression to 26.6 degrees.
The mean pre-operative caudal (lumbar) Cobb angle of 26.4degrees, corrected to16.2 degrees, this later progressed to 20.6 degrees.
Coronal plane translation measured 1.68 cm at latest follow up [range 0.5–5.1cm].
The thoracolumbar longitudinal growth measured a mean of 8.81cm (approx0.8 cm/year) with a recorded lengthening of 2.54 cm (approx 0.23cm/year) in the instrumented segmented. Half the patients did not require further surgery.
We report 28 complications. 22 early included 4 dural tears, cardiac decompensation with reduction, 5 neurological deficits including a parpaplegia secondary to haematoma which was evacuated and the patient made a good recovery at 6 months, 2 UTIs, IVI infection, superficial wound infection and extension of metalwork due to early proximal decompensation. Late complications included infection (8 years), removal of prominent metalwork, radiculopathy due to screw (6 months) and 3 pseudarthroses. There was no statistically significant correlation of complication with weight, ASA grade or smoking.
Scoliosis and hip subluxation/dislocation are common and often coexistent problems encountered in patients with cerebral palsy (CP). The underlying mechanism may be related to muscle imbalance. Surgical correction may become necessary in severe symptomatic cases. The effect of surgical correction of one deformity on the other is not well understood.
We retrospectively reviewed a series of 17 patients with total body cerebral palsy with diagnoses of both scoliosis and hip subluxation who had undergone either surgical correction of their scoliosis (9 patients) or a hip reconstruction to correct hip deformity (8 patients). In all patients, the degree of progression of both deformities was measured, radiographically, using the Cobb angle for the spine and the percentage migration index for hip centre of rotation at intervals before and at least 18 months post surgery.
All patients who underwent scoliosis correction had a progressive increase in the percentage of hip migration at a rate greater than that prior to scoliosis surgery. Similarly, patients who underwent a hip reconstruction procedure demonstrated a more rapid increase in their spine Cobb angles post surgery.
There may be a relationship between hip subluxation/dislocation and scoliosis in CP patients. Surgery for either scoliosis or hip dysplasia may in the presence of both conditions lead to a significant and rapid worsening of the other. The possible negative implications on the overall functional outcome of the surgical procedure warrants careful consideration to both hip and the spine before and after surgical correction of either deformity. In selected cases there may be an indication for one procedure to follow soon after the other.
A 2002 study by Goldberg et al showed that surgery before age 10 for infantile onset idiopathic scoliosis (diagnosis < 4 years, Cobb angle => 10°) preserved neither respiratory function nor cosmesis, and has not been contradicted. In 2005, Mehta re-emphasised scoliosis correction by serial cast-bracing, while Thompson et al reported satisfactory results with growing rods. An analysis of the status quo of a cohort of patients with infantile idiopathic scoliosis (other diagnoses and syndromes excluded), managed by cast-bracing, was undertaken, asking whether interim progress was acceptable or demanded a change of protocol.
Of 35 patients born between October 1993 and December 2002,15 have completely resolved, age at diagnosis 1.6 ± 0.96 years, Cobb angle 20.3°±11.9, RVAD 11.1°±13.8, latest age 4.1± 2.3. 20 were prescribed cast-bracing, age at diagnosis 1.8±0.9 years, Cobb angle 47.3°±12.6, RVAD 29.6±24.5, age at treatment was 2.1±1.0 years. Cobb angle (p< 0.001) and RVAD (p=0.001) were larger in the treated group, but age at presentation was the same (p=0.473). Surgery was performed on 3 children unresponsive to initial casting, at ages 3.2, 3.6 and 3.7, and in 3 at ages 8.6, 10.1 and 11 years. 3 children, aged 6.0, 8.1 and 11.3 are out of brace with straight spines and 11 are stable in brace.
Infantile idiopathic scoliosis seems programmed to resolve or progress according to initial severity and in line with growth rate. Those who respond to casting in infancy generally remain stable until near puberty when surgery is uncontroversial. Those who progress relentlessly and immediately in cast remain the issue, as reports of newer methods include a wide range of ages and diagnoses and give their outcome in terms of Cobb angle only. It has not yet been shown that any treatment will alter their prognosis so constant analysis of all outcome parameters is essential.
A group of 20 children who underwent spinal fusion for neuromuscular scoliosis were assessed using a postural and functional measure pre-op, post-op, and at 3 and 12 months post-op. In addition, each patient was asked to record three goals for undergoing the surgery. At one year post op, patient/carers were asked to grade on a scale of 0 – 10, how satisfied they were that the goals had been achieved.
Nineteen patients had clear pre-op goals for the surgery relating to functional activities. The most frequent goals stated for the non-ambulant children were- sitting for longer periods (7/46), making dressing easier (7/46) and sitting more upright (6/38). There were 15 other functional goals stated. The ambulant children stated- appearing straighter (3/12), increase in confidence (2/12), reducing pain (2/12) and maintaining respiratory function (2/12). There were 3 other functional goals stated. Seventeen patients completed the study, 2 were lost to follow up, 1 died. The average satisfaction rate from goals achieved 1 year post-op was 7.9/10.
A consecutive series of 20 children with neuromuscu-lar scoliosis (age range 2–18 years) undergoing surgical correction were evaluated using 2 standard functional assessment tools, the Seated Postural Control Measure (SPCM) which assesses posture and function, and the Pediatric Evaluation of Disability Inventory (PEDI) which records functional ability in the domains of self-care, mobility and social function. The patients were evaluated pre-operatively and then at 2 weeks, 3 and 12 months post-operatively.
Complete data is presented for all patients at 3 months and 13 of 20 patients at 1 year follow up, the remaining data is to be collected.
The SPCM demonstrated an improvement in posture in 95% from pre-op to 2 weeks post-op, with 25% demonstrating some regression at 3 months. Most maintained or improved this at 1 year. The PEDI demonstrated a reduction in mobility at 3 months but at 1 year 60% returned to preop status.
The purpose of the study is to assess changes in cortical activity in chronic low back pain patients with and without illness behaviour.
After informed consent, all subjects underwent fMRI scanning. Experimental pain was induced by thermal stimulation of the right hand. Straight leg raising (SLR) was performed following visual clues indicating that a leg raise was either definitely, possibly or not going to occur. Finally, clinical LBP was simulated by direct vibrotactile stimulation of the lumbar spine to a VAS threshold of 7/10.
The individual fMRI scans were independently referenced to anatomical markers and corrected for motion. Inter group analysis was performed using cluster-corrected thresholds of p< 0.05.
When clinical LBP was simulated, the outcome was strikingly different with the Copers showing increased cortical activity particularly in the dorsolateral prefron-tal cortex and regions associated with cognitive pain processing and inhibition of subcortical pain pathways.
The purpose of this study is to determine whether the mode of anaesthesia chosen for patients undergoing lumbar microdiscectomy surgery has any significant influence on the immediate outcome in terms of safety, efficacy or patient satisfaction.
This prospective randomised study compared safety, efficacy and satisfaction levels in patients having spinal versus general anaesthesia for single level lumbar micro-discectomy.
Fifty consecutive healthy and cooperative patients were recruited and prospectively randomised into two equal groups; half the patients received a spinal anaesthetic (SA), the remainder a general anaesthetic (GA). Each specific mode of anaesthesia was standardised.
Comprehensive postoperative evaluation concentrated on documenting any complications specific to the particular mode of anaesthesia, recording the pace at which the various milestones of physiological and functional recovery were reached, and the level of patient satisfaction with the type of anaesthesia used.
The results showed no serious complication specific to their particular mode of anaesthesia in either group. Thirteen out of 25 SA patients required temporary urinary catheterisation (9 males, 4 females) while among the GA group 4 patients required urinary catheterisation (4 males and 1 female). Post-operative pain perception was significantly lower in the SA group. The SA patients achieved the milestones of physiological and functional recovery more rapidly. While both groups were satisfied with their procedure, the level of satisfaction was significantly higher in the SA group.
In conclusion, lumbar spinal microdiscectomy can be carried out with equal safety, employing either spinal or general anaesthesia. While they require more temporary urinary catheterisation associated with the previous use of intrathecal morphine, patients undergoing SA suffer less pain in association with their procedure and recover more rapidly. Blinded to an extent by not having experienced the alternative, both groups appeared satisfied with their anaesthetic. However, the level of satisfaction was significantly higher in the SA group.
The patients were divided into two groups, A and B. The first, Group A, in which only Dynesys was used and the second, Group B, in which Dynesys was used adjacent to one or more fused segments.
The ROM of the end plate angle at the instrumented segments in Group A reduced from 5.72o to 1.44o{difference 4.28o(p=0.005)} and in Group B reduced from 6.00o to 2.17o,{difference 3.83o(p=0.001)}.
The ROM of the end plate angle at the level above instrumentation in Group A reduced from 8.2o to 5.1o {reduction 3.1o(p=0.085)}, while in group-B increased from 7.3o to 7.5o, a difference of 0.2o (p=0.877).
The mean anterior disc height in Group A reduced by 2.1mm (p< 0.001) from 9.59mm to 7.44mm. The posterior disc height also reduced from 6.56mm to 6.26mm, a difference of 0.3mm, (p=0.434). In Group B, the anterior disc height reduced by 1.98mm (pre-op=9.04mm, post-op= 7.06mm, p=0.001) and the posterior height by 0.35mm (pre-op 6.14mm to post op 5.79mm, p=0.443)
Results: Oswestry; Roland Morris
Pre program 34 average: s.d. 158.8; s.d. 4.5
Post program 19 average: s.d. 174.3; s.d. 4.8
Patient Global assessment:
Much better 64; 47%
Excellent 62; 49.6%
Better: 52; 38%
Good: 43; 34.4%
Unchanged: 2; 9%
Fair: 16 ; 2.8%
Worse: 7; 5%
Poor: 4; 3.2%
Data on the impact upon work was available for 121 of the patients. Pre program 71 of the 121 had been seriously affected in the workplace. Work follow up was 79% and at follow up only 22 out of 96 were seriously affected in the workplace. A significant improvement.
43 had an injury at work, RTA or similar significant event, 89 did not. The ODI improved by 18 points in the attributable event group and 13 in the non event group. Similar results were found for the Roland score. There was no significant difference between the two groups.
All pre-operative parameters were significantly higher compared with the Normal group (back pain VAS 6.3 and 3.8; leg pain VAS 7 and 4.7; ODI 61 and 34.4 respectively).
At 1 year follow-up, 23% of the somatising patients became psychologically Normal; 36% became At Risk; 11% became Distressed Depressed; and 30% remained Distressed Somatisers.
The postoperative VAS for back and leg pain of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 3.4 (pre-op 6.8) and 3.2 (pre-op 6.6) respectively. In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 5.6 (pre-op 7.8) and 6.7 (pre-op 7.0).
The postoperative ODI of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 26.4 (pre-op 55.5).
In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 56.7 (pre-op 61.7).
These differences are statistically significant.
We report a consecutive series of 200 patients who underwent Dynesys flexible stabilisation in the management of intractable lower back pain.
Group 1 - Cases where implantation was used as an adjunct to other procedures including decompression, discectomy, or posterior lumbar interbody fusion. (32 male, 36 female, Mean age 56years (range 31–85)).
Group 2 - Patients with back pain and/or sciatica in which no other procedure was used. (65 male 67 female, Mean age 58years (range 27–86))
All patients were profiled prospectively using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), SF36 and Visual Analogue Scale (VAS). Patients were reviewed post-operatively using the same measures at 3, 6 & 12 months, and yearly thereafter. Follow-up was 95% at 2 to 5 years.
Group 2 – Mean ODI fell from 49 pre-op to 28 at four years
Similar trends were observed in both groups with a fall in VAS and improvement in SF36.
At 6 months, there was a significant increase in the spinal canal and foraminal dimension. However at 2 years there was a reduction in these dimensions such that there was no significant difference from the preop-erative measurements.
The patients were divided into two groups, A and B. The first, Group A, in which only Dynesys was used and the second, Group B, in which Dynesys was used adjacent to one or more fused segments.
The ROM of the end plate angle at the instrumented segments in Group A reduced from 5.72o to 1.44o{difference 4.28o(p=0.005)} and in Group B reduced from 6.00o to 2.17o,{difference 3.83o(p=0.001)}.
The ROM of the end plate angle at the level above instrumentation in Group A reduced from 8.2o to 5.1o {reduction 3.1o(p=0.085)}, while in group-B increased from 7.3o to 7.5o, a difference of 0.2o (p=0.877).
The mean anterior disc height in Group A reduced by 2.1mm (p< 0.001) from 9.59mm to 7.44mm. The posterior disc height also reduced from 6.56mm to 6.26mm, a difference of 0.3mm, (p=0.434). In Group B, the anterior disc height reduced by 1.98mm (pre-op=9.04mm, post-op= 7.06mm, p=0.001) and the posterior height by 0.35mm (pre-op 6.14mm to post op 5.79mm, p=0.443)
Parameters studied included position of the Aorta and Inferior Vena Cava, the levels and angles of their bifurcation and the all too important ascending lumbar vein. We also commented on the most accessible (visible) disc part in relation to surrounding vessels.
The purpose of the study was, to investigate how often the diagnosis of “Scheuermann’s disease” was made in radiological reports to General Practitioners, to determine the precise nature of the disease being described, and to evaluate the management of patients by GP’s who receive such radiological reports.
A computerised search of radiological reports to local GP’s revealed fifty reports over a two and a half period which included the diagnosis of “Scheuermann’s disease”. Assessment of these radiographs by a Consultant Radiologist indicated that ten of these patients had classical Scheuermann’s (abnormal thoracic kyphosis associated with disc and end plate irregularities), and forty had so called lumbar/type two Scheuermann’s (disc and end plate irregularities of the thoraco lumbar spine without deformity).
A questionnaire was sent out to GP’s which consisted a case history of a middle aged patient with typical symptoms of degenerative low back pain without deformity, including a radiological report indicating the “possibility of Scheuermann’s disease”, on the basis of features typical of Scheuermann’s lumbar/type two.
86% of GP’s indicated that they would inform their patients that they had “Scheuermann’s disease” using that term, but 48% did not appreciate the meaning of the term in the context of the case history.
We conclude that the majority of radiological reports to GP’s which include the diagnosis “Scheuermann’s disease” relate to lumbar/type two Scheuermann’s, and that the nature of the radiological diagnosis, invariably passed on to the patient, is often misunderstood by the GP. This may well result in patients presenting to spinal clinicians with unnecessary anxiety due to concerns of possible serious pathology.
We would recommend that spinal clinicians encourage their radiological colleagues to avoid the use of the words “Scheuermann’s disease” in radiological reports to GP’s except when describing classical adolescent thoracic kyphosis.
We investigated the effect of neck dimension upon cervical range of movement. Data relating to 100 subjects healthy subjects aged between 20 and 40yrs was recorded with respect to age, gender and ranges of movement in three planes. Additionally two commonly used methods of measuring neck motion, chin-sternal distance and uniplanar goniometer, were assessed against a validated measurement tool the CROM goniometer (Performance Attainment Associates, Roseville, MN).
Using multiple linear regression analysis it was determined that sagittal flexion (P= 0.0021) and lateral rotation (P< 0.0001) were most closely related to neck circumference alone whereas lateral flexion (P< 0.0001) was most closely related to a ratio of circumference and length. The uniplanar goniometer has some usefulness when assessing neck motion, comparing favourably to chin-sternal distance that has almost no role.
Neck dimension should be incorporated into cervical functional assessment. One should be wary about recorded values for neck motion from non-validated measurement tools.
Neuromuscular scoliosis is a difficult condition to treat. Curve severity, secondary pelvic obliquity and poor respiratory function can make operative treatment and post operative care challenging. The benefits to the child in terms of improved sitting position and trunk posture can be considerable. We present a large consecutive series of patients with neuromuscular scoliosis treated surgically at our institution.
The aim of this work was to study the clinical and radiographic impact of surgery for neuromuscular scoliosis.
Data was gathered from patient records and radiographs for all cases of neuromuscular scoliosis treated surgically between April 2002 and Feb 2005. 52 cases were identified. They fell into 2 surgical groups: single stage posterior correction and two stage anterior and posterior correction. All posterior instrumentation was transpedicular. Complications, length of stay, and change in severity of sagittal and coronal plane deformity were recorded.
Average pre-operative Cobb angle was 85°. There were 16 patients with additional sagittal plane deformity. Average percentage improvement of Cobb angle was 59%. The correction was better in two stage procedures. Pelvic obliquity was improved in those who were obligatory sitters. Fusion rate was 83% for those followed up more than 1 year. ITU stay was longer in single stage procedures. Complication rate was 58%.
We have shown that with appropriate patient selection the correction of neuromuscular scoliosis can achieve good results with high fusion rates. Two stage correction confers correctional advantage on those who have sufficient respiratory reserve to tolerate it.
The current work compares, in the patients with acute spinal cord injuries (SCI), the rate of early complications in those who were operated ‘out of hours’ to the patients who had their surgical interventions performed on the elective trauma list.
In a two-year study, all the complications occurring within the first month of surgery were recorded. Patients who had their operative procedure between 22.00 pm and 8.00 am comprised the ‘out of hours’ group, while the other group included patients operated on daytime spinal trauma lists. Each group had 22 patients. The demographics, injury patterns, time relapse to admission and theatre, the surgical procedure, its duration, the postoperative results and early complications were retrospectively analysed and compared for the two groups.
There were 38 males. 20 patients had complete SCI and 26 had thoracic spine involvement. Road traffic accident was the cause of injury in 26 patients. Two patients received steroids following the injury. The average admission time was 3 days. Surgery occurred on an average within 48 h (range 1–20 days). The mean theatre time was 2.8 h for the emergency group and 3.4 h for the elective cases. Early postoperative complications were chest infections (5), urinary tract infections (7), superficial wound infections (2), and pulmonary embolism (1). The incidence of complications was higher in cervical injuries, polytrauma, complicated procedures and individuals requiring intensive care. No significant differences were noted between the two groups.
Operating non life-saving emergency cases on elective list constitutes good clinical practice. Various reviews including the National Confidential Enquiry into Patient Outcomes and Deaths (NCEPOD) suggest that operating out of working hours poses a substantial risk to the patient’s health and safety. This study emphasizes that complications relate to the injury level, associated injuries and the procedure itself, rather than to the timing of surgery.
The clinical and radiological outcome of 34 patients who were treated with PDN-Solo and PDN-Solo XL devices for symptomatic degenerative lumbar discs is described.
34 patients had PDNs implanted in their lumbar spines between September 2002 and August 2004. Suitable patients, with proven discogenic back pain, who failed at least six months of conservative treatment, were fully consented prior to surgery. The approach was retroperitoneal in all cases except at L5/S1 when it was transperitoneal. The primary clinical outcome measure was the Low Back Outcome Score (LBOS). X-rays were taken at these follow-up points to assess the integrity and effectiveness of the implants.
36 operations were performed in 15 males and 19 females (including 2 early revision PDNs). All patients were between 20 and 65 years old, with a mean age of 42. 17 patients were treated with PDN alone and 17 with PDN as an adjunct to an interbody fusion.
There were 10 device related complications, two being amenable to early PDN revision and six requiring revision to fusion. Two patients remain symptom-free.
According to the LBOS, only 19 of 29 patients who have not been revised to fusion have had successful outcomes (65.5% of unrevised patients, 56% of all patients). Final follow-up x-rays show that when the PDN remains intact the disc space height is very similar to its neighbours. If the device has dissociated, the disc is narrowed.
Fifty years after lumbar disc nucleus replacement was first attempted by Fernstrom, the success rate is no higher and the reasons for revision are the same. Clearly there has to be a major improvement in this technology before it can be widely adopted. Until such a time as that improvement has occurred, we cannot recommend this device as a treatment for back pain.
Recent work has demonstrated that intra-operative contamination of spinal surgical wounds is relatively common. The most frequently isolated wound contaminants are
Intra-operative wound samples were taken from 94 patients undergoing spinal surgery. Samples including skin, subcutaneous tissue and wound washings were processed, inoculated onto agar and incubated under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions for a period of 2 weeks. Bacterial growth was identified using commercially available biochemical test galleries. Thirty-six bacterial isolates were identified. The predominant bacteria isolated included
The antibiotic that performed best against
The antibiotic that performed best against
The results of this study demonstrate that ciprofloxacin, cefuroxime and cefamandole are effective against the majority of
SAM was performed in C-scan mode(gate width 50ns, depth 3500ns) and acoustical data collected along X–Y plane/depth Z. A B- mode scan acquired acoustic data along X–Z plane/ depth A. Time-of-Flight (TOF) scan used to create 3D-like images based on distance between the top of the disc and maximum penetration depth.
The IDET catheters were heated according to the 900C 16.5-minute protocol. Discs were subjected to SAM using identical protocols as described. The ROIs were incised and analysed using μNMR. A custom made device was fabricated to prevent rotational effects of varying orientation of the specimen in the magnetic field.
Non-linear regression analysis of Signal Intensity Ratios of 30 different regions using SPSS showed a significant change in T1 weighting on μMRI by a median factor of 40 ( IQR + 16) for the LPL and 20(IQR + 8) for LAL regions. Significant relaxation difference (p< 0.001) caused by “magic angle”effects wer noted in LPL compared to RPL.
The average rate of publication in medicine following presentation is 45%
Although the quality of the scientific work is not the only factor to determine publication, and nor is the quality of the presentations the only factor to assess in evaluating a meeting, the rate of publication and citation rate provide an indicator of the quality and scientific level of meetings.
Routine inclusion of imaging of the SI joint as part of lumbosacral spine MRI for back pain and sciatica shows only 3% positive results.
SI joint should be imaged only if clinically suspected.
Five specimens were implanted for each group 1) with pedicle screw (into L3 and L5) and tested with/without Synex (expandable) cage anteriorly, 2) implanted with a Synex cage and Double screw+rod Ventrofix system, 3) Synex cage and Double screw+ Single rod Ventrofix construct and 4) Synex cage and Single screw+ Single rod Ventrofix system.
The double screw/ single rod system is less effective than the Ventrofix System but is comparable to the pedicle screw construct.
The single screw/ single rod construct leads to unacceptable movement about the axis of the inferior screw particularly in extension with a ROM much greater than the intact spine (p< 0.001)
To date, 80 patients have been recruited into the study of which 34 have been randomised to receive the booklet. At 6 months post-surgery all of these patients are requested to complete a questionnaire on the booklet. This questionnaire contained forced-choice questions on readability, style, information level, believability, length, content and helpfulness. Further open questions concern the booklet’s messages, giving patients the opportunity to identify anything they did not like or understand, voice any concerns that were not covered, and say if they thought the booklet would change what they did after surgery. Finally, they were asked their overall rating of the booklet on a scale from 1 to 10.
Feedback is very positive. The average overall rating of the booklet was 8.6/10. Over 80% found it easy to read, interesting, and of appropriate length. Over 80% also stated they had learnt new and helpful information. All subjects stated that they would recommend the booklet to a friend, and the majority stated that they frequently referred to the booklet. The predominant messages received and understood by the patients were related to the safe benefits of early activation and return to normal activities.
The results show that spinal surgery patients appreciate evidence-based information in booklet form, and suggest that this booklet may be an important adjunct to post-operative management of spinal patients.
With the development of new implants there is an increasing need for biomechanical studies. The problem of obtaining human specimen is well appreciated. Porcine spines are commonly used. To date there are no studies delineating the anatomy of porcine thoracolumbar vertebrae. The objective of this study is to provide a comprehensive database of measurements for the porcine thoracolumbar vertebrae with a view to help plan future studies contemplating their use.
6 adult porcine spines from 18–24 month old male pigs weighing 60 to 80 kilograms were obtained and dissected of soft tissue. The lowest thoracic and all the lumbar vertebrae were used in our experiment (n=42). 15 anatomical parameters from each vertebra were measured by 2 independent observers using digital calipers (Draper® PVC150D, accuracy ± 0.03mm). The mean, SD and SEM were calculated using Microsoft Excel. Results were compared with available data on human vertebra (Panjabi et al 1991,1992; Zindrick et al 1987; Kumar et al 2000).
The inter class correlation coefficient for the observers was 0.997. The intra-observer agreement was statistically robust (0.994). The vertebral bodies of the porcine vertebra were larger while both the upper and lower endplate depth and width were smaller than the human specimens. The pedicle width and depth was greater than the human specimens. The spinal canal length and depth of the porcine spine were smaller than humans indicating a narrow spinal canal. The spinous process length showed an increase from T16 to L1. This was in contrast to human spinous process.
This study provides a comprehensive database of anatomical measurements for the porcine thoracolumbar vertebra and highlights the differences in morphometry. These should borne in mind when designing studies using porcine spines and the implants matched accordingly. The measurements are also useful when extrapolating data from studies where porcine spines have been used.
Aim: To evaluate the outcome of late anterior decompression in patients with dorsal and lumbar spinal injuries with neurological deficit.
Demographics: The mechanism of injury was a road traffic accident in 80% and the mean ISS was 24.1. There were 95 patients (10.9%) with a cervical spine fracture, 96 (10.8%) with a fracture in either / both thoracic and lumbar regions. Spine clearance: Mean intubation (7.1 days), time to spine clearance (mean 0.4 days). In 318 patients, clearance was performed with the patient conscious (284 prior to intubation, 34 after intubation of <
24hrs). 42 patients (4.6%) died before spine clearance. In 10 patients, the protocol was not followed. Inclusions: 434 patients underwent CT. 10 of the 95 cervical fractures were deemed stable and underwent DS (n = 349). Missed Cases: CT missed 2 cases of instability, one of these (an atlanto-occipital dislocation) was also missed by DS. Critical analysis revealed a Powers ratio calculation would have diagnosed this injury on CT. Sensitivity (CT 97.7% vs DS 98.8%), specificity (100% CT and DS). There were no complications from either procedure.
Five patients with entrapment of the suprascapular nerve treated in a 7 year period (2000–2006) were reviewed. There were 4 males and 1 female with an average age of 35 years (15–59). The patients presented with non-specfic pain around the scapula and shoulder. Four of the patients had marked wasting and weakness of the supraspinatus and infraspinatus muscles. One patient had congenital non-union of the clavicles. One patient was a competitive pole vaulter but there was no apparent aetiological factor in the other 3.
The diagnosis was confirmed with nerve conduction studies in all the patients. All underwent MRI scan which was normal in 4 patients and showed a cyst in the spinoglenoid notch in the 5th. Four patients had an open release of the suprascapular nerve, the patients whose MRI showed a cyst was found at surgery to have an abnormal vessel compressing the nerve. One patient had an arthroscopic release of the suprascapular nerve.
Four patients were available for follow-up. The follow-up averaged 22 months (6–58). All patients had complete relief of pain and almost complete recovery of strength.
In conclusion, the diagnosis of suprascapular nerve entrapment must be entertained when patients present with non-specific periscapular pain and wasting of the supraspnatus and infraspinatus muscles. MRI must be done to rule out cysts. Surgical release is successful and can be done arthroscopically.
The purpose of this diagnostic, cross-sectional study, was to determine the predictive value of clinical examination versus ultrasonographic evaluation in rheumatoid arthritis patients, suspected of having rotator cuff disease.
The left and right shoulders of fifty consecutive patients from the rheumatoid clinic were subjected to clinical examination by a senior registrar in the department. Impingement was evaluated using the Neer, Hawkins and posterior impingement tests. The supra-spinatus tendon insertion (Jobe test), infraspinatusteres minor tendon insertions (resisted external rotation) and subscapularis tendon insertion (Gerber lift-off and push-off tests) into the rotator cuff were evaluated for a possible tear. A Professional Sport Sonographer, located in a separate examination room then performed an ultrasonographic evaluation on all of the patients. The clinical results were compared to the ultrasound results, hoping to find a method that will improve our current screening of rheumatoid patients for rotator cuff disease and planning of possible surgical treatment.
A significant difference was found between the clinical and sonographic evaluation of the rotator cuffs. Impingement tests showed a false positive result of 85–89%, while the tests for cuff tears had a false negative value of 87–91% compared to ultrasound evaluation. A total disagreement of 45.8–60% and total agreement of 39.5–54.1% could be explained by the fact the synovitis is the hallmark of rheumatoid disease, which could cause pain without tears or impingement.
The authors conclude that clinical examination of the rotator cuff in patients with rheumatoid disease is unreliable, and that ultrasound examination should form a routine part of the evaluation of all rheumatoid shoulders.
Proximal humeral locked plates have been advocated as an improved option for treating displaced proximal humeral fractures. After a number of failures using other methods we moved to this option in 2003.
We reviewed all patients treated with this method, since we started in 2004. 16 patients were available for follow up. Using the Simple Shoulder Test and the Oxford Shoulder Score we assessed their level of function and pain. X-rays were checked for loss of fixation and union. The average follow up was 13 months post-surgery; the average age was 61 years. Using Neer’s classification, seven had 2 part fractures, seven had 3 part fractures and two had 4 part fractures.
All fractures united and the patients reported good shoulder function. None had loss of fixation. There were no cases of sepsis. There were two patients awaiting hardware removal and one patient has already had removal for subacromial impingement.
The results in this limited series compare favourably with the reported literature and we had no loss of fixation compared to our previous treatment.
Seven patients with osteochondral defects of the humeral head were treated over a 3 year period (2002–2005). In six of the patients the diagnosis was made incidentally at time of arthroscopy with the seventh patient being diagnosed preoperatively. There were 5 males and 2 females with an average age of 48 years. Four patients had a history of trauma. The preoperative diagnosis was impingement in 5, supraspinatus partial thickness tear in one and an osteochondral defect in the seventh. Ultrasound revealed a supraspinatus partial thickness tear in one, fluid in the biceps grove in one, and was normal in the other 5. One patient had a MRI which showed a SLAP lesion. All patients had conservative treatment with subacromial injection with 2 patients having complete relief of pain, 2 having almost complete relief, and the other 4 having improvement but not complete relief of pain. Only 2 of the patients had a minor reduction in movement. At arthroscopy the osteochondral defect measured 1x 1 cm in four cases and 1 x 1,5 cm in the other 3. In all patients the osteochondral defect was debrided and the exposed bone abraded. Four patients had an acromioplasty, one had an acromioplasty and excision of the AC joint, one had a debridement only and the seventh patient had an acromioplasty, SLAP repair and debridement of a partial thickness supraspinatus tear.
The follow-up averaged 24 months (6–58). The VAS improved from an average of 6,4 preoperatively to 1,2 postoperatively and the ASES improved from 47 preoperatively to 85 postoperatively. All patients were happy to have had the procedure.
In conclusion, debridement and abrasion of osteochondral defect was an effective treatment in this series. Acromioplasty should be added when indicated.
The results of displaced three part fracture of the proximal humerus treated by retro grade nailing +/− cannulated cancellous screws for fixation of the greater tuberosity was analysed.
Displaced three part fractures of the humerus are unstable and difficult to fix. Different methods of operative treatment available for this type of fracture are Kirschner wires, tension band wiring, hemiarthroplasty and open reduction and internal fixation with plate and screws.
The Halder Humeral Nail was introduced through the olecranon fossa into the head of the humerus, to stabilize the neck of humerus fracture. The displaced greater tuberosity was reduced with a minimal stab incision and fixed with cannulated screws. Compared to other open procedures the proximal exposure was minimal.
47 Patients with displaced three part proximal humeral fractures have been surgically treated since January 1995. 22 Were treated with proximal screws and 25 without proximal screw fixation. There were 32 females and 15 males. The average age was 67.68 years.
Early passive movements were encouraged in the shoulder. Pain was relieved in almost all the patients. 41 Fractures united. 3 Patients had a malunion, 2 had humeral head collapse, and 1 developed AVN of the humeral head.
The authors concluded that displaced three part proximal humeral fractures can be treated using the Halder Humeral Nail, and that this is a simple method of treatment which avoids major surgical exposures.
The lumbar spine consists of a mobile segment of 5 vertebrae, which are located between the relatively immobile segments of the thoracic and sacral segments. The bodies are wider and have shorter and heavier pedicles, and the transverse processes project somewhat more laterally and ventrally than other spinal segments. The laminae are shorter vertically than are the bodies and are bridged by strong ligaments. The spinous processes are broader and stronger than are those in the thoracic and cervical spine.
Internal fixation as an adjunct to spinal fusion has become increasingly popular in recent years. Stainless steel or titanium plates or rods are longitudinally anchored to the spine by hooks or pedicle screws. Powerful forces can be applied to the spine through these implants to correct deformity. Implants provide immediate rigid spinal immobilization, which allows for early patient mobilization, and provides a more optimal environment for bone graft incorporation. Numerous clinical and experimental studies demonstrate higher fusion rates in patients with rigid internal fixation than in controls without instrumentation. Although various implants are available, pedicle fixation systems are the most commonly used implant type in the lumbosacral spine. The large size of the lumbar pedicles minimizes the number of instrumented motion segments required to achieve adequate stabilization.
Many authors have reported loss of postoperative deformity correction after transpedicular screw fixation, ranging from 2.5 degrees to 7.1 degrees. The general preference is to stabilize the fractured vertebra by fusing one level above and one level below. With this technique, the rate of loss of correction is high. At our institution, we routinely stabilize the unstable thoracolumbar fractures by fusing one level above and one level below. In addition, we put screws into the pedicle(s) of fractured vertebrae. The reason for this is the following:
To correct the deformed body of the fractured vertebra for better load sharing. To make use of the pedicles of the fractured vertebra for superior rotatory stabilization. To avoid the need for the inclusion of additional levels, thereby preserving motion segments. To avoid the need for possible anterior spinal fusion and instrumentation. To obtain a better correction of a kyphotic deformity.
Plain radiographs were analysed post operatively and compared for reduction of the fracture fragments and correction of kyphotic deformity to pre-operative films. 74 Patients were admitted with thoracolumbar spine fractures to our hospital. 48 Patients were surgically treated, and 34 patients were available for follow up. We found that inserting the pedicle screws into the fractured vertebra provided good stabilization for very unstable fractures. No loss of correction was seen in the follow up x-rays. We conclude that including the fractured vertebra into the fracture fixation device not only provides better fracture reduction, but also gives improved rotatory stability.
40% Of the cases of tuberculous (TB) spondylitis involve the lumbar spine. Despite the large forces borne by the lumbar spine and subsequent disability that may result from the TB infection, no studies have reported on the functional outcome. We review the clinical, radiological and patient-orientated functional outcomes using the Oswestry Disability index (ODI) following treatment of lumbar spine TB.
The final radiological and ODI assessment was undertaken at follow-up during October 2005 and March 2006 in 37 patients, treated non-operatively for TB of the lumbar spine. The diagnosis was established following a closed needle biopsy.
The mean age at follow-up was 35 (range 16 to 76 years). The average duration of symptoms prior to presentation was 9 months (range 2 to 24 months). All patients presented with low backache and night pain but only 42% had constitutional symptoms. 92% had 2-body involvement and L3/4 segment was most commonly involved (35%). The kyphosis measured 130 (range 400 kyphosis to 130 lordosis) and the mean overall lumbar curve was +10 (range 260 kyphosis to 360 lordosis). Ten patients had coronal plane deformity averaging 100 (00 to 220). All patients had a minimum of 6 months of anti-TB treatment (6 to 24 months), 76% used spinal brace for a mean of 5 months (2 to 24 months). At the last follow-up the kyphosis was 170 (380 kyphosis to 80 lordosis) with overall average lumbar curve of +30 (180 kyphosis to 360 lordosis). 11 Had mean coronal deformity of 90 (00 to 140). 34 Of the patients showed full radiological fusion. The mean ODI was 19% (0 to 55%).
We conclude that a favourable functional outcome can be expected with conservative treatment of lumbar spine TB, despite the deformity.
Surgery for spondylolisthesis is controversial. It is debatable whether a spondylolisthesis should be fused in situ or reduced and fused in the corrected position. In an attempt to address this issue 68 patients who had undergone surgery between 2000 and 2005 for back and leg pain related to a spondylolisthesis with associated spinal stenosis were retrospectively reviewed.
The average age was 53 years. There were 24 male and 44 female patients. A degenerative spondylolisthesis was present in 38 patients while 30 had an isthmic spondylolisthesis. All patients presented with neurogenic back and leg pain that had been present for 6 months. A major neurologic deficit was not present in any patient. The average pre-operative Oswestry score was 42%. Imaging included standard lumbar spine radiographs with dynamic views and MRI. Conservative treatment included pain medication, physiotherapy, nerve root blocks and epidural cortisone injections. A posterior in situ instrumented fusion was performed in 49 patients while 19 underwent reduction and a 360 fusion. A TLIF was used in 11 patients and an ALIF in 8. The average follow-up was 26 months.
Back pain had improved in all patients and the average post-op Oswestry score was 12%. At final follow-up a radiologic fusion was present in all patients. No post-operative neurologic complication was noted in patients who had reduction of the spondylolisthesis. Leg pain persisted in 5 patients (10%) who had posterior in situ fusion while no patient who had a reduction of the spondylolisthesis had residual leg pain. These 5 patients with persistent leg pain underwent removal of the implant and an improvement was noted in 3.
The authors conclude that reduction of the spondylolisthesis with an interbody fusion appears to improve the outcome with regards to neurogenic leg pain. There was no difference in the outcome for back pain.
With the advent of locked volar radial plates there has been a wave of enthusiasm in the fixation of distal radial fractures with these devices. This study was designed to look at potential complications and pitfalls of this treatment modality.
80 consecutive cases treated by the author with locked volar radial plates were analysed. Complications were divided into major and minor groups and recorded exhaustively.
Major complications included 6 patients requiring further wrist related surgery, 1 patient with an iatrogenic radial artery injury, 1 patient with an iatrogenic palmer branch of median nerve partial injury, 1 patient with a complex regional pain syndrome and 6 patients with a less than adequate return of range of movement. ^ minor complications were recorded.
With attention to detail and by avoiding several recurring pitfalls volar locked plating is a safe and effective procedure.
This study was designed to investigate distal radial osteotomy performed from a volar approach for dorsal deformity. In the past conventional dorsal approaches have led to extensor tendon synovitis and a volar approach was thus appealing.
A prospective analysis of 8 consecutive patients with distal radial malunions with residual dorsal angulation was performed. In each case a volar approach was used and a locked distal radial plate was applied. Laic crest bone graft was used.
In each case an acceptable correction was obtained. Union occurred in 6–8 weeks. Pain and grip strength were improved in all 8 cases.
The author concludes that a volar approach and locked plate fixation is useful for the correction of dorsal deformity in distal radial malunions. Implant problems with this approach.
In the last few decades pedicle screw placement has brought in a genuine scientific revolution in the surgical care of spinal disorders. The technique has dramatically improved the outcomes of spinal reconstruction requiring spinal fusion. Short segment surgical treatments based on the use of pedicle screws for the treatment of neoplastic, developmental, congenital, traumatic and degenerative conditions have been proved to be practical, safe and effective.
The reported incidence of nerve root damage after the use of pedicle screws ranges from 2% to 32%. The utilization of computerized image-guided technology in lumbosacral spinal fusion surgery offers increased accuracy of pedicle screw placement. We decided to review our x-rays of pedicle screw placement, and to assess the percentage misplacement of pedicle screws inserted without computer assistance. This is a retrospective study and our results are compared with those in the literature.
80 Post operative radiographs of patients operated on for trauma and degenerative conditions of the thoracolumbar spine were studied. Initially these were looked at independently by 2 orthopaedic spinal surgeons and a radiologist, and subsequently all x-rays were reviewed together to see where consensus could be reached where there was any disagreement.
The percentage of misplaced screws inserted under fluoroscopy was obtained, and compared to the percentage of misplaced screws inserted under image guidance reported in the literature. Our study shows that there is no significant difference between the 2 techniques.
The majority of spinal tumours are due to metastasis, however the most common primary tumour is multiple myeloma. This is a retrospective study of patients presenting with tumours of the spine, determining the incidence of malignant and benign tumours presenting at King George V spinal unit.
All admissions from January 2004 to April 2006 were reviewed. Age, gender, presenting complaint, clinical presentations, and tumour type were evaluated. The tumour type was diagnosed by laboratory, radiological and histological investigations. Histology was obtained by either closed or open biopsy. Laboratory investigations included a full blood count, liver function tests, urea and electrolytes, serum and urine protein electrophoresis.
Of the 42 patients diagnosed, 25 were male (59.5%) and 17 were female (40.5%). The average age was 50 (range 10 to 82). All patients presented with pathological pain and 34 patients presented with neurology ranging from mild weakness to complete paralysis (frankel D to A). 8 had no neurology. 16 Patients (38.1%) were diagnosed by closed biopsy, 23 (54.8%) by open biopsy, and 3 patients (7.1%) were diagnosed by clinical biochemical, and radiological investigations as multiple myeloma (they demised prior to biopsy). 9 Patients had a benign tumour (21.4%) and 33 had a malignant tumour (78.6%). 12 Patients had a primary tumour (36.4%), and 21 had secondary deposits (63.6%). The benign tumours included 2 Aneurysmal bone cysts, 2 Giant cell tumours, 3 haemangioma’s, 1 osteoblastoma and 1 osteochondroma. The primary malignant tumours included 1 Ewings sarcoma, 1 lymphoma, 1 ependymoma, and 9 myeloma. The secondary tumours included 17 undifferentiated metastatic adenocarcinomas, 2 renal cell cancers, 1 nephroblastoma, and 1 follicular thyroid cancer. Patients were managed by a multi-disciplinary team.
Malignant spinal tumours are most likely due to metastasis. Males have a greater risk than females with a peak incidence in the 5th decade.
Lumbar steroid injection can be endorsed as a treatment component for lumbrosacral radicular pain syndrome resulting from disc herniation. The facet joint steroid injection seems to be beneficial for patients with chronic backache due to the facet joint arthritis and in the lumbar Spondylosis.
We did a retrospective review of 31 patients whom we treated between 2004 and 2005 with follow up of 6 months to 24 months. There were 19 females and 12 males, aged between 29–81 years. Five patients had previous surgery for simple discectomy to posterior spinal fusion. Four patients had multiple disc prolapse at 3–4 levels, 2 patients had a severe lumbar spondylosis and spinal stenosis. The remaining 20 patients had a single level disc prolapse. All these patients were given caudal and facet joint blocks.
The pre and post steroid injection Oswestry score was done. After steroid injection the Oswestry score improved by 30%. Majority of the patients had pain relief for 2–18 months. The pain relief was much better in the non operative group with single level disc pro-lapse and those patients with lumbar spondylosis.
In patients with chronic back pain there is an inflammatory basis for pain generation. Lumbar steroid injection seems to be beneficial in patients with disc prolapse and lumbar spondylosis. In the literature various randomized trials have been done and their results are controversial. Our study showed definitive improvement in terms of pain and function of our patient.
The process of training orthopaedic registrars in the technique of lower limb arthroplasty (hip & knee) requires a long learning curve. The practice of consultant supervised operating should not compromise the final outcome and patient care.
The aim of this study was to compare complication rates of lower limb arthroplasties performed by orthopaedic trainees with the national average.
We reviewed specialist registrar operating over a one year period between January 2003–January 2004 with reference to lower limb arthroplasty surgery (hip and knee replacements).
A postal questionnaire was sent to 24 specialist registrars on The Welsh Orthopaedic Higher Training Programme in confidence. Complications enquired about were:
infection; deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism; dislocation.
Data obtained was analysed and individual complication rates were compared with the national United Kingdom average.
Complication rates for registrar operated patients were comparable if not lower than the national average. Outcomes after lower limb arthroplasty did not differ between consultants and trainees with regards to complications.
The authors conclude that consultant supervised lower limb arthroplasties performed by trainee orthopaedic surgeons is safe and not associated with higher complication rates as one would believe.
46 Sacral chordoma patients treated between 1987 and 2004 are reviewed. The importance of early diagnosis, adequate surgical margin and post operative radiotherapy for optimum outcome and survival is stressed.
There were 33 male and 13 female patients, with a mean age of 61 years (38–73 years). The surgical approach depended on the level and extent of the lesion, with an anteroposterior approach used in 23 and posterior approach in 17 patients. 20 had partial sacrectomy, 17 had subtotal sacrectomy and 3 underwent total sacrectomy. 6 patients were deemed inoperable and received palliative therapy. 14 patients received radiotherapy post-operatively. The length of average follow up was 4.27 years (range 2–15.7 years).
Low back pain was the most common presenting symptom (80%), and 50% patients had a palpable mass. The mean duration of symptoms prior to diagnosis was 2 years (range 1 month–10 years). Examination revealed a palpable mass in 7 both externally and on rectal examination. 10 had a palpable mass on rectal examination but not externally. 2 patients presented with multiple metastases and another 2 with widespread local disease. Excision was complete in 23 patients and incomplete in 17. Histology revealed dedifferentiation in 4. Complete excision margin was achieved in 69.6% through combined approach and 52.9% through posterior approach only. 24 patients (52%) had local recurrence. Without adjuvant radiotherapy the mean disease free period following complete excision was 3.5 years, compared to 0.9 years following incomplete excision. Adjuvant radiotherapy extended the mean disease free period following incomplete excision to 1.8 years.
The authors conclude that an early diagnosis and careful examination is important. Wide excision remains the mainstay of treatment. If excision is incomplete radiotherapy increases the disease free period although local recurrence is inevitable. The use of a combined approach increases the likelihood of complete excision.
Controversy exists as to whether burst fractures without neurological deficit should be treated operatively or non operatively. We assessed the functional outcomes of non operative treatment of burst fractures using the Oswestry disability index (ODI).
57 Patients who were treated non operatively (bed rest for one week and a corset for 3 months) were assessed using the Oswestry disability index (ODI) over a 6 month period. Assessments were done at an average of 4.8 years (range 18 months–7 years) post injury. There were 37 males and 22 females with an average age of 39 years. Fifty-three percent (31) injuries were due to a fall and twenty-two percent (22) followed an MVA. 90% Of fractures occurred between T12 and L2. Plain x-rays and CT scans were obtained to evaluate the burst fracture.
The initial average Cobb angle was nineteen degrees (190) (range 60–530) with an average progression in Cobb angle was 70 and the average final Cobb angle was 260 (90–710) The average ODI was 17.32% (range 0 48%). Personal care, sexual activity and sleeping were not significantly affected (ODI : 0 or 1 each). Fifty-five percent (11/20) who were previously unemployed returned to work and none of those patients who were previously unemployed, were employed at a later date. All 11 housewives experienced no difficulty with household chores. This study revealed that 31 patients occasionally used analgesia (paracetamol).
The authors conclude that non operative treatment of burst fractures is a viable option in neurologically intact patients.
The history of synoviorthesis in haemophiliacs and recent studies has shown that it is a safe procedure and that the results are similar to those seen following open or arthroscopic synovectomy. Colloidal Yt 90 silicate is a beta emitter with a half life of 2.7 days and a mean depth of penetrating soft tissue of 4mm. We evaluate the outcome of Yt 90 injection in patients with chronic haemophilic synovitis of the knee.
A retrospective study was done from 1998–2006 of 35 patients with 44 joint injections. Indications were repeated bleeds (4 episodes); chronic synovitis. The age range was 4–27 years. A dose of 2–5 mCu was injected intra-articularly using a sterile technique and local anaesthetic, after an intravenous factor V111 infusion (5 patients had antibodies) and initial joint lavage. The knees were immobilized in above knee backslabs for 2/7. Patient follow up of up to 8 years was conducted. Patients were assessed for pain relief, range of movement, repeated bleeds, cost saving, quality of life and progression to haemophilic arthropathy.
Pain relief of 2 or more points on VAS was reported by 30 patients (85.7%). 18 Patients reported a decrease in bleeding frequency (51.4%). 11 Patients had no further bleeds (31.4%).
We conclude that there was a significant cost saving as a result of the decreased need for the use of cryo-precipitate. Two patients experienced localised areas of necrosis from radio colloid extravasation. These wounds healed after 3 weeks of local dressings. 60% of joints had and increased range of movement. 92% reported improved quality of life.
We have found yttrium synoviorthesis to be an inexpensive, relatively simple and painless technique for treating chronic haemophilic synovitis. The majority of patients were satisfied, experiencing pain relief, increased range of motion and significant monetary saving from reduced cryoprecipitate use.
Femoral shaft fractures are usually the result of high energy trauma and are often associated with poly-trauma. Inappropriate treatment results in prolonged morbidity and disability. The treatment of choice for fixation is an interlocking intramedullary nail inserted by closed technique. This study reviewed the perioperative difficulties associated with late nailing of femoral fractures at a busy trauma unit.
Thirty four consecutive femoral nails were reviewed retrospectively. Delay to surgery, operative time and peri-operative morbidity was assessed. There were 27 males and 7 females. The average age was 30.5 years. Eleven patients were referred from a peripheral hospital. Motor vehicle collisions accounted for 22 fractures, and gun shot wounds for 7. There were 29 mid shaft injuries, 2 subtrochanteric and 3 distal femurs (Retrograde nails). Preoperative immobilization was by Thomas splint or skin traction. Six operations were done by a consultant, 17 by a senior registrar and 10 by a junior registrar.
The average delay to theatre was 32 days (range 10–63). Nineteen femurs required open reduction. Open reduction resulted in increased operating time: 117 minutes versus 82 minutes for closed reduction. Nine patients required perioperative blood transfusion and 2 patients were admitted to high care post operatively. Leg length discrepancy post operatively ranged from 0 to 4cm. Early knee range of motion was limited.
Delay to surgery was due to insufficient theatre availability, and delay in referral from peripheral hospitals. We found that the delay to surgery resulted in increased operative difficulty, operative time and perioperative morbidity. Late nailing of fractures requires meticulous preoperative planning by the entire theatre team, and careful, experienced surgical technique.
Internal fixation of ankle fractures should be undertaken either before or after the period of critical soft tissue swelling. As part of the clinical governance in our unit, an audit was undertaken to examine the interval between admission and surgery and net inpatient stay of patients with ankle fractures over a 6 month period.
Thirty four patients fulfilled the inclusion criteria of having an acute closed fracture of the ankle requiring open reduction and internal fixation (ORIF). There were 16 unimalleolar, 10 bimalleolar and 8 trimalleolar fractures. 10 Patients underwent surgery on the day of admission, 9 patients had surgery within 24 hours, 15 patients had surgery after 24 hours of admission. The average in patient stay was 9 days (1–61 days).
If surgery was undertaken within 24 hours the average inpatient stay was 9 days (1–14). If surgery was delayed beyond 24 hours the average inpatient stay was 15 days (3–61 days).
Delayed surgery of closed ankle fractures increases the risk of soft tissue complications and prolongs hospital stay with profound cost implications. Long-term disability resulting from ankle fractures can be reduced by optimal early management procedures.
The past ten years have brought plenty of research and technical innovations and also preliminary clinical success in cartilage repair. The common target of all methods utilised is to produce a sufficiently stable quality of cartilage repair or regenerate. However, yet today clinical, radiological and histological results analysing the different techniques are somewhat contradictory. The different lines of clinically applied and basic research have focused on:
1) Spontaneous natural filling of the defect with fibro-cartilage of variable solidity. - Abrasion chondroplasty, drilling or microfracturing to allow for mobilisation of progenitor cells and mesenchymal stem cells from the cancellous bone into the defect and develop to a hyaline like cartilage. - Stem cell treatment (in vivo or ex vivo theory of potential technique by which stem cells could be brought to a defect to create cartilage; so far no directly linked product available) 2) Transplantation of osteochondral auto grafts (Mosaicplasty, OATS, SDS, patellar graft) or allograft. 3a) Autologous chondrocyte transplantation and periosteal coverage (ACT) to cover bigger surfaces. 3b) Implantation of second and third generation ex vivo products and create less morbidity but without knowing whether the results are as long-lasting as for the originally described technique (chondrocytes cultured on membranes, MACI, in gels, implantation of a stable three-dimensional de novo cartilage disk or even engineered osteochondral grafts, AMIC: autologous membrane induced chondrogenesis).
A fair amount of today’s laboratory research is focusing on the culture of the patients own chondrocytes or his own stem cells.
Clinically, some methods can be applied in all indications regardless of size, localisation, depth of the lesion up to the age of fifty years and this is valid for lesions in the knee, the shoulder, the talus, the elbow etc. Other methods like AOCT should not be used for lesions over 2cm in diameter because of donor side morbidity. All methods claim to have
As
Nicotine abuse, probably for all techniques decreases the rate of success of cartilage repair or regeneration and osteotomy healing.
Roughly 300 cases have been treated during the last 10 years. The results were reported in 2002.
As an
Between June 1998 and April 2006, 93 patients with trans-pelvic gunshot injuries were admitted to our hospital. Initially the management was done by general surgeons, without any orthopaedic consultation. Later a good working relationship between general surgeons and orthopaedic surgeons developed, and good co-operation was achieved.
We felt it was important to determine the direction of the bullet tract. A detailed history was taken to try and position the assailant, and the action taken by the victim. We tried to establish the number of shots that were fired, and whether any pervious gunshot injury had been sustained. We then drew an imaginary straight line between the entry and exit wound, in order to try and determine the anatomical structures that were likely to be injured by the bullet.
When x-rays were not helpful in identifying the bony injury, then a CT scan with 3D reconstruction was performed. Contrast studies such as a sinogram, a cystogram and intravenous pyelogram, combined with contrast CT, was also helpful in determining the bullet tract.
At laparotomy the entire bullet tract has to be debrided. All injured viscera are repaired, and the abdominal cavity thoroughly washed out. Any extra-peritoneal rectal injury requires a proximal colostomy, and rectal stump washout. All bullets lodged near or into a joint must be removed early, within 4 days of injury. We feel that using antibiotics alone for contaminated bullet tracts, without debriding the tract and removing the bullet from bone, does not prevent sepsis.
We reviewed ninety-three civilian transpelvic gunshot wounds from 1998 to date. The patients were all recruited through our Trauma Unit. The first sixty were seen on a referral basis, yet for the subsequent patients we were informed on admission. Based on our earlier findings we promoted bullet tract washout, bullet removal when passed through hollow viscus, rectal stump washout and early removal of juxta-articular bullets. We review the nature of associated injuries and outcomes in relation to osteitis, osteoarthritis, nerve injuries and vascular injuries.
Fifty-seven patients had an entry wound in the buttock. This is associated with a high incidence of sciatic nerve damage (14%), extra peritoneal rectal injury (21%), juxta-articular bullets (73%) and osteitis (12%). There were fifty patients with hollow viscus injuries in various combinations. Thirteen patients overall developed osteitis (14%), of these twelve had hollow viscus injuries. Of these extra-peritoneal rectal injuries carry the highest proportion of osteitis (33%) as a complication, followed by colonic injuries (25%) and bladder (21%). Small bowel injuries (29) were not associated with any osteitis.
Peri and intra-articular injuries were grouped together totalling fifty-nine. Seven of these developed osteitis, leading to secondary osteoarthritis in all. The sciatic nerve was damaged in nine patients, and only three recovered fully. There were two femoral nerve injuries with no significant sequelae. In extra-peritoneal rectal injuries those who had early rectal stump wash-out (5/12) did not develop osteitis and yet of those not washed (5/12) three developed osteitis (60%). Tract washout has similar results. Of bullets that passed through a hollow viscus and were removed late 45% (8/18) were infected.
Our preliminary results suggest that all missile tracts should be washed out and debrided, that all bullets traversing a hollow viscus should be removed, that all peri-articular bullets be removed, and that the rectal stump be washed out in extra-peritoneal rectal injuries.
25 First metatarso phalangeal joint replacements using the MOJE implant were prospectively assessed. There were 13 females and 10 males, with an average age of 60 years (range 45–71 years). The main indication for surgery was a symptomatic Hallux Rigidus.
The minimum follow up period was 2 years (range 24–38 months). The patients were assessed before and after surgery using the AOFAS (American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society Hallux Score). The mean pre operative AOFAS score was 45.60 and this improved to 85.63 after surgery. There was a significant improvement in the sub scale for pain, from 4.58 pre operatively to 31.25 post operatively. A 9.50 improvement in the range of motion was noted.
The authors conclude that their study demonstrates that the use of the MOJE implant for the treatment of Hallux Rigidus is a safe and useful option, although a more long term follow up is indicated.
Analysis of the outcome of neurovascular island flap developed to reconstruct volar-oblique fingertip amputations. A comparison of results with the initial study.
Patients were contact telephonically and recalled for review. A subjective questionnaire was filled in and objective clinical measurements taken. The parameters of the original study were reproduced in order to compare results.
We have 12 cases since 2004. 5 Cases were lost to follow up with only clinic notes available. 7 Cases were reviewed. Mean age 20y (4–65y). Good subjective results with regard to cold intolerance, hypersensitivity, numbness, pain and stiffness. Good cosmesis and patient satisfaction. Objective measurements of IPJ stiffness were insignificantly different from the contra lateral side and 2 point discrimination < =5mm. A single flap failure due to sepsis.
It was concluded that this was a safe and reliable method of reconstruction, with a number of advantages over previous methods.
Scaphoid fractures are commonly seen fractures following distal radius fractures, yet its diagnosis can be difficult. The present study is to explore the diagnostic approach to suspected scaphoid fractures in a district general hospital in the UK.
This is a retrospective study. 286 Suspected scaphoid injuries were seen in our Fracture clinics. 184/286 were known to have normal x-ray findings initially and repeat x-ray in 10 days time. They were all treated as a simple case of a sprained wrist. 40 Patients out of the remaining 102 patients were noted to have scaphoid fractures on follow up x-rays and accordingly treated with cast. The remaining 62 patients were considered for further imaging. 28/102 went for bone scan, which confirmed scaphoid fracture in 4/28 cases. It also picked up other degenerative pathology in 4/28 cases. The rest of the scans were normal. 22/102 Were sent for CT scan which identified the fracture in 20 cases. CT scans provided details about the configuration of fracture, level of healing etc. MRI was performed in 12/102 cases, which confirmed fracture in 2/12 cases and bone bruising in 2/12 cases.
There is no consensus regarding the investigation of choice when a follow up scaphoid x-ray is inconclusive in diagnosing a possible scaphoid fracture. In this study we note that a bone scan does not offer much information. On the other hand MRI and CT investigations were useful. We recommend the use of an MRI investigation for a fresh injury, and a CT scan for fresh and old injuries.
Compound fractures are a surgical emergency. The primary treatment is early operative debridement and stabilization of the bone. Debridement of a compound fracture includes exploration of the wound to define the injury, removal of devitalized tissue and the use of pulse lavage to achieve additional mechanical debridement of the wound. We could not find any study confirming the use of a pus swab in acute fractures. This study evaluates the significance of early pus swabs taken pre and post debridement of compound fractures in long bones.
Between January 2005 and March 2006, 50 patients with compound fractures of long bones were assessed. A detailed history, mechanism, time of injury, presentation to hospital and time taken for debridement were recorded. The fractures were classified according to Gustilo and Anderson. A pre-debridement washout and a pus swab was taken at presentation to the orthopaedic emergency room. All patients were given ATT and cephalosporin, and the limbs were splinted. All fractures were again irrigated and debrided and fracture stabilized in theatre. A second swab was taken and the time recorded.
There were 50 patients, 30 males with a mean age of 32 years. 15 Of the fractures were grade 1 compound, 13 grade 2, 10 grade 3A and 12 grade 3B. Cultures revealed 12 patients with staphylococcus, 10 with multiple organisms, and 28 patients with no growth in the pre-debridement group. In the post-debridement group staphylococci were cultured in 18 patients, there were multiple organisms present in 20 and no organisms in 12. Only 3 patients had their debridement within 6 hours of injury.
The timing of the colonization of the wound, the virulence and number of organisms and the immunological response of the patient’s vary. A combination of these factors will determine whether a compound fracture will be infected. Early wound infection has been found to be a poorer predictor of wound sepsis, hence the significance of a bacteriological swab. There is a relatively higher rate of wound infection following formal debridement as evidenced by the bacteriological cultures and is not related to the time of debridement.
Trochlear dysplasia is an important anatomical abnormality in symptomatic patellar instability. Our study assessed the mismatch between the bone and cartilaginous morphology in patients with a dysplastic trochlea compared with a control group.
MRI scans of 25 knees in 23 patients with trochlear dysplasia and in 11 patients in a randomly selected control group were reviewed retrospectively, in order to assess the morphology of the cartilaginous and bony trochlea. Inter- and intra-observer error was assessed.
In the dysplastic group there were 15 women and 8 men with a mean age of 20.4 years (14 to 30). The mean bony sulcus angle was 167.90 (1410 to 2030), whereas the mean cartilaginous sulcus angle was 186.50 (1520 to 2140; p < 0.001). In 74 of 75 axial images (98.7%) the cartilaginous contour was different from the osseous contour on subjective assessment; the cartilage exacerbated the abnormality.
Our study shows that the morphology of the cartilaginous trochlea differs markedly from that of the underlying bony trochlea in patients with trochlear dysplasia. MRI is necessary in order to demonstrate the pathology and to facilitate surgical planning.
This is a clinically based study to assess the reliability of fracture stiffness as a measurement of clinical union and investigate other indicators which may aid the clinician to accurately determine when fracture fixation may be removed.
A fracture bending stiffness in the sagittal plane of 15Nm/deg. has been stated as a satisfactory endpoint at which an external fixator may be removed from diaphyseal fractures of the tibia. However using this as a measure to determine when to remove support in a study of 76 patients 4 continued to a malunion. Fracture callus properties were measured in clinic. The fixator was removed for the tests and a specially designed system was used to measure displacement and load. Fracture stiffness was measured in different planes and at various loading rates. Passive stressing of the leg was performed whilst fracture displacement was recorded. A constant load was applied for a longer period to assess creep properties.
Fracture stiffness was found to vary between different planes of measurement and on load rate. The visco-elastic characteristics of the callus changed with time. In early measurements, the callus absorbed a large proportion of energy when a load was applied. Later tests showed a progressive change with the callus absorbing less energy. This demonstrates that the properties of the callus changed with time, with the viscous element diminishing and the elastic element increasing. This sometimes occurred with no change in the measured fracture stiffness.
Further investigation is needed, focusing on the visco-elastic properties of callus, to develop a more reliable method of determining clinical union.
These studies are indicative of the potential utility of resorbable and nonresorbable inorganic materials as bone graft substitutes. Bone transplants and bone substitute materials are necessary in +/−10% of all skeletal reconstructive operations. The higher osteogenic potential of autografts compared to allogenic transplants is undisputed, but restricted by limited availability and necessity of secondary operations.
Commercial bone graft materials show variety of compositions and properties, many very different from those of autologous bone. Physicochemical properties of these materials were compared using x-ray diffraction, scanning and transmission electron microscopy. Biological reactivity of different materials was also compared in histological evaluations in animal models. Experimental and clinical studies have been encouraging, especially in metaphyseal defects.
Bone substituting the artificial material should be able to bear weight and, if possible, be lamellar bone. Since fundamental examinations of osteoinduction and affiliated isolation of growth factors (Urist 1965), extensive scientific research on growth factors contained in bone matrix has been performed. Proteins of the TGF-β family play a key role in regulation of bone regeneration. In past years, alkaline fibroblast growth factor has raised increased interest among researchers. Its presence implies that it plays an important role in the development of bone substance. One best known effect is significant augmentation of microangiogenesis, which could be demonstrated among others in experimental wound healing investigations. Further experimental examinations showed significant increase of callus formation in rats and miniature pigs, in which FGF had been injected into the fracture site.
Current bone substitute materials are only to be used in clearly defined indications, as they do not currently meet the biological or mechanical properties of autogenous bone. Our knowledge is grounded on various experimental models, which are not always comparable. Therefore many aspects have to be considered as a working understanding.
The primary purpose of this study was to evaluate the appropriate use of Dual Energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scanning in the follow-up of osteoporosis. The secondary aim was to ascertain the correlation between body mass index (BMI) and osteoporosis in the study population.
Six hundred and sixty six patients were sent for DEXA scanning from the Osteoporosis clinic at 1-Military Hospital from June 1998 to February 2004. A descriptive expost facto study of primary data was undertaken, consisting of patient records, test results and post treatment test results. Patients were classified according to their World Health Organization (WHO) classification of bone density. Each of the categories was then followed-up to determine an improvement or deterioration in a specific category.
A total number of 307 (46.1%) follow-up DEXA scans were done over a period of five years. The majority of patients’ bone mineral density (BMD) remained in the same WHO category while a significant number improved to a higher category. The biggest improvement was in elevating patients from an osteoporosis category to an osteopenic category. Only a small number of patients’ BMD deteriorated.
A significant positive correlation between BMI and T-scores for all the patients who received DEXA scans was found. It is therefore apparent that it is safe to follow-up patients with osteoporosis by means of DEXA scanning only once every four to five years. The correlation between BMI and bone mineral density, might serve as a useful guide to identify patients qualifying for more frequent follow up scans.
The purpose of this prospective study was to assess the patient referrals to King Edward V111 hospital with respect to communication, quality of referral letters, transfer times, investigations, diagnostic accuracy, initial management, associated and missed injuries.
88 Patient referrals were assessed prospectively over 4 months by a single investigator utilizing a questionnaire. The average age was 41 years. Eighteen (20%) were compound fractures. The average transfer time of closed injuries was 10h08 and compound injuries 4h20. 20 Patients (23%) were not discussed prior to transfer and 1 (1%) patient did not present with a referral letter. Referring physician details were deficient in name 10 (11%), contact details 58 (66%) and designation 82 (93%). No receiving physician was listed in 23 (26%) referrals. Mechanism of injury was provided in 51 (58%) referrals, time of injury in 41 (47%), type of splinting in 53 (60%) and type of analgesia in 11 (12%) referrals. Referrals of compound fractures showed a description of wound care in 11 (61%) referrals, antibiotic therapy in 9 (50%) and tetanus prophylaxis in 3 (16%). 53 (60%) referrals presented without haematological investigations and 84 (95%) presented with radiological investigations of which 54 (64%) were inadequate. Splinting was satisfactory in 35 (40%) and analgesia was adequate in 9 (10%). Wound care was appropriate in only 5 (27%) and antibiotics were administered in 7 (39%) compound fractures. Diagnostic errors emerged in 14 (16%) of referrals with a missed injury rate of 10% (9 pts). 1 Patient required urgent intervention due to blunt abdominal trauma.
Supervision, training and regular assessment of junior doctors is essential to improve the quality of patient care by the referring hospitals.
Liquiband is a new tissue adhesive: It works like super glue – it is attached to the wound edges, it sets within seconds and lasts for about two weeks. The glue then flakes off automatically as the skin regenerates. There is no need for suture removal. A second step forms a waterproof layer over the wound. We compared in a prospective randomized trial the Liquiband glue to skin staples.
Over a 9 month period (May 2005 to January 2006) we enrolled a total of 80 patients, 40 in each group. The patients were booked for elective limb surgery and agreed to participate in the study. The surgical wounds were closed in layers. The skin was then either closed with Liquiband or skin staples. A follow up was a weeks 2, 6 and 18. The wound healing was photographically documented. The wounds were assessed according to the Hollander wound scoring system and a patient satisfaction score. Ethical approval was obtained.
The two groups were matched for sex, age, body-mass index and smoking. There was a similar total wound length in both groups. All wounds healed. In the Liquiband group 4 superficial infections occurred, one dehiscence due to glue removal by the patient. In the skin staples group we had 6 superficial infections. The patient satisfaction score was lower in the skin staple group (7.0 compared to 8.3 in the Liquiband group) and on the Hollander wound scoring system there were 10% more step-off borders and 12% more edge inversions in the skin staple group. The glue did not stain the skin or leave visible marks.
The authors conclude that the Liquiband skin glue is safe and effective for elective surgery. The Liquiband skin glue does not require staple removal after wound healing and the waterproof closure of the wound provides additional safety.
It is widely accepted that the use of radiographs to assess fracture healing is, at best, misleading. It is also known that physical manipulation of the fracture can also produce misleading results. The determination of a fracture healing using a quantifiable rather than a qualitative assessment process is desirable for two reasons. Clinically, it avoids the premature or delayed removal of the treatment regime. In research it is required to better distinguish between treatment methodologies in comparative studies. The aim of this paper is to present the need for such a measurement and describe alternative methods that have been adopted. Further, a new device is presented that enables users to measure the linear and non-linear properties of healing callus with a high degree of certainty.
An initial trial of 21 patients with unstable diaphyseal tibial fractures was conducted. The patients had their fractures reduced using the Staffordshire Orthopaedic Reduction Machine and subsequently treated with an external fixator. From six weeks post treatment the progress of healing was assessed using manipulation, radiographs, fracture stiffness and multi-planar material property assessment. Fracture healing was deemed to have been obtained when a fracture stiffness in two planes was greater than 15 Nm/degree.
The paper presents results that demonstrate that the assessment of fracture healing using traditional manipulation and radiographs is erroneous. It will also demonstrate that the measurement of fracture stiffness can also be erroneous if loading rate is ignored. It further shows that fracture stiffness must be measured in two planes. Initial results examining principal stiffnesses will also be shown, along with the measurement of material properties based on work rather that stiffness.
Giant cell tumours of bone involving the lower limb are characteristically close to the knee joint and pose a challenge in their treatment with respect to functional outcome, risk of recurrence and complications. Various treatment modalities exist, but it is widely accepted that intra-lesional curettage followed by local adjuvants and cementation of the defect may protect the integrity of the nearby joint and maintain function and stability.
Many studies have reported on the use of various adjuvants and different methods of filling the defect left by intralesional curettage as well as fixation of impending or simultaneous pathological fractures with plate and screws. Up to 12 weeks, or more, of non weight bearing has been advised post-op, particularly in the larger lesions.
We have encountered no evidence of the use of locking plates in augmenting reconstruction with PMA bone cement, particularly when a large lesion, displaying a very thin cortical envelope is encountered, and where there may be concern for knee strength and stability post-op. We surmised that the addition of such a rigid construct would be of benefit in aiding a faster rehabilitation.
At our institution we have treated 3 patients in this manner: two patients had large giant cell tumours of the proximal tibia and one involving the distal femur. They were treated with intralesional curettage, liquid nitrogen, and bone cementation but in all three cases, we augmented the cement filler with a locking plate.
Although we have a limited sample size, and our mean follow-up is only 12 months, it has been our experience that this approach may provide an immediately stable knee, rapid rehabilitation with return to full weight bearing within 4–6 weeks and very good post-operative function by 3 months post-op, with few complications.
Unicompartmental knee replacements have been performed since the 1970’s. Controversy still exists as to the indications and contra-indications for these procedures, and there is still no clarity as to whether the patient should have a high tibial osteotomy, a unicompartmental knee replacement, or a total knee replacement. It has been suggested that unicompartmental knee replacements are preferable to high tibial osteotomies, as conversion to a total knee replacement is easier following a unicompartmental replacement.
Ten patients with unicompartmental knee replacements presented to the author requiring revision. All were revised to total knee replacements. In four a primary knee replacement could be performed, but the remaining six required a revision prosthesis on the tibial side, using stems and wedges. No revision prostheses were required on the femoral side.
Revision of a unicompartmental total knee replacement is technically easier than the revision of a total knee replacement. Revision of a high tibial osteotomy to a total knee replacement can be difficult, particularly if a poorly performed HTO had been done, with residual significant ligament imbalance.
The author feels that any type of revision surgery can be difficult. The author concludes that there is still no clarity as to whether one should do a unicompartmental knee replacement or a high tibial osteotomy, and that currently it is still the Surgeon’s choice as to which procedure he is going to perform.
Osteoarthritis of the knee usually affects the medial compartment first and may later involve the lateral compartment. In its early stages, the options for operative treatment are valgus high tibial osteotomy, unicompartmental arthroplasty, and total knee arthroplasty.
The general feeling is that UKR offers potential advantages over the more extensive total knee replacement (TKR) procedure for the management of unicompartmental disease: preservation of bone stock, retention of the anterior and posterior cruciate ligaments, and preservation of both the patellofemoral joint and half of the weight-bearing articulating surface of the knee joint.
The purpose of this paper was to review all our cases of UKR and their early complication rate and to try and determine the factors that led to the individual complications as well as an assessment of the technical difficulties experienced in managing these cases.
Over a period of 5 years, 206 UKR procedures were performed in one hundred and eighty-five patients. There were 21 bilateral cases. Eighty-three cases were left-sided and eighty-one were right-sided. There were sixty-nine female and one hundred and sixteen male patients. The age of the patients averaged 63.7 years (range, thirty-two to eighty-nine years)
Five surgeons were involved in performing the surgery. There were thirty-five cases of lateral, and one hundred and seventy-one cases of medial compartment osteoarthritis.
Due to the five-year period that this study spans, different prostheses were used
One patient sustained a tibial fracture intra-operatively Three cases of tibial fracture occurred within six weeks of the operation
- One case of proximal tibia stress fracture occurred within 6 months post UKR. - Ongoing pain past the one-year mark occurred in five patients - Superficial wound sepsis occurred in one patient
- 31 (15%) Patients underwent further surgery. - 13 (6.3%) Patients had their UKR revised to a TKR. - 9 (4.4%) Patients had at least one arthroscopic procedure. - 7 (3.4%) Patients had a procedure to remedy an illfitting polyethylene spacer.
Most of the failures that we had within the first year post-operatively occurred due to either surgical technical error or patient selection. We concur with previous studies indicating that revision UKR to TKR should not be undertaken lightly. Adequate revision instrumentation should be available and careful planning should be carried out prior to embarking on this procedure. One should be prepared for significant bone loss in the affected compartment. Arthroscopic debridement and adhesiolysis can be very successful in patients with distinct catching and clicking associated with an effusion, post UKR. Some patients have unexplained pain and failing to find a causative factor, the patients can be reassured that there will be a high probability of this pain diminishing, or even disappearing. Subsidence of the tibial component may occur in older patients with generalized osteopaenia, and if not severe, it can be observed. It may not cause a clinical problem. It appears that the more cases one does, the less likely the chance of failure and revision.
Fracture of the clavicle is common and comprise 4% of all adult fractures. The incidence appears to be increasing owing to several factors, including the occurrence of many more high velocity vehicular injuries and an increase in popularity of contact sports. The most common side site for occurrence of fracture in clavicle is the middle third and the medial fractures are rare.
We did our retrospective study during 2003–2005. We review 13 patients with fracture of the clavicle. There were 10 males and 3 females and 11 were left side and 2 were right side. Patients ages ranged between 15–49 years (average 29.6). The majority of fractures were caused by motorbike and quads bike accidents. 10 were classified as Neer type 1 (midshaft) and 3 were Neer type 1 (distal third). All these patients were treated with an Acumed congruent anatomical plate. The patients were followed up for 6 months to 1 years. Post-operatively patients were treated for 3 weeks in a sling, and then had physiotherapy for the next 3 weeks. All fractures were united by 7 weeks. Our complications were 1 superficial wound infection, 1 delayed union at 9 weeks, and 1 non union at 12 weeks. All patients had a full range of movement of the shoulder by the end of the 6th week.
In the past fractures of the clavicle were treated conservatively. Currently patients want to mobilise their limbs early, and get back to work. The clinical results of the congruent anatomical plate appear to be good in terms of fracture union and early return to function in young patients. The principal advantage of this method of treatment is an anatomical reduction of the fracture and early rehabilitation with return to normal function.
The purpose to prospectively compare two types of tibial fixation in a series of 160 anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstructions.
160 ACL reconstructions were performed on 159 patients over a period of 3 years. These patients were prospectively and randomly divided into 2 groups based on the method of tibial fixation of the ACL graft. In one group, an Intrafix system was employed and in the other, Rigidfix crosspins. All ACL reconstructions were carried out arthroscopically, in the standard way, using a quadrupled hamstring tendon graft. In all cases the hamstring grafts were harvested through a single vertical incision over the pes anserinus insertion on the proximal tibia, 2cm medial to the midline. Number 2 Ethibond whip sutures were used to prepare the graft appropriately in each group.
Patients were evaluated at the 6-month and the 1-year mark, by an independent observer who was blinded to the study. The assessments consisted of manual maximum KT1000 measurements, tegner and lysholm evaluations and single leg straight and crossed over tests.
The clinical results between the two groups are similar with the cross-pin method of fixation on both sides of the joint providing satisfactory stability in the ACL reconstructed knee.
The hypothesis was proven and both methods of fixation were found to be clinically satisfactory in providing an acceptable degree of stability following ACL reconstruction at 1 year post-op.
Clinical decision-making could be difficult when Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is used for the diagnosis of knee injuries. We retrospectively studied 565 knee arthroscopies done between 2002 and 2005, 110 of which had suspected ligamentous injuries, evaluated clinically, with MRI and subsequently by arthroscopy.
The aim of the study was to know the extent of correlation of clinical, MRI features with arthroscopy and whether MRI could be justifiably used to deny an arthroscopy. All patients with a strongly suggestive history were examined in the clinic by experienced orthopaedic surgeons and MRI was requested. Clinical examination was repeated under anaesthesia by the operating surgeon who not necessarily had examined the patient initially. The clinical and arthroscopy findings were recorded systematically. 3 Radiology consultants of varying musculoskeletal experience reported the MRI films. The clinical and MRI findings were compared with arthroscopy for the extent of correlation.
We observed that overall Sensitivity of MRI for meniscal injuries was 73%, being more for medial than lateral and 86% for cruciate ligament injuries. Clinical examination had a sensitivity of 33% and a specificity of 93% for meniscal injuries, sensitivity of 86% and specificity of 100% for cruciate injuries. MRI was not able to demonstrate synovial plicae in 13 knees and chondral defects in 3 knees. 96 Knees, which were normal clinically, were found to have meniscal tears on MRI in 65 and subsequently confirmed by arthroscopy in 39.
We conclude that an accurately performed clinical examination with positive signs alone, will be justified for arthroscopy and a negative MRI will not be a sufficient evidence to deny an arthroscopy. Also the reporting will largely depend on the quality of information provided by the clinician, technical factors and the musculoskeletal experience of the person reporting the films.
The search for the ideal bearing surfaces to be used in Total Hip Replacement continues. The current “best” materials are felt to be various combinations of metal, ceramics and cross linked polyethylene. This study aims to identify the best combination with the lowest side effect profile.
In February 2004 a prospective randomised trial on different bearing surfaces was started. The combinations selected were ceramic on cross linked polyethylene, ceramic on ceramic, metal on metal and ceramic on metal. Institutional ethics clearance was obtained. In all patients uncemented femoral stems are used, and an uncemented porocoated acetabular shell. 28mm Head size was selected. Blood samples have been taken to measure the metal ion concentrations in all patients. These are measured pre operatively, and repeated at intended follow up visits at 3 months, 1, 3, 5 and 10 years post operative using a graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometer.
Between February 2004 and 2006 seventy hips have undergone total hip replacement. There are 85 patients (11 bilateral). 40% are males and 60% female. The average age at operation is 52 years (17 to 72). 46% Hips are left and 54% right. Follow up includes blood samples and the Harris Hip Score. Complications to date have been surgeon related, with three femoral components needing early revision for technical reasons. This has not affected the bearing surfaces. Ten patients have hetero-topic ossification. Cup inclination averages at 48 degrees (32 degrees to 69 degrees). Post operative blood metal ion levels are compared to the patient’s pre-operative level. To date there is no increase in the metal ion levels for the ceramic/cross linked poly ethylene and ceramic/ceramic articulations. The ceramic metal group is providing intermediate raised metal ion levels, and the highest metal ion levels are in the metal on metal articulation group. In the laboratory the ceramic on metal articulation demonstrates the least wear of all the groups studied, with metal on metal second. The high level of metal ions in the latter groups has always been of concern.
This study demonstrates a lower blood level of metal ions in the ceramic on metal group. If the in vivo wear rate in this group is as good as the laboratory wear, it becomes a very attractive bearing surface in younger active patients.
The surgeon’s dilemma when faced with bone loss during hip replacement surgery is to try and leave more bone than he finds and risk the complications of bone grafting or use more cement or a bigger prosthesis and postpone and complicate later reconstructions.
It is however a fact that good cement or prosthesis build up is better than a bad allograft. Types of allograft include bulk allograft, small fragment allograft and demineralized bone matrix. The author had in recent years done more and more mixed allografts in combination with bone graft substitutes and the present favourite is calcium sulphate pellets. Slooff believes that fresh frozen small fragments are the best, but in South Africa allografts are gamma radiated and although fears existed that gamma radiation could be detrimental to the biological response 2.5MRad dose seems to eliminate risk of infection and keep its biological properties. One of the arguments against bulk allograft is the slow and superficial incorporation and the risk of late collapse.
More recently immunological response as a factor in a late failure has come to the fore. Clinical experience of up to 22 year follow up with these various types of bone grafts is discussed and representative cases shown. Where morsellized bone is used in combination with a supporting ring of cages or pressfit cups it is important that 50% of host bone contact with the metal is achieved and allograft filling up the rest as the prosthesis or cage resting on an allograft can easily fail when compression of the allograft occurring during weight bearing. Femoral struct grafts are used, where the concave side is filled with the mixed allograft and makes excellent biological plates when femoral shaft defects or peri-prosthetic fractures are treated, and full incorporation takes place.
In conclusion allografts are very useful in hip revision surgery provided certain principles are adhered to.
Knee sepsis following TKR can have devastating consequences for patient as well as surgeon. A two stage revision is a well accepted technique in TKR sepsis with the introduction of a temporary antibiotic cement spacer being the most popular procedure although irrigation techniques are popular in SA.
From a total of 111 revisions TKR from my practice 26 (23%) were 2 stage revisions for joint sepsis following TKR. 3 cases were early, 10 intermediate and 13 late onset sepsis cases. Most common organism was S. Aureus (7/26) and S. Epidermidis (7/26) although numerous other organisms were seen.
In all cases a two stage revision with a Palacos R cements spacer plus parenteral antibiotics were used. Prosthesis used for revision was primary knee prosthesis in 8 cases and revision (stemmed) prosthesis in 18 cases. Follow up range from 13 years to 6 months (average 6.8 years) with only one case of recurrent sepsis (3.8%) which went on to an arthrodesis. Time from debridement and spacer placement to revision TKR varied from 3 weeks to 10 months (average 2.1 months).
This paper shows that meticulous debridement followed by standard antibiotic cement spacer technique with additional parenteral antibiotics is indeed the gold standard approach without necessitating additional irrigation techniques.
The treatment of fractures has evolved from extensive open reduction and internal fixation to minimally invasive surgery and biological fixation. High energy bicondylar tibial plateau fractures pose a treatment challenge to most orthopaedic Surgeons. This study evaluates the results of biologic plating of bicondylar tibial plateau fractures.
Between January 2005 and January 2006 we treated 25 closed bicondylar tibial plateau fractures with minimally invasive surgery using locking plates and screws. Routine tomograms and CT scans were performed after a detailed history and physical examination were performed. Pre-operative planning and templating was performed in all cases. Surgery was carried out by the same surgical team using a tourniquet and an anterolateral or medial surgical approach. Bone grafting was also performed in some cases. The implants used were pre-contoured locking plates (Synthes, Smith & Nephew). The rehabilitative programme was commenced on day 2 by the same Physiotherapist and non weight bearing for 12 weeks.
Four patients refused to be part of the study and two were lost to follow up. Nineteen patients were available for follow up with a mean follow up of 10 months. There were 10 males with mean age of 35 years. Two patients were treated for early superficial wound sepsis which healed. Eight patients needed a bone graft at the time of surgery. The average range of movement was 5–110 degrees of flexion. There were no implant failures or non unions. At six months all patients walked unaided with no deformity and were satisfied with the operation.
As an alternative to external fixation of these difficult fractures we recommend a less invasive precontoured plate with locking screws. The advantages include sub-muscular, extraperiostal plate application through a relatively small incision, percutaneous screw placement through a guide, the fixed angle of the plate obviating the necessity of medial plate fixation, and plate lengths are available to span the metadiaphysis. The results suggest that biologic plating with a precontoured locking plate of bicondylar tibial plateau fractures may give better short term results with excellent function.
Metal on metal total hip resurfacing is a bone-conserving reconstructive option for patients with advanced articular damage. The optimal indications for this procedure are being defined by recent international experience. This study evaluates the minimum two-year results of resurfacing arthroplasty compared to conventional hip replacement in young patients with a variety of diagnoses.
Resurfacing arthroplasty was performed in 180 patients over 5 years as part of two investigational device trials. The focus of this analysis was 57 hips (52 patients, mean age 47.3 years) performed between December 2000, and November 2003, by one surgeon at a single center. Seventeen percent of the resurfacing cases were performed for treatment of osteonecrosis. These patients, representing the initial experience of the operating surgeon, were followed prospectively for a minimum of two years (mean, 2.95 years, range, 2–4 years) and compared to 93 cementless primary total hip arthroplasties (84 patients, mean age 57.1 years) with metal on polyethylene bearings over the same time period using regression analysis to control for age, gender, and preoperative function.
After controlling for age and preoperative differences, the total Harris hip score (HHS), function score, and pain score were not significantly different between the two groups. However, the activity score (p=0.03) and ROM score (p< 0.001) were significantly greater in the resurfacing group. The complication rates were similar between the two groups (14.0% THA vs. 5.3% resurfacing, p=ns). There were no femoral side failures among the osteonecrosis cases treated with hip resurfacing.
Both the total hip replacement and metal on metal resurfacing groups showed marked improvement in HHS, pain, activity, and range of motion in a young and active patient cohort. The number of early complications was not greater in the resurfacing group compared to the total hip replacement group.
The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of current surgical management of pelvic acetabular fractures providing insight into the outcomes of fractures treated operatively using validated scoring systems.
20 Patients were surgically treated over a 2 year period at the Hudders field Royal Infirmary Hospital, United Kingdom. All were operated on by a single surgeon following pelvic and acetabular fractures. The first part of the study consisted of a review of the clinical records and x-rays done by 2 different observers. All the pelvic fractures were classified according to the Young-Burgess classification, and acetabular injuries according to the Letournels classification. The notes were assessed for probability of survival on admission and ‘ISS scoring’. The clinical records were reviewed for post operative complications, a protocol for follow up management, involvement of HDU, and any relevant re-admissions. The second portion of the retrospective study consisted of patient reviews at the clinic, the minimum being 6 months post operatively. Recent x-rays were reviewed for bone healing, heterotrophic ossification and avascular necrosis. The patients wound healing was assessed. Clinical results were recorded using the Oxford Hip score and the SF-36.
The results were analysed whilst ISS scoring varied from 8–32 with most of the patients. All patients had a good reduction and fracture healing. Complications noted were wound infection in 5%, and heterotrophic ossification in 5%. There were no nerve palsys, no DVT or pulmonary embolus, and no patients had avascular necrosis of the femoral head. Most patients had returned to near normal activities, with low pain scores. The Oxford Hip score ranged between 12–25, and the SF-36 score between 80 & 100.
The authors concluded that patients with complex acetabular fractures can be managed effectively in a district hospital set up. Osteoarthrosis of the hip can be avoided if an anatomical reduction is achieved.
To determine the bony outcomes of patients treated at our Institution after sustaining femur fracture and arterial injury, due to gunshot, in the ipsilateral limb, studied over a four-year period.
The database at the Department of Vascular Surgery at our Institution was searched for cases that had sustained both arterial injury and femur fracture of the ipsilateral leg. Their case notes and X-rays were reviewed for the following:
Time line from injury to discharge Procedure performed Duration of external fixation Complications (infection, iatrogenic vascular injury, amputation, bony union achieved) Incidence of fasciotomy
During the period from 2002 to the end of 2005 there were 12 patients who qualified to be included in the audit group. Three of the 12 (25%) had to undergo a primary amputation upon arrival. The other nine cases underwent surgery. One of these received an intra-medullary device, another skeletal traction and the rest external fixation following the vascular surgery. Five of the 7 external fixation devices were converted to an intramedullary device in due course. All nine cases went on to union. There were no reported cases of iatrogenic vascular repair disruption. Of the 12, only three cases reported any infection. One case developed severe osteomyelitis of the femur.
Primary vascular repair with temporary external fixation that was later converted into an intramedullary device (within 14 days) provided satisfactory results.
Tarsal coalition has been well recognized as the commonest cause of peroneal spastic flat feet in children and adolescents (Mosier and Asher 1984). Other rare causes are tuberculosis and rheumatoid arthritis. If no etiology can be found the term idiopathic peroneal spastic flat foot has been coined by Schoenecker (2000).
We prospectively assessed all children and adolescents with peroneal spastic flat feet seen at our clinic in the period 2002 to 2004. Twelve patients (17 feet) were assessed. The average age was 11,9 years (range10 to15years). Seventy five percent of the patients were above the 95th percentile weight for age. Screening for tuberculosis (ESR, Mantoux and chest radiograph) was negative in all patients. Rheumatoid factor was positive in one patient with juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA). Radiology was standardized. Plain radiographs were standing lateral and 45 degree oblique views. CT and MRI:
axial: parallel to plantar surface; coronal oblique: gantry perpendicular to the plane of the subtalar joint.
This latter view best illustrates a talocalcaneal coalition (Newman 2000).
Two patients (four feet) had a calcaneonavicular coalition on the 45 degree oblique plane radiographs. This was also shown on the axial CT and MRI views. No talocalcaneal coalition was visualized on the coronal oblique CT and MRI views. In order to find a diagnosis and to confirm the accuracy of the MRI and CT, the middle facet of the talocalcaneal joint was explored in eight feet and a synovial biopsy done. No talocalcaneal coalition was found. JIA was histologically confirmed in one patient.
The authors concluded that the idiopathic type is by far the commonest peroneal spastic flat foot seen in our clinic. The 45 degree oblique plain radiograph is as accurate as axial CT and MRI to diagnose calcaneonavicular coalition. The coronal oblique CT and MRI views are equally accurate to exclude a talocalcaneal coalition.
A prospective study of 196 closed tibial diaphyseal fractures treated by a monolateral external fixator is presented.
The patients were managed by a group of Surgeons including the senior author (PBMT), a definitive fixator being used in 34 patients, and a fracture reduction device in 162 patients. All the patients were followed up in an external fixator clinic by the senior author, and follow up continued for 1 year after the fractures had healed. Fracture healing was determined clinically.
There were 196 tibial fractures, with an average age of 29 years (range 12–80 years). 111 Fractures involved the right tibia, and 85 the left. There were 166 males and 30 females. 116 Fractures were deemed due to a low energy accident, and 80 due to a high energy injury. The most common mechanism of injury was football (75), a fall (52), a road vehicle accident (49), direct trauma (7), assault (4), and rugby (3). According to the AO classification system 33 were A1 fractures, 47 A2, 42 A3, 15 B1, 46 B2, and 7 B3. Time to fracture healing was 19 weeks on average (with a range from 9–87 weeks).
15 Fractures united with a deformity of more than 50 in the coronal plane. One patient required a corrective osteotomy for a mal-united fracture. There were 279 pin track infections that required antibiotic treatment in 85 patients. 33 Pins had to be removed due to persistent infection. Of these patients 15 developed 32 ring sequestrae, but infection was settled by debridement under GA. 7 External fixators had to be removed early because of pin site infection. One patient developed a full blown osteomyelitis, which was treated with the Lautenbach irrigation and settled. There were 7 re-fractures, but all healed after further treatment. 5 Were treated in a POP cast and 2 were re-treated with another external fixator. There were 7 non-unions, but all eventually healed with further treatment with an external fixator.
The authors conclude that treating a closed tibial fracture with an external fixator is a viable alternative method of treatment.
The tibia is the most commonly fractured long bone and is susceptible to open injuries. Open fractures are difficult to manage despite advances in medical care and result in high rates of non union, delayed union and sepsis. Concerns with delay in surgical debridement resulted in our review of open tibial fractures at out institution.
We did a retrospective review of 27 open tibial fractures with a follow up of 6 to 18 months. There were 20 males and 7 females. Sixteen fractures were incurred as pedestrians. There were 12 associated injuries. Eleven patients were referred from peripheral hospitals. There were 9 Gustilo grade 1 injuries, 8 grade 11 and 10 grade 111. Fracture patterns were a range from simple 42 A1 to C3 (AO). Eleven patients were managed by wash-out in casualty, and admission for intravenous antibiotics. Sixteen patients were debrided in theatre. Delay to theatre ranged from 6 hours to 19 days. This was a combination of referral delay and insufficient theatre availability. Nine patients had an external fixator applied, 2 intramedullary nails and 5 plaster casts.
Five patients required repeat procedures, 3 redebridements, and 2 skin grafts. Average hospital stay for patients managed non-operatively was 3 days and operatively 22 days. Union was documented clinically and radiologically in 22 patients at between 12 weeks and 6 months. Eight patients united after 5 months. There were 5 nonunions, 6 cases of superficial sepsis, and 2 deep sepsis. Early complications included one compartment syndrome, and one peroneal nerve palsy.
This study showed a high complication rate for open tibial fractures. We concluded that an improvement in the referral system and local availability of theatre facilities would improve our complication rate.
Forearm lengthening in children is controversial. Paley (1990) and Peterson (1994) advocate aggressive treatment of the deformity for cosmetic and functional reasons. Scoenecker (1997) has shown that mature patients are comfortable with their appearance and functional deficit.
We reviewed 8 forearm lengthenings performed in 8 children in the 14 year period from 1991 to 2004. Five patients had ulnar shortening (osteochondromata = 4, growth arrest due to trauma = 1). Of the three patients with radial shortening, one was due to a congenital short radius and two following growth arrest (post trauma and meningococcal septicemia). The shortening resulted in a cosmetically unacceptable ulnar or radial tilt with absent radial or ulnar deviation of the wrist and decreased supination and/or pronation. One patient with a proximal ulnar osteochondroma had a dislocation of the radial head with cubitus varus.
Excision of the osteochondroma was done 6 months prior to lengthening. Lengthening was accomplished with two Ilizarov rings and a distal corticotomy for radial and proximal for ulnar shortening. Reduction of the dislocated radial head was achieved with an olive wire. Associated procedures were: hemiepiphyseal stapling of the distal radius for an increased radial articular angle in 3 patients with osteochondroma, and corrective osteotomy of the distal radius in 1 patient with growth arrest. The average lengthening obtained was 23 mm (range 13–40 mm) with an average lengthening index of 1.45 months per cm.
At an average follow-up of six years (range 2–15 years; 7 to maturity) all patients were satisfied with the cosmetic improvement and had full radial and ulnar deviation. Except for two patients the supination/pronation was improved. We concluded the forearm lengthening is warranted for cosmetic and functional reasons.
The primary aim of this study was to determine the outcome of femoral shaft fractures due to gunshot injuries treated with primary intramedullary interlocking nails within 7 days of the injury.
A total of 53 patients were admitted to our institution between November 2003 and November 2005. The average age was 30 years (16–51 years). Associated neuro vascular damage was ruled out by clinical examination, and the patients were then put onto skin traction, given analgesics and tetanus toxoid, and treated with intravenous Cloxacillin 1g 6 hourly. 33 Patients were treated by intramedullary nailing with locking screw fixation at an average of 4 days post injury (range 2–7 days).
All patients were followed up for a minimum of 1 year, and there were no infections. The average time to fracture union was 136 days (120–180 days). The average hospital stay was 9 days. Only 2 patients did not return to their pre-injury activities, and these presented with pain and a limp, requesting disability grants.
We conclude that people sustaining gunshot fractures of the femoral shaft can be treated with intramedullary nailing after the golden 6–8 hours post injury, without the added fear of sepsis. This treatment still leads to a reduced hospital stay, and decreased costs in the management of these patients.
Physeal bar resection for partial growth plate arrest was first described by Langenskjold in 1967. The initial enthusiasm by Peterson (1989) who found that 83% of patients resumed physeal growth was tempered by Birch (1992) who only had 33% success. Poor results were due to failure to resume growth or premature growth arrest.
We retrospectively reviewed 21 physeal bar resections performed in 19 children from 1987 to 2003. The average age at surgery was 8.2 years (range 3–12 years). The aetiology of the physeal arrest was : growth plate fracture (8), meningococcal septicaemia (5), osteitis (3; 2 neonatal), dysplasia (3), gunshot (1) and idiopathic (1). The commonest site was the distal femur (12; 5 due to growth plate fracture), followed by the proximal tibia (5; 3 due to meningococcal septicaemia), and the distal tibia (4; 2 due to growth plate fractures). Assessment of the size and location of the bar was with biplanar tomography in 7, MRI in 5 and both in 7. We found equal accuracy with both modalities, but currently prefer MRI. The bar was plotted on an anterior-posterior and lateral map of the growth plate. The average size of the bar was 25% (range 15 to 50%) of the area of the growth plate. Only 3 bars were larger than 30%. Fifteen of the bars were peripheral, 5 linear and 1 central.
Results were classified poor if there was no resumption of growth or if premature growth plate arrest occurred, good if there was resumption of growth which continued to maturity or to follow-up, and excellent if the growth exceeded the expected growth. There were 5 (24%) poor results; all failed to resume growth. Three bars exceeded 30% and 2 were due to meningococcal septicaemia. The remaining 16 bars were followed up for a range of 2 to 12 years; 10 to maturity. Four (19%) had an excellent and 12 (57%) had a good result.
The authors conclude that physeal bar resection is a worthwhile procedure if the size of the bar is equal to or less than 30% of the area of the growth plate. In growth arrest due to meningococcal septicaemia we only had a 60% success rate.
Femoral fractures in children is the commonest cause for hospitalization in our institution. It was decided to investigate the epidemiology of these fractures. All cases of traumatic femoral fractures in patients under the age of 18 were retrospectively analysed, in children hospitalised between 2003 and 2005. Pathologic fractures were excluded. Fractures were divided into 3 groups, proximal fractures, diaphyseal fractures and distal metaphyseal fractures.
845 Fractures were included in the study. 7.5% were proximal fractures, 76.2% were fractures of the diaphysis, and 16.3% were distal metaphyseal fractures. Road accidents were the commonest cause in all 3 groups, accounting for 38% of the fractures. In the proximal fracture group (63 fractures) the sex ratio was equal, the average age was 9 years and the mean hospital stay was 13 days. 52.4% Were surgically treated. Of the diaphyseal fractures (644) the sex ratio was 2 males to 1 female, the average age was 6.2 years, and the average hospital stay was 6 days. Only 7% were treated surgically. Of the distal femoral fractures (138) the sex ratio was 3 males to 1 female. 21% Of these were due to sports injuries, all occurring in children over the age of 12, and nearly all boys. 15.2% were treated surgically. The average age was 11.2 years, and the average hospital stay was 7 days.
The authors conclude that diaphyseal fractures were the commonest type, and that each fracture group had its own characteristics. The epidemiological aetiology of diaphyseal fractures in this study differed in some aspects from other reported studies.
Sitting is the main activity of daily living for the majority of patients with cerebral palsy. More than 60% of dependent sitters have hip disorders. Surgical management of hip and pelvic postural mal-alignment remains controversial.
The aim of this study was to investigate effectiveness of open hip release in patients with spastic hip deformities. Seventeen patients with spastic cerebral palsy were treated with a selective release of the adductors, hamstrings, and iliopsoas, and capsulotomy of the hip joint. There were 6 females and 9 males. Ten of the patients were nonambulatory and seven were ambulatory. The average age at operation was 6 years 4 months (4 to 14 years). The follow-up period ranges from 2 to 9 years (average of 4.8 years). The patients were evaluated clinically and radiologically. The migration and acetabular indices were measured on the pre-operative and follow-up radiographs.
The results of hip release were rated satisfactory in 12 patients and unsatisfactory in 5 patients. The latter was due to severe acetabular dysplasia and posterior instability that was later improved by acetabuloplasty.
We concluded that a soft tissue release of spastic hip deformities improved sitting stability in nonambulatory and walking posture in ambulatory patients.
We assessed the management of 11 neglected developmental dislocated hips in terms of shape of the acetabulum and femoral head pre-operatively and the level of the position of the reduction immediately post-operatively. We compared it with medium term clinical and radiological results.
The shape of the acetabulum and the femoral head can be determined in two planes doing CT or MR of the pelvis. The studies were done to determine the development of the acetabulum and the anatomical fit of the femoral head in the acetabulum. Radius of curvature in the axial and coronal planes was determined of the acetabulum and the femoral head. MR spin echo specification for visualization of the cartilage bone was used. Post-operative radiological namely CT when still in spika, and Shenton’s line and central location of the hip in the direction of the triradiate were subsequently assessed.
Radius of curvature was determined in 6 cases. It varied according to age, but for the older patients the acetabulum was 5mm smaller on average on the coronal views. Eight hips were treated with open reduction. Postoperatively one hip gradually subluxed and dislocated eventually. The hips that remained reduced were initially inferiorly located with an irregular Shenton’s line. Three were treated conservatively with pelvic support osteotomies and planned bone lengthening procedures.
Shape of the femoral head and acetabulum is the most important determining factor in open reduction of neglected DDH. Axial plane MR radius of curvature is not necessarily a true reflection of the shape of the acetabulum. MR coronal views with cartilage enhancement are necessary in assessing the shape of the acetabulum. The inferior position of the reduced hip can be ascribed to the conical shape of the acetabulum and is associated with a maintained reduction.
Unrecognised DDH may present late in older children. The problems lie in reducing the femoral head into the acetabulum, obtaining concentric reduction and obtaining a functional hip. The aim of this paper is to describe our early results with operative reduction, femoral shortening and derotation in older children with DDH.
Ten hips in 9 girls, aged 3–9 years, with DDH, seen over a 10 year period, underwent operative treatment. Pre-operative traction was not used. The femoral head was exposed through an anterior oblique incision, and femoral shortening and varus derotation osteotomy was performed through a separate lateral approach. The hip was fixed with a plate (6 cases) and cross K wires (4 cases) and immobilized in a spica cast for 6 weeks. A neck shaft angle of 900–1300 was obtained.
The osteotomies healed in all hips. Minor skin problems were pin tract sepsis and pressure effects from the cast in 2 patients. Follow up ranged from 6 months to 5 years. Functional and radiological assessment was done to assess the outcome. Pain with avascular necrosis occurred in one patient and another had subluxation of the hip. The CE angle ranged from 00–300, neck shaft angle 900–1300, leg length discrepancy from 1cm 2.5cm. The results were good in 6, satisfactory in 2 and poor in 2 children. Remodeling of the neck shaft and acetabulum was seen in the majority. Although the follow up period is short, the results of open reduction and femoral shortening in late DDH is encouraging.
The author concludes that the combination of open reduction, femoral shortening and varus derotation osteotomy gave good to satisfactory results in the majority of patients.
We reviewed eleven diaphyseal humerus fractures treated over an 18 month period, March 2004 to October 2005, using a single intramedullary Titanium Elastic Nail (TEN).
The mean age of 6 boys and 5 girls was 7.6 years. The longest follow up was twelve months. The mean period of implant insertion was 6 months. Diaphyseal fractures were most commonly the result of a fall (45%), and 3 (27%) were the result of motor vehicle accidents (MVA) with other associated injuries. Two (18%) were pathological fractures. All were closed fractures.
Nine of the eleven (81%) were treated by a closed reduction and a single retrograde TEN inserted percutaneously. Two required open reduction. There were no pre-operative or post-operative neurovascular complications. At mean follow up (6 months), there were ten satisfactory results (91%), with one complication of implant sepsis.
The use of TENs for diaphyseal humerus fractures in children has not been widely described in the literature as compared to their use for diaphyseal femoral fractures. Traditional teaching advocates conservative treatment for these fractures. We believe that in 4–12 year old patients, a single TEN is a viable option in the treatment of these fractures in that it gives over-all good results with minimal morbidity. It is easy, quick, allows early return to activities, and avoids some of the complications of conservative treatment such as those associated with prolonged immobilization and malunion.
Muscular torticollis is rarely seen in our population group. There is controversy regarding the surgical procedure of choice, post operative immobilization and the ultimate results. Several procedures have been described to release the sternocleidomastoid. In children over 5 years correction of secondary deformities are less certain, and complications are scarring and loss of contour of the neck. The aim of this paper is to review the results of bipolar release of the sternocleidomastoid muscle in muscular torticollis.
Between 2000–2006, 3 girls and 1 boy, aged 6–10 years, were treated surgically for muscular torticollis. Spinal abnormalities and other congenital problems were excluded. Through an incision parallel and superior to the clavicle, the sternal and clavicular attachments of the sternocleidomastoid muscle were divided and 2.5cm of muscle was excised. Through a separate transverse incision inferior to the mastoid process, the insertion of the sternomastoid tendon was divided. Post operative traction was used for 5 days, followed by a moulded collar for 3 months.
The children were assessed for function and cosmesis. All scars healed well. The wry neck position improved in all. All children had improvement in movements and cosmesis. There were no visual problems and the lateral band was inconspicuous in the neutral position. Follow up ranged from 1–5 years. Lateral flexion and rotation improved markedly. Two patients reported an increase in height.
Our early results showed that patients over 6 years had marked improvement in cosmesis and movement following bipolar release of muscular torticollis. The improvement in facial asymmetry is being observed with growth. Obviously, the follow up is not long enough to provide adequate long term evaluation. No major complications occurred.
Statistics of the clinical activities of an academic training unit was compiled from 1 January 2005 until 31 December 2005. The statistical study had three purposes. Firstly to determine the pathological profile of the patient population and to determine the distribution of patients who needed acute management versus elective surgery. Secondly to determine the needed staff establishment especially with the future anticipated expanding role of the public health sector in the management of orthopaedic patients. The last aim was to create a model of the clinical activities of a junior orthopaedic surgeon during one year of orthopaedic trauma training.
Detailed statistics were compiled of all the clinical activities at the two hospitals. The one is a tertiary trauma centre, but also functions at a secondary trauma care level. The second hospital is a referral tertiary care orthopaedic hospital where elective surgery takes place. Furthermore the statistics were also compiled in such a way that detailed doctor activities could be processed from it.
There were 181 spinal admissions of which 77 were treated surgically. 106 were treated conservatively. Elective spinal surgery consisted of 20 cases who needed reconstructive surgery and we managed 56 spinal infections. 1263 cases were admitted for orthopaedic trauma management of which 259 had surgery for femur fractures. A total of 250 tibia fractures were treated surgically and a total of 216 radius and ulna fractures. 117 arthroscopic knee procedures were done. A total of 168 arthroplasty cases were treated of which 47 were problem cases.
Pathological profile was determined and gave guidance to clinical studies that should be undertaken. The numbers of some types of injuries that were managed are large. Staff establishment assessment can be done and the expansion of it can be motivated for. A model can be compiled for clinical activities of orthopaedic surgeons in training. Extracted from this statistical analysis an activity list was compiled for an orthopaedic surgeon in training. Amongst other minor cases and excluding Paediatric orthopaedic cases – Femur neck fractures 18, Femur fractures 29, Ankle fractures 53, Humerus fractures 12 and adult Supracondylar humerus fractures 9 and Radius Ulna fractures 34 were done.
A prospective study was done on 6 adolescent patients with severe unilateral chronic SCFE who underwent femoral neck cuneiform osteotomies with an antero lateral Ganz approach and subsequent anterior hip dislocation.
Patients with chronic SCFE, open growth plates and Southwick diaphyseal epiphyseal angle of more than 60 degrees were selected. In situ pinning was not possible in these cases due to the severity of the disease and keeping in consideration the concepts of impaction and inclusion as described by Rab. The surgical approach as described by Ganz for impingement syndromes in adults was used. A lateral approach with the patients lying on the side was followed by trochanteric osteotomy, anterior capsulotomy and anterior dislocation of the hip. Metaphyseal cuneiform osteotomies were done on all of the hips. Clinical and radiological assessment was done by the Southwick classification. Additional radiological assessment consisted of the evaluation of correction of anatomy on an AP pelvis. The hips were furthermore assessed for AVN by using bone scans.
This is a short term follow-up. Of the 6 patients 5 did excellently according to the Southwick result score. One patient had only a fair result due to the damage caused by the impingement prior to the corrective osteotomy. None developed AVN.
The management of severe chronic SCFE remains controversial. A single method of management namely pinning in situ can not be used in all degrees of SCFE. Intertrochanteric osteotomies and subtrochanteric osteotomies distort anatomy. It can not be performed for deformities of more than 50 and 70 degrees. Dislocation of the femoral head fascilitates femoral neck osteotomies and can be used safely without the complication of AVN if the Ganz surgical exposure is used.
Single screw fixation for the management of slipped upper femoral epiphysis (SUFE) was introduced in 1984 and has been reported to have less chondrolysis and avascular necrosis (AVN) than previous methods using multiple pin fixation or osteotomy (Ward 1992). Two groups of patients were investigated. The first group of 55 hips (44 patients) were treated over a 27 year period (1963–1989). Forty four hips were treated with multiple pins and 11 hips with primary intra- or extracapsular osteotomy. These patients were followed up for an average of 8 years (3–27yrs). The second group of 88 hips (69 patients) were treated over a 6 year period (1999–2004). All were treated with single screw fixation and followed up for at least one year.
The duration and severity of slip were found to be similar for both groups. In the second group 16 hips (20%) were unstable (unable to walk even with crutches). Instability had not been coined as a term in the first group. All serial radiographs were retrospectively reviewed for AVN and chondrolysis and correlated with clinical findings. In the first group AVN occurred in 8 hips (14.5%). Five (9%) were due to osteotomies, two (3.5%) due to manipulation and one (2%) due to pinning in the superior quadrant. Chondrolysis occurred in 14 hips (25%); eight (14%) at presentation and six (11%) due to persistent pin penetration. In the second group AVN occurred in two hips (2%). Both were unstable. Two of 16 unstable hips (12.5%) developed AVN. Chondrolysis occurred in 6 hips (7%); four (4.5%) at presentation and 2 (2.5%) due to persistent pin penetration.
The authors conclude that single screw fixation is a safer technique than multiple pin fixation or osteotomy. AVN only occurred in unstable slips. Chondrolysis due to pin penetration is significantly reduced.
In an effort to determine if severe degrees of SCFE can be successfully treated with in situ pinning an anatomical study was undertaken to determine the relationship between severity of SCFE, the level of the metaphysis in relation to epiphysis on AP x-ray of the hip, the position of entry on the femoral neck and impaction/inclusion.
A dry bone specimen of a young adult without bony pathology was used to create a severe SCFE of varying degrees between 30 and 90 degrees. Standard x-rays AP pelvis and frog lateral were taken to determine the degree of SCFE. A titanium pin marker was inserted in the femoral neck to be centrally directed and placed in the femoral head for each degree of SCFE studied. The position of the pin was inspected as well as assessed with x-rays and CT. Computer model was then used to determine values for younger patients as well as the role that screw diameter will play.
Twelve degrees of SCFE were studied namely from 30 to 90 degrees. Varus and external rotation were simulated as well according to the tables of Rab. The results show that severe SCFE of more than 60 degrees pinning in situ as a method of management is associated with risk. SCFE of 70 degrees is pinned midway up the femoral neck. The screw penetrates the posterior neck and in younger children will penetrate in lesser degrees. Impaction is present in mild degrees of SCFE and demonstrated to contribute to failure of fixation.
The study illustrates that severe SCFE is difficult to pin in situ, associated with inclusion and impaction that will result in coxarthrosis and biomechanically not secure. If the level of the femoral neck metaphysis is proximal or at the same level as the epiphysis, the SCFE is of such a degree that the neck may be reconstructed given the limits of subtrochanteric and intertrochanteric osteotomies.
1346 Primary TKR’s were evaluated. In keeping with the principle of Insall all patellas were resurfaced with the only exclusion being a previous patellectomy or excessive patella erosion.
Most TKR were of posterior cruciate substituting devices (IB11 (56.9%) or Nexgen LPS (42.3%)). The reason for operation was OA (94.5%), RA (2.9%), and others 2.6%. Most knees were in varus (68.5%), 17% were in valgus, and 14.5% were in neutral alignment.
The method of preparing the patella and extensor mechanism was as follows: A total fat pad excision was performed, debulking the patella thickness of 1mm. The patella component was placed medially and superiorly, a peri-patella synovectomy was performed, and a release of the lateral patella femoral ligaments was done. A lateral release was performed in 17.5% of patients.
Follow up ranges from 9 months to 15 years. Reoperation for patella problems was necessary in only 5 patients (0.37%). There was 1 case of patella subluxation, 1 case of persistent anterior knee pain, and 3 patients with a patella clunk (in IB 11 knees only)
In our hands this approach has led to excellent long term results without some of the potential complications described in the literature and warrants continued use of routine patella resurfacing when doing TKR.
Digital x-ray systems are now widely used in hospitals in the UK. Most systems have facilities to take measurements from the images that, we are lead to believe, can be used in accurate pre-operative planning. The aim of this study was to assess whether or not pre-operative planning can reliably predict the size of the implant required when using a hemiarthroplasty to treat an intracapsular hip fracture.
A magnification factor was calculated for pre-operative pelvic x-rays using typical beam to plate distance and plate to hip distance. The pre-operative digital radiographs of 188 consecutive patients who underwent a hip hemiarthroplasty were examined. The femoral head diameters of both the fractured and non-fractured sides were measured. The size of the implanted prosthesis was also recorded from the patients’ operation notes. The x-ray measurements were multiplied by the magnification factor and compared with the known size of the prosthesis. The calculated magnification factor was 128%. Attempts at estimating implant size from measurements of the fractured and non-fractured sides underestimated the size of the prosthesis by 3.0mm (CI 6.5 to −0.5) and 3.1mm (CI 6.8 to −0.6) respectively.
Many hospitals do not stock the full range of hemiarthroplasty implants on the shelf. Sizes at the extremes of the range may need to be specially ordered. It is important that the correct size prosthesis be inserted; an oversized prosthesis can increase the risk of dislocation and an undersized prosthesis will result in point loading and acetabular erosion. Our study shows that pre-operative planning consistently underestimates the size of the implant. However, the accuracy of these estimations is not sufficiently reliable, being +/− 3.5mm, to be able to accurately predict the size of the prosthesis required. Reasons for the under estimation are likely to be due to the fact that the measurement taken from the images does not account for the articular cartilage covering the femoral head. One of the factors leading to inaccuracy in the estimation is variation in patient anatomy and habitus, which affects hip to plate distance and thus the magnification factor. Also, the distance of the beam to plate will vary according to the radiographer’s positioning of the x-ray source.
In order to accurately pre-operatively plan the size of the prosthesis one would need to standardise the beam to hip distance. radio-opaque markers would need to be positioned at the level of the hip in order to accurately calculate the magnification factor. Without these modifications, we do not feel that hip prosthesis size can be accurately predicted from pre-operative images.
There are many management solutions for the fixation of Periprosthetic fractures with intact stem of Hip and shoulder arthroplasties. The Bio Mechanics of single plate application are unlikely to be strong enough to commence mobilisation and its effectiveness against torsional strain with an osteoporotic bone quality is of concern. Double plate fixation as discussed at the last South African Orthopaedic Congress by Mr Floyd et al is another option but this again may have some biomechanical concerns and biological compromise at the fracture site due to periosteal stripping. Implant revision with a longer stem is a bigger surgical insult to a potentially frail group of patients with questionable bone quality. We report a short series of 16 peri-prosthetic fractures with intact stem that are managed with Zimmer cable plate fixation System. The results were very satisfactory and we consider this an attractive option to be considered in the management of this difficult presentation.
This is a retrospective study. We present the results of 13 Periprosthetic Femoral Shaft fractures and 3 humeral periprosthetic fractures in 16 patients treated with cable plate fixation system. Majority of the patients were over 60 years with an ASA rating of 3–4. The procedures were performed in a district general hospital in the UK between August 2001 to December 2005. The patients presented with in 1–20 years following initial Arthroplasty. All the fractures were fixed with Zimmer cable plate fixation system. An 8 hole plate was most commonly used for femoral fractures through the lateral approach for TYPE 2 fractures. The proximal end of the plate was secured with 3–4 cable ties. Early partial weight bearing was encouraged.
The majority of the patients were discharged within 12 weeks. Of the 3 humeral fractures union was achieved at 12 weeks in 2. There was 1 case of implant failure due to a further fracture noted in a manic depressive patient, who was not compliant. All proximal femoral fractures showed evidence of clinical and radiological union by 6 months. The majority (7/13) had united within 20 weeks. There were no complications noted. We recommend this effective method should seriously be considered in the management of this difficult and increasingly occurring complication in a frail population.
Hip resurfacing is a technically demanding surgical procedure. Notching of the femoral neck and mal positioning of the femoral Implant are the most frequently seen complications in hip resurfacing. Navigation is expected to bring additional safety and precision to the surgical procedure. Goal of this pilot study is to check usability and reliability of a new application developed for an established navigation system for Orthopedics.
During a first developer release of the application 28 patients have been operated in 4 hospitals (Belgium, Canada, Germany and United Kingdom) from 2005-11-14 to 2005-12-22 with a Hip Resurfacing Implant (Durom®, Zimmer). The patient group consisted of 23 man and 5 women with an average age of 46 years (ranging from 29 to 66 years), mostly with primary cox arthrosis as indication. 7 surgeons have been navigating the femoral preparation with a therefore developed application on the Navitrack® system (ORTHOsoft Inc.). The protocol includes preoperative X-ray, intra-operative data and postoperative X-ray.
The mean Operation time (Incision to Closure) was 124 minutes (ranging from 88 to 150 minutes). In two cases navigation needed to be aborted due to mechanical failure of the instrumentation (K-wire jammed in guide) and surgery has been completed with the conventional instrumentation. The remaining cases have been completed without any Software or Hardware problems. The additional time required for navigation during those first cases has been approximately 10 minutes. In all cases the planned CCD angle was achieved within a range of +/− 5° without notching the femoral neck.
Navigation has the potential to improve precision in placement of the femoral component. The pilot study did prove the usability, safety and precision of the new Navitrack® CAS Durom Hip Resurfacing application. Combined with the already available cup navigation the system has an attractive potential to provide a tool helping the surgeon in achieving optimal outcome of a hip resurfacing.
Proximal femoral fractures, whether it is due to meta-static destruction or periprosthetic fractures with loose femoral component with secondary osteolysis of the proximal femur in the elderly patient is a major task. We find the Cannulock hip system quite useful in tackling this issue. It offers various options for the management of this complex pathology.
We present the results of 11 Cannulock Hip Arthroplasty performed in 10 patients (Age Range 55–92). 6 out of 11 patients was noted to have metastatic destruction of proximal femur including the head and neck down to lesser trochanter. Ca of Bronchus and Breast with multiple bony metastsis were responsible for these cases. 4/11 had loose femoral component with type 2 periprosthetic fractures. 1 out of 11 had failed DCS fixation for Reverse oblique fracture. The procedures were done in a district general Hospital in the UK between August 2001–Jan 2006. The patients were mostly ASA 4.
The Cannulock Hip system offered the simplicity of a Hemiarthroplasty with an advantage of Intramedullary nailing option. This has the option of fitting standard Bipolar Head or 22 mm metallic head in case of Peri Prosthetic fracture where the acetabular component is intact. Long stem with HA coating and standard options for cemented stem insertion. The long stem with a bow enables easy insertion with distal locking facility.
In our study all the patients were excellent with both clinical and readilogical out come, however sadly 1 patient died with in 3 months of surgery. 5/6 patients with metastatic bone tumour were discharged at the mean of 8 weeks with no clinical concerns. 4 patients with femoral stem revisions and 1 patient with failed DCS were discharged at a mean of 4 months. We find the Cannulock hip arthroplasty system quite versatile in the management of these complex injuries.
The aim of this study was to asses the results of total hip replacements using the Elite Plus femoral stem.
During the period 1995 to 2000, 212 total hip replacements were done using the Elite Plus femoral stem. These were followed up prospectively. The cohort of patients included 11 with bilateral hip replacements. 38% of patients were male and 62% were female. The average age at surgery was 61 years, with 18% being younger that 50 years at the time of surgery. All hip replacements were done using the same surgical and cementing techniques. Both cemented and uncemented cups were used in this cohort of patients.
2 patients died peri-operatively, and 22 hips were lost to follow-up. 6 hips have been revised, with 1 revision being due to sepsis and 5 due to loosening. A further 4 hips have radiographic evidence of early loosening, and 1 other hip has developed late sepsis. None of these 5 has yet been revised. Our survivorship at an average of 9 years is 97%.
The survivorship of total hip replacements using the Elite Plus femoral stem in our unit is 97% at an average of 9 years. This compares very well with the results reported in other series. We do note though that there are 5 hips that may need revision, and this would bring the survivorship down to 94%. We feel that our good results are due to careful attention to surgical and cementing techniques, and this may explain our improved results compared to previous reports.
The increased prevalence of HIV has increased awareness and concern for the diagnosis and treatment of patients requiring total joint arthroplasty. Collective experience with HIV and arthroplasty at any institution is small and limited. This study evaluates the clinical outcome of arthroplasty in HIV infected patients.
Between July 2000 and August 2001, we treated 14 patients (4 female) and with uncemented total hip replacement. (Mean age of 42 years). Informed consent was obtained before HIV testing and counselling was provided for all patients. Patients were classified according to the WHO and CDC classification. All patients were operated on by a single surgeon using the Hardinge approach.
14 Patients were followed up with a mean follow up 62 months. The pre-lymphycyte subset analysis was TLC-2.24, CD4 425, CD8 873, CD4/CD8-0.52. All patients were fully ambulant. One patient sustained a periprosthetic fracture following a high energy car accident which was treated non operatively. Three patients have dropped their CD4 count to below 200 and are presently receiving antiretroviral treatment. There was no loosening, infection or dislocation.
The literature on complications associated with arthroplasty in HIV infected patients is inconsistent. A few authors have reported a 40% incidence of infection with total joint replacement. In this series there were no infections, and the outcome of total joint arthroplasty depends on the nutritional status of the patient, the stage of the under lying disease, as well as previous surgery and co-morbidities. Orthopaedic Surgeons should be aware of the increasing prevalence of HIV infection, and that arthroplasty in these patients can be safely performed with minimum complications.
The authors evaluate the incidence, patterns and causative factors of avascular necrosis (AVN) in patients with developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) and to follow up these patients to determine what their long term functional and radiological outcome is.
All patients treated for DDH by the same consultant with the subsequent development of AVN were assessed. Outcome was assessed by grading the AVN using the Kalamchi and McEwan classification at final follow up.
A group of 250 hips with DDH were treated over a 16 year period and reviewed. All hips that developed AVN were studied. AVN was seen in 15% of hips treated with closed reduction and 62% of hips after open reduction–32% of the hips treated in the open reduction group were treated elsewhere and subsequently referred.
If use of a Pavlik harness fails, children with DDH should be treated with pre reduction traction, closed reduction and spica cast after the age of 4 months. In the surgical group a capsulorrhaphy should be avoided. Poor radiological outcome at final follow up was not necessarily equivalent to a poor clinical outcome.
1282 Primary total hip replacements were performed over the past 3 years at the Ravenscourt Park Hospital. Standardised post operative x-rays of the pelvis were archived on the Hammersmith Trust Picture Archiving and Communication System. 100 X-rays were randomly selected and reviewed by 3 independent observers (SHO, SPR, and a Consultant), and they were blinded as regards the Surgeon and their colleagues’ assessments. Surgeons who performed their procedure were excluded.
Digital radiographic analysis was performed using the OrthoView system (Meridian Technique Limited, Southamptom, UK). The acetabular component was studied with respect to cup version, the angle of inclination, the quality of cement technique, and the site of cup placement. The stems were studied for cementing technique and quality, stem alignment and limb length discrepancy. A hit was declared when excellence was achieved, whilst all others were declared as a miss. Inter observer rate in declaring a hit or miss was calculated (kappa). 58% of the radiographs studied were declared a hit, and 42% a miss.
All radiological reports were reviewed, and it was noted that no mention was made as regards the cup angles and the cementing quality. Each assessment took 3 minutes
(1.5). The aim of this post operative radiological assessment is to introduce a tool that could be used for appraisal of Surgeons, the surgical technique and for quality control.
The authors conclude that it is an easily reproducible technique, and can be performed by independent observers. These assessments will generate valuable data for research/auditing purposes, and act as an educational tool for trainees. They cautiously recommend this hit or miss approach, believing that it is a cost effective and efficient tool towards achieving better patient quality care and enhancing hip arthroplasty training skills.
The Mini C-arm has been heralded as a safer means of fluoroscopy. No clinical data on the use of the mini C-arm is available in the literature. The purpose of this study is to compare the exposure in clinical practice between the conventional C-arm and the mini C-arm, and to scrutinize the patterns of radiation exposure.
All operations using the mini C-arm were reviewed. A control group of patients undergoing the identical surgical procedure using the conventional C-arm was used. The Sign test was used to detect the number of exposures taken and the radiation exposure documented.
There were 16 surgical procedures where a valid control was available. The number of exposures performed with the mini C-arm was significantly greater than the conventional C-arm (p=0.05), but the emitted dose of radiation was significantly smaller for the mini C-arm (p 0.001).
The authors conclude that the mini C-arm is a safer device for use in extremity surgery, but that the Surgeon should still be careful to avoid repeated excessive exposures.
The purpose of this study is to evaluate the clinical outcomes between a bipolar prosthesis and a hemiprosthesis (unipolar) in the treatment of displaced intracapsular femoral neck fractures. The theoretical advantage of a bipolar prosthesis is a reduction of acetabular erosion. Movement within the prosthesis may also reduce the pain caused by movement in the acetabulum.
A prospective randomised study was conducted evaluating 40 patients over the age of 70 years, who presented with intracapsular hip fractures Garden 3 or 4, treated either with a bipolar prosthesis (medical international) or a Thompsons hemiarthroplasty. There were 20 patients in each group, and the operation was performed through a Hardinge approach by the same surgical team. All prostheses were uncemented. All patients were rehabilitated by the same Physiotherapist using the same routine. An out-patient assessment was performed at 6 weeks, checking the wound, the clinical result and doing an AP x-ray of the pelvis.
39 Patients were followed for a median period of 13 months. 1 Patient who received a Thompsons prosthesis died in hospital. The average hospital stay in patients receiving a bipolar prosthesis was 7 days, and 13 days for those who were treated with a Thompsons prosthesis. There were 2 deep infections and 1 peri prosthetic fracture in the hemiarthroplasty (Thompsons) group. 15 Of the 20 patients treated with a bipolar prosthesis returned to their pre-injury state with mild pain, and were satisfied with the procedure. Only 9 of the 19 patients in the Thompsons group returned to their pre-injury level, with 12 complaining of pain and only 4 satisfied with the procedure.
The early subjective outcome in elderly patients is difficult to assess, and the optimum realistic outcome should be a return to pre-injury function and the presence or absence of pain. This review was not blinded, and hence the assessment of results could be biased towards certain prostheses. The findings suggest that a bipolar prosthesis may give a better short term result in the elderly. The bipolar prosthesis used in this series is inexpensive, and we felt its use justified.
Far too many cases of instability and recurrent dislocation occur after primary total hip replacement. The motivation for this paper came from yet another three cases of recurrent dislocation on our theatre list in a single month (March 2006). All three were recurrent dislocations after primary hip replacements. Since these were not three isolated cases we realised that there is an urgent need to improve the situation. In all three cases surgical or implant factors were responsible.
We take a fresh look at the causes; which are implant, surgeon and patient related. Of these only patient related issues cannot always be corrected. The design of a stable implant is discussed and revolves around head size, head neck ratio and cup depth. The surgeons’ contribution can be equally important and controllable – it embodies correct peri-articular soft tissue tension, orientation of components and patient selection. Finally, patient factors are neuromuscular, anatomical and patient compliance. In this respect some unresolved factors should be identified pre-operatively.
Especially for the occasional hip surgeon this is an extremely important issue. The recurrent dislocation results in extremely poor quality of life, often leading to revision surgery. These aged patients usually suffer multiple inherent risks and massive financial losses. Above all we believe that the great majority of these dislocations can be prevented by simply keeping to the clear and well proven principles of stability in total hip replacement.
Floating knee injuries are usually associated with other significant injuries. These injuries have major implications on the management of the floating knee and the final outcome of patients. Our study highlights the implications of associated injuries in the management of floating knee.
29 patients with 30 floating knees were assessed in our institution. A retrospective analysis of medical records and radiographs were done and all associated injuries were identified.
38 associated injuries were noted. 7 were associated with ipsilateral knee ligament injuries.
The associated injuries in our study had implications on the duration on surgery, anaesthetic exposure and delay in surgical management, post-operative rehabilitation, diagnosis and management of knee ligament injuries. The importance of these associated injuries cannot be overemphasized.
The results were taken as significant when p value was less than 0.05.
Left thalamus and left postcentral gyrus of AIS patients were significantly larger than the control subjects. Anterior and posterior limb of right internal capsule, right caudate nucleus, right cuneus and left middle occipital gyurs of AIS patients were significantly smaller than the control subjects. Some regions were bilaterally involved: Perirhinal and hippocampus regions were larger in AIS while inferior occipital gyrus and precuneus were smaller than the corresponding regions in the control subjects. In the midline, the volumes of corpus callosum and brainstem in AIS patients were significantly larger than the control subjects.
The side distribution of single spinal curves in our school screening referrals for 1988–99 (n=218) suggests that the mechanism(s) determining curve laterality for the upper spine differs from those for the lower spine. We address here the laterality of right thoracic AIS. In the search to understand the aetiology of AIS some workers focus on mechanisms initiated in embryonic life including a disturbance of bilateral symmetry. The
Most workers consider that ribcage changes in AIS are secondary to spinal deformity. Others claim that ribs are pathogenic in curve initiation or aggravation. In 117 consecutive patients referred from school screening in 1996–99 and routinely scanned by ultrasound, 24 had thoracic and 33 thoracolumbar scolioses (right 37, left 20; mean age 14.9 years, range 12–18 years, girls 44 postmenarcheal 37, boys 13). On anteroposterior standing radiographs, Cobb angle (CA), apical vertebral rotation (AVR, Perdriolle) and apical vertebral translation (AVT from the T1-S1 line) were measured (mean &
range: CA 19°, 6–42°; AVR 15°, 0–39°; AVT 17 mm, 0–38 mm). Real-time ultrasound in the prone position recorded laminal rotation (LR) and rib rotation (RR) segmentally and the spine-rib rotation difference (SRRD) as LR
Several workers consider that the aetiology of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS) involves undetected neu-romuscular dysfunction. During normal development the central nervous system (CNS) has to adapt to the rapidly growing skeleton of adolescence, and in AIS also to developing spinal asymmetry from whatever cause. A new etiologic concept is proposed after examining the following evidence:
anomalous extra-spinal left-right skeletal length asymmetries of upper arms, ribs, ilia and lower limbs suggesting that asymmetries may also involve vertebral body and costal growth plates; growth velocity and curve progression in relation to scoliosis curve expression; the CNS body schema, parietal lobe and temporoparietal junction in relation to postural mechanisms; and human upright posture and movements of spine and trunk.
The central of four requirements is maturational delay of the CNS body schema relative to skeletal maturation during the adolescent growth spurt that disturbs the normal neuro-osseous timing of maturation. With the development of an early AIS deformity at a time of rapid spinal growth the association of CNS maturational delay results in postural mechanisms failing to balance a lateral spinal deformity in an upright moving trunk that is larger than the information on personal space (self) established in the brain by that time of development. It is postulated that CNS maturational delay allows scoliosis curve progression to occur – unless the delay is temporary when curve progression would cease. The concept brings together many findings relating AIS to the nervous and musculoskeletal systems and suggests brain morphometric studies in subjects with progressive AIS.
Scoliosis requires three dimensional correction at a global level (curve correction) and at a local one (apical axial derotation) as well as sagittal balance management. Except for in situ contouring, previously reported surgical techniques for scoliosis correction hardly deal with all these issues. The aim of the current study was to evaluate long term clinical and radiological outcomes after in situ contouring in 85 patients with severe scoliosis (Cobb= 40 to 110°). Age influence (adults versus adolescents) and surgical approaches (anterior release and posterior correction and fusion versus posterior correction and fusion only) were also assessed. The results of the study show that the in situ contouring is comparable to other surgical techniques in terms of surgery duration and blood loss. Anterior release proved useful in severe scoliosis correction. No difference in peroperative complications was found between age groups nor between approach groups. However, adolescents recover faster than adults. No difference of revision rates in double approach versus posterior approach populations was found. No statistically significant differences were found between the adolescent and adult populations. The mean overall frontal correction reached 68%. The mean loss of correction amounted 5%. No significant evolution was found in sagittal curvatures, emphasizing the difficulties in restoring physiological curvatures in patients with severe scoliosis. Our results suggest the in situ contouring technique is fully appropriate for severe scoliosis correction, regardless of the patient’s age and approach. Besides it will not result in higher morbidity for one specific population and warrants similar outcome when properly applied.
Left-right skeletal length asymmetries in upper limbs related to curve side have been detected with adolescent thoracic idiopathic scoliosis (AIS). In school screening referrals with thoracic scoliosis we find apical vertebral rotation (AVR, Perdriolle) is associated significantly with upper arm length asymmetry. Sixty-nine of 218 consecutive adolescent patients referred routinely during 1988–1999 had
After in vitro validation based on 24 specimens and 4 different instrumentations, the model was used to simulate real cases. Applied loads were based on patient characteristics (weight, imbalance). Simulation results included mechanical stresses in the discs and within the implants.
Clinical consistency of the simulations was tested through the gathering of clinical data for 66 patients instrumented with lumbo-sacral rigid screw-rod systems. Two subsets were considered: “mechanical successes” (53), and “mechanical failures” (13, including 11 screw breakage and 2 screw loosening). Blind comparison was then performed between these observed clinical outcomes and numerical simulations results.
Scheuermann’s disease is defined as thoracic kyphosis greater than 45° with greater than 5° of anterior wedging in 3 consecutive vertebrae. We describe a new technique for the surgical treatment of thoracic kyphosis. Eleven patients were treated in our series. The average preoperative kyphotic angle was 83.3 degrees (58–94 degrees). Multiple posterior closing wedge osteotomy was performed and four rods (two proximal and two distal) were contoured and fixed to pedicle screws and the deformity reduced by the cantilever technique. The average postoperative kyphotic angle was 41.1 degrees (range 25–54 degrees) giving an average correction of 42.2 degrees per patient. The average postop lumbar angle was 51.8 degrees (range 20–70 degrees). The average follow up time was 25.3 months (range 6–60 months). At follow up the kyphotic angle was found to be 42.8 degrees average (range 24–55 degrees) and the lumbar angle was 57.6 degrees average (range 42–70 degrees). We find this technique simple and effective in reducing curves of high magnitude and the curve was maintained in the long term. Our complication rate was comparable to that quoted in literature. This technique is superior as it avoids sudden stretching of the anterior vasculature and possible rupture of the anterior longitudinal ligament (ALL) and provides correction at multiple levels, avoiding build-up of stress at any single level.
Pedicle screw fixation has become the norm for the surgical correction of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS), with much biomechanical research into different types of rod screw constructs. The senior authors have experience using a monoaxial screw only construct in the correction of AIS since 2003 and the polyaxial screw only construct since 2005.
We retrospectively reviewed our experience in the first ten patients with AIS using the polyaxial system and compared this against 18 patients who had been corrected using the monoaxial system. Table I shows our results, expressed as mean and ranges or means ± SD for the main thoracic and lumbar curves.
Our early results show that the polyaxial system produces similar correction of both the thoracic and lumbar curves as compared to the monoaxial system in the immediate post-operative period. Though the absolute values for the lumbar curves differ between the two groups the percentage correction shows no statistical difference.
The main health care gain in the correction of idiopathic scoliosis is cosmetic. Debate exists regarding the optimum implant method of fixation. The use of pedicle screws is the thoracic spine is common. Complications of implant placement are reported less frequently than they occur. The late development of neurological complications has not been reported before and the scoliosis society members need to be aware of the risk specifi-cally associated with increased kyphosis at the cranial end of the fusion. A 33 year old female underwent correction of a 72 degree right thoracic scoliosis. Pedicle screws were used and a costoplasty undertaken. Cord monitoring was satisfactory and there were no neurological symptoms or signs in the postoperative period. At six week review the patient was very pleased with the cosmetic improvement. At 8 weeks post operatively the patient became aware of a weakness in the right foot, at 10 weeks an early review was requested for what was thought to be a drop foot. In clinic at 11 weeks post op there was a sensory level at T5 with paretic gait and weakness grade 3 of the right leg. Imaging revealed an increase in the upper thoracic kyphosis and the upper right screw was confirmed as impinging on cord with MRI and CT. The screw was removed immediately and a rapid recovery occurred. Late complications of pedicle screws are not commonly reported. The upper thoracic spine may be a specific area of increased risk.
There are currently no agreed guidelines for the type and frequency of post spinal surgery neurological observations. This lack of an agreed standard can lead to the failure to adequately monitor cord function following surgery and thus neurological deficits can be missed. We have carried out an audit of the postoperative spinal observations against our agreed standards of care.
All patients should have the frequency of required neuro obs documented in the post op instructions. The frequency of documented observations in recovery should be adhered to. The frequency of documented observations in HDU should be adhered to. Any neurological loss should be properly documented. The nurses will report any neurological change promptly The SHO will exam and document a full neurological examination.
28 case notes were reviewed. 21 of these cases were scoliosis correction through anterior, posterior and combined approaches. 3 had disc replacements, 2 had decompression for metastatic cancer and one had fixa-tion of a fracture.
All patients failed to complete all standards fully. There was a lack of clear postoperative guidelines, failure to record neurological status in recovery, incomplete documentation of neurological state in HDU, failure to inform medical staff in presence of a neurological deficit and inadequate assessment of patient by medical staff. One patient returned to theatre for a foot drop, which is still only partially recovered.
We recommend the audit of current practice and implementation of locally agreed standards for the postoperative monitoring.
Paravertebral anaesthesia is a particularly effective, safe and reliable option in scoliosis patients undergoing anterior release in whom percutaneous epidural placement may be difficult to perform. A recent systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials has demonstrated that whilst paravertebral block and thoracic epidural insertion provide comparable pain relief after thoracic surgery, paravertebral block placement is associated with a better side effect profile, including a reduction in pulmonary complications, hypotension, nausea and vomiting and urinary retention. We describe a case of a 16 year old female patient who underwent staged correction of her thoracolumbar scoliosis. A paravertebral catheter was inserted under direct vision for continuous infusion post operative analgesia following the anterior release. 48 hours after surgery a swelling was noted in the groin, which was confirmed with ultrasonography as a fluid collection. The swelling resolved upon removing the paravertebral catheter. This suggests that it was caused by the local anaesthetic fluid tracking along the psoas muscle. Retroperitoneal infections, venous thrombosis, femoral hernia, femoral artery aneurysm and inguinal lymphadenopathy are other differentials. Ultrasonography was a fast and sensitive investigation to rule out these differentials and determined that fluid communicating with the abdominal cavity was the cause for this swelling. The infused local anaesthetic had tracked down into the femoral triangle and the swelling resolved upon cessation of the infusion.
Audit is an important part of surgical practice. Commissioners may use it as evidence of quality assurance. No comprehensive audit exists in spinal surgery. Usage of existing databases is disappointing. We developed an audit database which was comprehensive and gathered patient outcomes. The underlying principles were:
All patients having surgery should enter, Duplicate data entry should be avoided No effort should be required of the participating surgeons.
Demographic data, OPCS codes, length of stay and other data were downloaded directly from the hospital information systems. A monthly printout of patients enrolled was provided to the audit coordinator. She was responsible for the collection of clinical outcomes at 6 months, 12 months, and 2 years after surgery. The initial audit involved the Northwest and Mersey Regions. Data from the hospital information systems (HIS) for two years were available for comparison. Unfortunately only two centres gathered clinical outcomes. We have continued to gather data. 380 patients have been enrolled. HIS data are available for all. With varying lengths of follow up, there are 1045 potential clinical outcomes available. Only 8 patients (2%; 8 outcomes, 0.76%) have been lost to follow up. Using this data we are able to compare outcomes between surgeons, between surgical procedures, and see changes over time. As far as we know we are the only centre in the UK able to do this. It is a valuable Clinical Governance tool. We believe that the principles underlying this audit are the only means to obtain comprehensive outcome audit in surgery.
Anterior Lumbar Interbody Cages are used to recreate the lumbar lordosis in scoliosis surgery as anterior instrumentation is usually kyphogenic. We report two cases in which an anterior release was performed and interbody cages were used.In both these patients the cage was displaced anteriorly by an incorrectly positioned pedicle screw during posterior instrumentaion. In one case the cage was retrieved and correctly repositioned from the back using a TLIF approach, in the other this was noticed only post-operatively and patient needed another anterior surgery. We recommend a lateral Image Intensifier screening for combined anterior and posterior cases in which anterior cages are used in addition to posterior pedicle screws to prevent this complication.
29.6% of post-operative films (17%–39%) were judged to have sufficient landmarks visible to enable measurement of vertebral rotation compared to 10% of pre-operative films.
Marked increase in systematic bias between consultants with post-operative radiographs to pre-operative films was observed.
ISIS2 is a surface topography system measuring the three-dimensional shape of the back in scoliosis patients using digital photography with structured light. Lateral asymmetry is the ISIS clinical parameter estimating the curve of the spine in the coronal plane [
None of the patients developed postoperative wound infections, either early or late. There were no major medical complications following surgery in this group of patients that would result in prolonged intensive care unit or hospital stay. Four of the 14 patients (28.6%) who had initially undergone a posterior spinal arthrodesis alone developed an asymptomatic pseudarthrosis with failure of the instrumentation. The non-union was treated successfully in 2 of these 4 patients with a combined anterior and posterior spinal fusion. The repair of the pseudarthrosis was performed through a repeat posterior spinal fusion in the remaining 2 patients and one of these patients necessitated a second revision procedure to address recurrence of the non-union.
Average age was 6.5 years(2–12). Average follow-up was 24 months (6m-36m).
The requirements for a motion segment fusion for degenerative disc disease are relief from symptoms from a solid union with minimal damage to surrounding tissue. This is possible with the ‘Mini PLIF’ using the B Twin cages and facet screws. This procedure produces reliable relief of symptoms with a solid fusion. The use of facet screws mean that the nerve supply of the paraspinal muscles is protected. Between June 2002 and February 2006 35 patients underwent this procedure. There were 13 males and 22 females with an average age of 40 years from all walks of life. 30 patients had back and leg pain with only 5 having solely back pain. 28 patients had surgery at L5/ S1 with 4 patients at L4/5 and 3 at both. The median pre operation ODI was 53 (IQR 60–44) and at one year follow up the ODI was 24 (IQR 37–13). There were two complications of superficial infection and two pseudarthroses requiring pedicle screw constructs and revision bone grafting to achieve union.
We believe this procedure demonstrates good relief from symptoms with a good fusion rate preserving the paraspinal muscles.
Eight patients (57%) underwent surgical treatment at a mean age of 9.8 years (range: 2.9–19). Four patients had a combined anterior-posterior spine arthrodesis. The remaining four patients had a posterior spinal arthrodesis.
Cervico-thoracic congenital scoliosis is a difficult deformity to obtain good correction due to its anatomical characteristics and lack of proper instrumentation. Surgical treatments often end up with poor correction by convex epiphysiodesis alone, making hideous residual head tilt. This is a report of 2 cases with cervico-thoracic congenital scoliosis, which underwent total excision of hemivertebra, instrumentation and fusion through posterior approach alone.
Case 1. 8y2m old Girl who had T1, T3, T7 hemivertebrae with a left convex curve from C7 to T11. At age 5. she had tilted head and left convex 33 degrees scoliosis. Only regular observation was done. At age 8y2m, the scoliosis had progressed to 49degrees. Total excision of T1 hemivertebra was performed. At age 10y8m, total excision of T7 hemivertebra, extension of instrumentation and fusion to T10 was performed. These procedures brought almost normal alignment on both sagittal and coronal plane. However, lower compensatory curve progressed later on, fusion was extended to L2 at age 13 resulting in excellent balance.
Case 2: Girl. 2y7m. Multi-level hemivertebrae. C6-L1 L100 degrees.
Total excision of T12 hemi, short fusion and instrumentation reduced the scoliosis to 50 degrees. Five months later, total excision of T9 hemi was done. Four months later, concave side instrumentation from T2 to L2 without fusion was done. At age 4y2m, total excision of T1 hemi was done using cervical pedicle screw. The scoliosis is being controlled at 35 degrees with one extension of the rod later on.
Atlanto-axial rotatory fixation is a rare abnormality of the atlanto-axial joint characterised by a fixed rotated atlanto-axial joint. Duration of symptoms is the best predictor of those cases that ultimately require surgical fixation. We report 6 cases of atlanto-axial rotatory fixation that were treated at the Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital between 1998 and 2005. Diagnosis was confirmed by CT scan in all cases. The mean duration of symptoms was 8 weeks. 4 cases were reduced with halo traction, for between 7–28 days (mean 15 days), and 2 cases were reduced under anaesthesia. This was followed by application of a halo jacket in all 6 cases for between 6–12 weeks (mean 7.2 weeks). There was no significant recurrence with a mean duration of follow up 24 months. This rare series demonstrates late presenters of AARF responding favourably to non surgical intervention.
We studied the long term outcome, using the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), on patients who were managed at our institution between February, 1997, and August, 2004, with a diagnosis of a primary spinal infection, excluding TB or post-operative infection. Patients were identified from databases held within the Departments of Radiology, Orthopaedic Surgery, Neurosurgery and Microbiology. This identified 98 adult patients who fulfilled our inclusion criteria, of who ODIs were calculated on 66, with a mean follow-up of 5 years. There were initially 53 male and 45 female patients with a mean age of 60 years (range 21 0 86) at presentation and symptoms had been present on average for 72 days prior to admission. Back pain was the predominant symptom in 59 and neuropathy in 43. Our figures would suggest a mush higher incidence of primary spinal infection than previously quoted. 75% had significant co-morbidities and 85% of patients under 40 years of age were IV drug users. The causative organisms and their effect were noted. Admission WCC (mean 11.5 ± 8.6) and CRP (mean 128 ± 48) were obtained in the majority of patients (97/98 & 94/98). For those patients who were still available to f/u, the mean ODI was 32 ± 25.
Ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL) is a condition found predominantly in the oriental population and is rarely seen in non orientals. OPLL can present with cervical canal stenosis and myelopathy (including central cord syndrome), often following minor trauma. Co-existence of OPLL with diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (DISH) is a rare condition and very few reports of such patients exist in literature. Here we report the case of a Caucasian with co-existing DISH and OPLL, presenting with acute central cord syndrome associated with fracture of the ossification. A 64 year old Caucasian farmer was transferred to our spinal unit with weakness in the right upper limb following a road traffic accident. On examination he had hyperaesthesia in both upper limbs and motor power of grade 4 in the right upper limb with a distal motor power of grade 3 in the hand. There was no motor deficit in the left upper limb or lower limbs. Radiographs revealed an ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament with a break at C2 and C3 levels. He also had exuberant soft tissue ossification in the cervical and thoracic spines, suggestive of diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (DISH). He recovered completely in 6 weeks with non operative treatment. Fracture of the posterior longitudinal ligament has not been widely reported, although it is possibly more prevalent than is recognised. We report this case in order to highlight the importance of recognising this condition in non oriental populations and to demonstrate that non operative treatment has a good prognosis.
The use of blood transfusion in elective spinal surgery still remains a topic of debate in spite of several guidelines on transfusion in orthopaedic surgery. We report on a study done to look at the transfusion practice in 64 patients who underwent scoliosis correction surgery in our institution. There were 16 males and 48 females, with an average age of 19.8 years (range 3–70 years). There were 50 patients with idiopathic scoliosis, seven with degenerative scoliosis, five with neuromuscular scoliosis, and one each of congenital and neurologic scolioses. 31 of the patients underwent posterior correction and 13 patients underwent anterior surgery and 11 patients underwent posterior surgery with costoplasty and 5 patients underwent front and back surgery while 4 patients had front and back surgery with costoplasty. 10 patients underwent iliac crest bone grafting. The mean preop haemoglobin was 13.1 g % (range11.3–16.2 g %) and the mean postop haemoglobin was 8.9 g % (5–14.9 g %). The average amount of intraoperative fluids infused was 4100 ml (range: 300–11000 ml). The mean blood loss was 803.3 ml (range: 300–1800 ml). Sixteen patients were transfused in all requiring 32 units of blood, with an average of 2 units per patient. The average duration of hospital stay was 10.1 days (5–45 days). The mean blood loss through drains was 396 ml (10–2000 ml).
The FASTER study (Function after spinal treatment, exercise and rehabilitation) aims to evaluate, via a factorial RCT, the benefits of a rehabilitation programme and an education booklet for the postoperative management of patients undergoing discectomy or lateral nerve root decompression, each compared with “usual care”. Since the scientific literature reveals little evidence in favour of any specific exercises or approach, the rehabilitation programme had a general focus on simply getting people exercising and was based on Klaber-Moffett & Frost’s [2000] “Back to fitness” programme; classes include elements of stretching, strengthening, relaxation and an opportunity for discussion.
Currently, 128 patients have been recruited into the study of which 65 have been randomised to receive rehabilitation, which is offered 6 weeks after their surgery. At the end of the 6 week period of rehabilitation classes, participants are requested to complete a questionnaire containing forced and open questions on the content, style, length, timeliness and usefulness of these classes.
Feedback is very positive. In terms of class length 95% felt it was about right and easy to follow. All knew why they were doing the exercises, and 90% felt they had enough support and assistance during the classes. 95% would recommend to others. Important elements were noted to be; being with other people with the same problem, learning to exercise, gaining confidence and support and information from the staff. The average overall rating of the classes was 8.5/10.
The results show that content of the rehabilitation classes appears to be pitched at the right level for post-operative patients and that the attendees are benefiting from interactions with each other and learning to exercise and be active. The impact of these classes on outcome remains to be determined.
The FASTER study (Function after spinal treatment, exercise and rehabilitation) aims to evaluate, via a factorial RCT, the benefits of a rehabilitation programme and an education booklet
To date, 128 patients have been recruited into the study of which 63 have been randomised to receive the booklet. At 3 months post-surgery all of these patients are requested to complete a questionnaire on the booklet. This questionnaire contained forced-choice questions on readability etc and open questions regarding content. Finally, patients were asked their overall rating of the booklet on a scale from 1 to 10.
Feedback is very positive. The average overall rating of the booklet was 8.3/10. Over 85% found it easy to read, interesting, and of appropriate length. Over 90% also stated they had learnt new and helpful information. All subjects stated that they would recommend the booklet to a friend, and the majority stated that they frequently referred to the booklet. The predominant messages received and understood by the patients were related to the safe benefits of early activation and return to normal activities.
The results show that spinal surgery patients appreciate evidence-based information in booklet form, and suggest that this booklet may be an important adjunct to post-operative management of spinal patients.
Definition, Clinical presentation Signs and Symptoms Pathology Aetiology
The findings from these searches were coded to identify individual aspects of CES. The consistency of each aspect was then classified using The Guidelines Development Groups format (where 100% coverage = ‘unanimity’; 75–99% = ‘consensus’; 51–74% = ‘majority view’; and 0– 50% = ‘no consensus’), and the findings summarized.
From these, there were widely varying descriptions of the definition, clinical presentation and aetiology of CES, and no individual aspects reached 100% agreement. The individual aspect with greatest agreement was found to be bladder dysfunction.
All pre-operative parameters were significantly higher compared with the Normal group (back pain VAS 6.3 and 3.8; leg pain VAS 7 and 4.7; ODI 61 and 34.4 respectively).
At 1 year follow-up, 23% of the somatising patients became psychologically Normal; 36% became At Risk; 11% became Distressed Depressed; and 30% remained Distressed Somatisers.
The postoperative VAS for back and leg pain of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 3.4 (pre-op 6.8) and 3.2 (pre-op 6.6) respectively. In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 5.6 (pre-op 7.8) and 6.7 (pre-op 7.0).
The postoperative ODI of the 11 patients who had become psychologically Normal was 26.4 (pre-op 55.5). In the 14 patients who remained Distressed Somatisers the corresponding figures were 56.7 (pre-op 61.7).
These differences are statistically significant.
Trunk flexor-extensor asymmetry has been implicated in the development of back pain; however, left-right trunk muscle asymmetry has received little attention. This study examined whether such left-right asymmetries exist and if these are related to differing sporting tasks.
Thirty-five subjects were recruited and written informed consent obtained; 12 subjects participated in unilateral (UL) sports e.g. racquet sports (mean age 21.6±0.7 (SEM) years), 13 in bilateral (BL) activities e.g. rugby (mean age 21.7±0.2) and 10 controls (C) not involved in sport (mean age 21.7±0.2) years). Isokinetic and isometric trunk flexions and extensions including a fatiguing isometric hold were performed in a Cybex isokinetic dynamometer synchronised with bilateral electromyographic (EMG) recordings from trunk extensors (erector spinae at L4), and flexors (rectus abdominis at T10). A ratio of left:right EMG activity was calculated for each set of muscles, to examine asymmetry.
No differences were seen in left:right extensor EMG ratios across any of the test protocols. However, the UL group had higher (P< 0.05) left:right flexor EMG ratios than the BL group during pre-fatigue (UL:1.32±0.15 vs. BL:0.84±0.07) and post-fatigue (UL:1.30±0.18 vs BL:0.84±0.07) isometric flexion. Torque data suggested that the trunk extensor-flexor ratio was larger (P< 0.05) in the BL group compared to the C in the isokinetic exercises at the 30°s−1 (BL:1.27±0.05; C:1.00±0.06) and at the 90°s−1 speeds (BL:1.28±0.05; C:0.95±0.08), but no differences were seen during isometric testing.
This study suggests that training for different sports can generate significant asymmetry in the trunk muscles, particularly in the flexors, the importance of which requires further research.
The steering committee produced checklists of predictors and outcomes based on systematic reviews and a Delphi focus group. The international teams of experts coded each item for inclusion or exclusion, and recommended new items. This process was iterated twice to resolve disagreement between teams, and to receive scores for new items. The steering committee carried out a consensus synthesis and produced the final lists for predictors and outcome. Finally, the measurements for each factor were selected based on:
original systematic review recommendations from existing systematic review Recommendations from consensus statements and narrative reviews consultation with independent experts.
This review fills that gap by collating and evaluating the evidence on the question ‘Is work good for your health and well-being?’ This forms part of the evidence base for the
The review focused on adults of working age and the common health problems (mild/moderate mental health, musculoskeletal and cardio-respiratory conditions) that account for two-thirds of sickness absence and long-term incapacity.
Employment is generally the most important means of obtaining adequate economic resources, which are essential for material well-being and full participation in today’s society; Work meets important psychosocial needs in societies where employment is the norm; Work is central to individual identity, social roles and social status; Employment and socio-economic status are the main drivers of social gradients in physical and mental health and mortality; Various physical and psychosocial aspects of work can also be hazards and pose a risk to health.
higher mortality; poorer general health, long-standing illness, limiting longstanding illness; poorer mental health, psychological distress, minor psychological/psychiatric morbidity; higher medical consultation, medication consumption and hospital admission rates.
is therapeutic; helps to promote recovery and rehabilitation; leads to better health outcomes; minimises the harmful physical, mental and social effects of long-term sickness absence; reduces the risk of long-term incapacity; promotes full participation in society, independence and human rights; reduces poverty; improves quality of life and well-being.
These findings are about group effects; a minority of people (possibly 5–10%) may experience contrary health effects from work(lessness); Beneficial health effects depend on the nature and quality of work (though there is insufficient evidence to define the physical and psychosocial characteristics of jobs and workplaces that are ‘good’ for health); The relationship between work(lessness) and health must take account of the social context, particularly of social gradients in health and regional deprivation.
Rowing is associated with a high incidence of low back pain (LBP) often attributed to the associated loading and large trunk rotations. Here we examine electromyographic (EMG) activity in rowers who undertake sweep rowing (asymmetrical) or sculling (symmetrical).
22 right handed elite rowers participated and written informed consent was obtained. Each had a preferred rowing side (bow side [BS, n=6]; stroke side [SS, n=7) or sculling [SC, n=9]). Testing was performed in a Cybex isokinetic dynamometer and bilateral EMG activity recorded from trunk muscles (erector spinae [ES] and rectus abdominis [RA]) synchronously.
There were no differences between the groups in peak torque during isokinetic or isometric testing, although extensor torque was higher than flexor torque. Analysis of EMG activity revealed that scullers showed no left/right differences in any of the testing protocols. However, sweep rowers showed significant differences between left and right ES during extension protocols, in the isokinetic testing at 30°s−1 (in the SS rowers [LES 0.11±0.01mV vs RES 0.08±0.01mV] and at 90°s−1 in the BS rowers [LES 0.14±0.02mV vs RES 0.12±0.01mV]. In the isometric tests, the SS rowers showed higher left ES activity than the right [LES 0.11±0.01mV vs RES 0.09±0.01mV]. The flexion protocols did not reveal any left right differences in any groups in any of the protocols used. These results reveal that sweep rowing is associated with asymmetric activity of trunk extensors, but not flexors. This could be a contributing factor to the high incidence of LBP in sweep rowers.
at the same load and at 2/3 of their current Maximum Voluntary Contraction (MVC).
The original data contained a number of diagnoses:
Spinal Stenosis (central or lateral) Prolapsed Intervertebral Disc Other Nerve Root Compression (NRC) Mechanical Back Pain (MBP) with NRC Pure MBP
For the purpose of the comparison two groups were considered – patients with radicular symptoms (groups 1 to 4) and patients with pure MBP.
Extended Scope Practitioners (ESPs) often assess and manage patients with LSS in orthopaedic and rheumatology clinics. Little is reported about how these patients are managed, variations in practice and the rationale for the clinical decision-making that occurs.
Despite failure of improvement of perceived LBP, many patients reported an improvement of LBOS.
The aim of this study was to assess the effectiveness, as well as cost-effectiveness, of combined manipulative therapy, stabilizing exercises, specialist consultation, and patient education (combination treatment) compared with that from specialist consultation and patient education alone (consultation) for chronic low back pain (CLBP). Secondary objectives were to examine the predictive factors for one-year unfavorable outcome of CLBP and psychosocial differences as determinants for recovery from CLBP following the combination treatment or specialist consultation alone. Additionally, the aim was to assess the changes in physical activity between groups at one year and changes in functional variables between the groups at five months.
Of 204 CLBP patients, 102 were randomized to a combination group and 102 to a consultation-alone group. All patients were clinically examined, informed about back pain, and encouraged to stay active and exercise according to specific instructions based on clinical evaluation. Treatment in the combination group included four sessions both of manipulative therapy and of stabilizing exercises aimed at correcting motor control of the trunk. Subjective pain, disability, health-related quality of life, physical activity, coping strategies, satisfaction with care, days of sick leave, consumption of health services, and costs were assessed by several questionnaires. For predictive analysis of treatment outcome, sociodemographic characteristics, work ability, and psychological variables were evaluated and functional assessments performed.
Significant improvement occurred in both groups on every self-rated outcome measurement. Within two years, the combination group showed only slightly more significant reduction on the Visual analogue scale (VAS) and clearly greater patient satisfaction than in the consultation group. Specialist consultation alone was more cost-effective in view of both health care use and work absenteeism, and led to an increase in health-related quality of life equal to that from the combination treatment. Patients in the consultation group also tended to increase their intensity of physical exercise, other activities, and their active time more than did those in the combination group.
Psychometric factors, longer previous sick-leave days, and a low to moderate level of pain intensity proved strongly to predict unfavorable treatment outcome. The Multidimensional Pain Inventory (MPI) was used to identify three patient subgroups to determine treatment outcome. These subgroups were active copers (AC), interpersonally distressed (ID), and dysfunctional (DYS) patients. They were distinguished by level of pain severity, affective distress, life control, and of activity. In this study, MPI patient profile clustering determined the slightly greater effectiveness of the combination therapy than of the consultation alone. The effectiveness of combination therapy was due to the large changes among the dysfunctional (DYS) patients, who gained an extra advantage from combination therapy both in perceived disability (ODI) and pain intensity (VAS). The advantage for ODI disappeared at the two-year follow-up due to the improving trend among the DYS patients in the consultation group. The advantage for pain intensity remained throughout the follow-up. For the AC and ID patients, the consultation alone was as effective as the combination treatment.
Both the specialist consultation group and the combination treatment group showed unexpectedly good improvement regarding pain, disability, and health-related quality of life. The combination treatment including manipulative therapy, stabilizing exercises, and specialist consultation did not clearly enhance the effect gained by the specialist consultation alone. A subgroup of dysfunctional patients appeared, however, to be more sensitive to the combination treatment, needing more repetition and fortification of the information with hands-on therapy and exercises.
The imaging was performed with Philips Gyroscan Intera 1.5 T magnet. A manual therapist performed the bending and rotation of the upper cervical spine to the patients and controls to ensure that the movements were limited to the C0–C2 levels.
The analysis was made blinded and was done by one radiologist. The movement of the dens and the signal of the alaria ligaments were analysed.
Of the 26 patients, 11presented with a normal movement of the dens, whereas 15 presented with a pathological movement. Among controls we could see a normal movement in 24 individuals and pathological in 6 individuals.
Only one patient presented with a normal signal and a normal movement, whereas 20 controls presented with a normal signal as well as normal movement.
The aim of this study was to establish the efficacy of a health promotion campaign in changing managers’ attitudes towards the guidelines.
In 2006 a repeat survey of the managers (n=92) was conducted to measure the efficacy of the health promotion campaign. Survey data were entered onto SPSS (V.11) for analysis using descriptive statistics and chi square tests.
Psychometric properties. A summary of the reliability and validity of the 3 instruments separately as well as a comparison of the outcomes will be presented. The reliability of both self reports and performance based instruments are moderate to good, while the reliability of expert based assessments of work-related disability appears poor. Comparisons of the instruments demonstrate that substantial differences exist between the instruments. On the basis of self reports patients appear more disabled than based on expert opinion. On the basis of expert opinion patients appear more disabled than based on performances. Determinants of test performances. A summary of studies on determinants of test performances will be presented. It appears that test performances are weakly related to pain intensity, most often unrelated to pain related fears and to other psychological variables. Quite a large proportion of variance in test performances remains unexplained at the moment. Hypotheses for current and future research will be presented. The research has provided knowledge about the strengths, weaknesses, and applicability of the instruments. These will be presented, as well as hiatus in the current knowledge.
The perils and risks associated with worklessness have only recently been recognised and given an evidence base
Moreover the majority of people in receipt of state incapacity benefits report subjective health complaints which are in many ways no different to the common health problems (CHPs) which have been shown to have a high prevalence in the general population
Themes from the questions were identified and discussed by two of the authors (blind to each other) using the first 50 questionnaires. The most frequently asked questions were then identified for the whole group and for subgroups determined by diagnosis, disability, employment status and distress and age.
Mean IL-6 levels were higher in groups of patients with more distress measured by the DRAM and HADS depression component but were lower in patients with more anxiety. IL-6 receptor levels were higher in patients with raised DRAM and HADS anxiety scores.
No significant correlation between questionnaire responses and cytokine levels was found. A correlation exists between IL-6 and CRP levels even at normal levels of CRP.
Poor trunk extensor endurance is implicated in low back pain; less, however, is known about contributions of left and right sides and upper and lower parts to maximum torque production following fatigue. This study examines torque and electromyographic (EMG) activity in different parts of the left and right trunk extensors before and following a maximal voluntary contraction (MVC) hold.
16 student rowers participated and written informed consent was obtained. Testing was performed in a Cybex isokinetic dynamometer with synchronous bilateral EMG recordings (during brief MVCs) from the left and right the erector spinae (ES) muscles at vertebral levels T12 and L4, prior to and immediately after, and 1, 5 and 10 minutes after a 60 second MVC.
A small decrease in maximum torque was observed during 60s MVC, followed by a non significant step-wise increase. The torque at 10 minutes post MVC was the highest value recorded. EMG activity rose in the right upper back 5 and 10 mins following the fatigue. Furthermore, the ratios of left:right EMG activity revealed an increase compared to pre-fatigue values in the lower back but a decrease in the upper back, suggesting the task involved differential use of left and right sides in addition to upper and lower back muscles.
These results suggest that 60s MVC induces differential activation of left and right sides and upper and lower parts of the trunk extensors. The apparent potentiation in force and asymmetry of activation following the 60s MVC task requires further investigation.
Many studies in UK and other countries over the past 15 years have shown a high one year prevalence of back pain in teenagers rising from around 12% at the age of 12 to adult levels in excess of 30% by the age of 19.
Around 8% of all adolescents are significantly affected by chronic or recurrent back or neck pain sufficient to compromise school attendance and/or sport. Girls report around 10% more disability than boys.
Adolescent back pain, especially when accompanied by MRI changes at the age of 15, is associated with continuing symptoms in adult life.
Associated risk factors are physical, environmental, psychosocial and genetic. Some of these can be rectified, others clearly cannot, but once identified, they can usually be managed satisfactorily to minimise disability.
Known physical factors include too little or occasionally too much exercise, also many schools do not have adequate lockers which necessitates carrying heavy loads of books, sports equipment, etc. often in inadequate bags. A maximum load of 15% of body weight is recommended.
Environmental factors include poorly designed lowest cost school furniture causing postural strain, which cannot be adjusted to take account of the half metre variation in height of 15 year olds. One size does not fit all. Much school furniture would be illegal in an office, School is the workplace of the child.
This paper reviews the recent literature which indicates that attention to these factors results in better school performance and less back pain but further research is required.
It may cause preexisting asymptomatic disc herniations to become symptomatic. Due to the inconsistencies in manual force application during PA spinal mobilization, clinical standardization of manual force application is necessary. Documentation of mobilization should include detailed descriptions of force parameters and measurement methods. This Information on the care patients routinely receive from complementary and alternative medicine providers will help physicians better understand these increasingly popular forms of care.
Perceived satisfaction levels of patients with acute back pain with chiropractic treatment and reported reductions in associated pain levels and activity restrictions support the clinical rationale for patient treatment.
Cervical extrication collars are frequently used in pre hospital stabilization and in the definitive treatment for lesions of the cervical spine. The control of extensionflexion, lateral bending, and rotation given to individual segments is variable with different designs.
The purpose of this study was to design a questionnaire to evaluate patients’ satisfaction with the healthcare system relating to their spinal procedure, and to gather information relating to pre and post operative management. If successful, this questionnaire will be incorporated into the FASTER (Function after spinal treatment, exercise and rehabilitation) study, with the aim of identifying common care pathways and to understand where stumbling blocks arise.
The questionnaire included three sections: Care before surgery, care after surgery, plus general measures of satisfaction. Patients were randomly selected from the hospital records if they had undergone a lumbar discectomy or lateral nerve root decompression within the past year; this included both NHS and private patients.
34 pilot questionnaires were sent, to date 18 have been returned (9 NHS and 9 private patients). It was found that 79% of patients went to their GP when first experiencing pain/discomfort; however, alarmingly, an overwhelming majority of these patients felt their problem was not dealt with correctly at this stage. Fifty percent of the patients who went through the NHS “Definitely” felt left alone to deal with their problem. Only 10% of patients had physiotherapy prior to surgery and none went to pain management classes. 32% of patients received physiotherapy after leaving hospital; however, in all but one case this was after returning with symptoms.
Despite this, patients in general were very pleased with the care they received during there hospital stay. This pilot data provides an insight into the issues experienced by spinal surgery patients.
During the period of January 1999 and August 2004 there was a policy in our institution of removal for metalwork from patients who underwent open reduction and internal fixation of an ankle fracture. We were not able to find any evidence in the literature as to whether implant removal confers long-term benefit or disability in these patients.
Between January 1999 to August 2003, all patients who underwent ankle metalwork removal were reviewed.
Most patients with mechanical symptoms were improved by implant removal. The two infections resolved. In those patients with pain, about two thirds found were improved.
Following this study the practice in our institution has changed. We do not feel routine removal of metalwork is warranted unless there are specific indications; mainly mechanical symptoms, infection and pain. We are particularly keen to counsel patients from the latter category, that surgery may not resolve their symptoms.
Previous studies of adult acquired flatfoot have reported the results of treatment. No study has described the clinical characteristics of a consecutive series.
In a ten-year period we managed 166 patients with adult acquired flatfoot. Forty were male and 126 female The median age of the men was 56 years and of the women 60 years (p=0.149). Twenty-eight had bilateral problems and 78% had gastrocnemius/soleus tightness.
We used the Truro classification. There were 26 stage 1 patients, with a median age of 45 years. Eight were male and 18 female. Eight had features of enthesopathy but rheumatological investigations were negative. There were 84 stage 2 patients, with a median age of 61 years; 23 were male and 61 female. Twenty-five patients were stage 3, with a median age of 59 years; 5 were male and 20 female. 23 patients were in stage 4, with a median age of 67 years; 4 were male and 19 female. Six patients were stage 5, with a median age of 67.5 years; all were female. There were two patients in stage 6, aged 81 and 85 years, both female. The stage 1 patients were significantly younger than the others (p< 0.001); there were no other significant differences in ages or sex ratios.
Most patients had predominantly soft-tissue problems. However, we identified 33 whose problems related mainly to osteoarthritis. These patients had a higher median age (62.5 years versus 58 years, p=0.0138) and stiffer deformities (p< 0.0001).
Most patients (131, 78.9%) were managed solely with orthotics, shoe adaptations and physiotherapy. Thirty-five patients were offered surgery. Twenty-eight procedures were performed on 23 patients. Surgery was commoner in the arthritic group (15/33 offered surgery versus 20/133, p=0.001).
Screw 2 was a titanium cannulated screw with a medium thread pitch (Asnis III, Stryker).
Screw 3 was also a titanium cannulated screw with a large core diameter but with a small thread pitch (Ace, DePuy).
Four different densities of polyurethane foams were used simulating cancellous bone and the compression
Plantar fibromatosis is a relatively rare disease compared to its counterpart in the hand. Though it is considered to be a part of Dupuytrens diathesis it has been less exhaustively studied to enable evidence based management strategies.
We followed up all patients presenting with plantar fibromatosis to our institute between 1980 and 2006, identifying 41 patients. 6 patients were lost to followup. Thirty-five patients with 60 involved feet were included in the study. There were 22 males and 13 females, all white Caucasians. The median age at presentation was 45 (19–63 years), and the median follow up was 10 years (2–25 years)
Twenty-one of our patients had palmar Dupuytren’s disease, six had knuckle pads, four had Peyronie’s disease, four had other superficial fibomatoses and two keloids. Six were diabetic, four had epilepsy of whom two took valproate and one phenobarbitone. Eight patients had a family history of fibromatoses.
The most common presentation was a painful lump (20); 13 patients had a painless lump (13) and two had only pain. All patients reported a proliferative phase of enlarging nodule size, often with pain, which lasted 1–4 years (median 2 years). Thereafter most patients reported improvement in symptoms (size of lump and pain) as well as function. As we came to recognise this, we treated most patients with symptomatic measures and observation only. At review, 17 patients considered their symptoms were improving, 14 were stable and only four had noticed deterioration. Seven patients, mostly early in the series, were treated by wide excision; six had recurrence at review although only one was symptomatic.
Plantar fibromatosis is a benign condition which stabilises and may improve after an initial proliferative phase lasting about two years Most patients require no intervention.
The contribution of incorrectly fitting footwear to the development of foot pain and deformity has been citied as an etiologic factor but is something that has not been fully evaluated. We examined the relationship between footwear characteristics and the prevalence of common forefoot problems in patients attending foot clinic.
There is a greater normal range of syndesmotic width found on CT scans than suggested by previous studies. Values change with rotation of the leg in its transverse plane. Syndesmotic injury cannot be reliably diagnosed using the current radiological criteria.
joint incongruency, an increased tension in the Flexor Hallicus Brevis and an increased tension in the plantar fascia.
We retrospectively reviewed 27 patients who underwent an uncemented total Moje ceramic arthroplasty of hallux rigidus.
Out of 33 patients who had the above procedure, 27 were available for review. Clinical and functional outcome were assessed using the American orthopaedic foot and ankle society (AOFAS) fore-foot score, and the SF-36 health assessment score. All patients had an anteroposterior and a lateral weight bearing radiograph
The primary pathology was oesteo-arthritis (Hallux Rigidus). All procedures were performed by the senior author or under his supervision.
All patients were female with an average age at surgery of 52.6 years (range 45.8–64.7). The average follow up was 39.5 months (range 14–46).
The average post-operative AOFAS forefoot score was 80/100 (range 40–100). The average subscore for pain was 29.39/40 (range 10–40). Twenty five patients 92.5% were satisfied with the outcome, and 22 (81%) were able to wear high heel foot wear.
The functional outcome as assessed using the SF-36 health score was compatible with an age matched population.
The alignments of component were measured in relation to the shaft of the metatarsal and to the proximal phalange. There was no statistical correlation between the alignment and the functional scores.
Although, arthrodesis remains the gold standard procedure, total ceramic first MTP joint arthroplasty has a place in the management of some cases of advanced but not end stage hallux rigidus. Careful patient selection is essential to achieve a favourite outcome.
The limitation is it cannot be reinflated and cannot be used in patients with fractures.
A dorsal incision is made over the metatarso-phalangeal joint (MTPJ) extending 2cm proximally and distally from the joint line. A routine cheilectomy of the MTPJ is performed. The Extensor digitorum longus (EDL) tendon is identified and divided through a separate incision 5 cm proximal to the MTPJ at the mid-foot level. A 3/0 vicryl stay suture is placed in the divided tendon. The tendon is retrieved from the distal wound and mobilised along with the extensor expansion and the dorsal capsule to expose the proximal half of the proximal phalanx. The transverse fibres of the extensor expansion and the MTPJ capsule are divided medially and laterally with preservation of the collateral ligaments. Extensor digitorum brevis is identified and protected. A groove is created on the dorsum of the proximal phalanx at the centre of the articular surface to stabilise the EDL tendon in its final position. A 3.2mm tunnel is then created at a 45 degree angle through the metatarsal neck beginning dorsally 2.5cm from the metatarsal articular surface and exiting just proximal to the plantar plate. The mobilised EDL tendon, expansion and capsule are then passed down through the MTPJ via a perforation in the plantar plate. The EDL tendon is then passed through the tunnel from plantar to dorsal where it is sutured to the periosteum of the metatarsal using a 3/0 vicryl suture. Hence the EDL tendon, expansion and dorsal capsule form an interposition arthroplasty.
Eleven patients with an average age of 37 years underwent the above procedure for Freiberg’s Disease or osteoarthritis of the second or third MTPJ. There were no intra-operative complications and at an average 31 month follow up 70% were pain free. We recommend the Cobb II procedure as a primary management option for MTPJ Freiberg’s Disease/osteoarthritis.
A prospective study of 72 patients with Morton’s neuroma was carried out outlining presenting symptoms, significance of clinical examination and the beneficial effect of various treatment modalities. They were followed up for at least 6 weeks. There were 51 females (70%) and 21 males (30%) with average age of 52 years.
Bilateral symptoms were present in 15% cases with remaining 85% cases having unilateral symptoms. Commonest symptom observed was pain in the web space, commonest being 3rd space (70%) and others being 2nd space (18%), 4th space (4%) and combination of two spaces (8%). In 90% of these cases, pain was aggravated by walking and wearing closed shoes; and relieved by taking rest.
Paraesthesia in adjacent toes was present in 46% cases. Clinically palpable Mulder’s click was seen in 54% cases.
Shoe modification was tried in 33% patients, with little benefit. All 72 patients underwent corticosteroid and local anaesthetic injection in the outpatient clinic. Fair to good pain relief was obtained in 76% cases with average duration of pain relief of 2.8 weeks (range (0–8 weeks)). No pain relief was achieved in 24% cases.
Twenty-eight patients (38%) who either had inadequate pain relief at 6 weeks following injection; or had recurrence of pain eventually underwent surgical excision/decompression using plantar approach. None of them had any complication related to surgery. All patients had excellent pain relief at a minimum of 6 months follow up after the surgery. 90 % of the patients who underwent surgery had VAS pain score of 0 at 6 months follow up.
Thus, single injection treatment is a very useful treatment modality achieving satisfactory results in 76% of patients. Surgical excision/decompression should be reserved for patients with no pain relief/recurrence after the injection.
Chronic ruptures of the tendo-achilles in young individuals pose difficult therapeutic problems. Surgical repair Is necessary to achieve optimum functional results. We present our results using a modified Bosworth technique using a ‘turn-down’ strip of gastrosoleus aponeurosis
Cast-bracing for 9 weeks. FU – 12–42 months, minimum 12. All patients independently assessed at one year. AOFAS hindfoot scores – Preop and 1 year postop
We conclude that this is a safe and predictable repair technique in this group of patients. It is technically easy, restores tendon length and provides excellent functional improvement.
The skin entrance dose of radiation was calculated and found to be lower for all procedures with the surgeon-operated X-ray unit.
We present our long-term results using a modified Chrisman-Snook procedure in 12 consecutive patients over a 4 year period. The minimum follow-up was 1 year.
We used this procedure in patients with symptomatic lateral instability of the ankle, with the index injury being 5 years or more prior to surgery. We believe that poor soft tissue at the site of the ligament rupture precludes an anatomical reconstruction (8 patients). 4 patients had had a previous failed Brostrom reconstruction.
Suture anchor in the talus and drill tunnels in the fibula and calcaneum.
Pilon fractures of the distal tibia pose a difficult therapeutic problem. Various treatment methods exist. We present encouraging early results with the Medial Tibial LISS plate (LCDCP) for these injuries.
We conclude that this technique offers a viable alternative to other methods in the treatment of these difficult injuries.
This work aims to quantitatively assess the current opinions of foot and ankle surgery provision by podiatric surgeons within the UK. Three groups were targeted by postal questionnaire; Orthopaedic surgeons with membership to BOFAS, Orthopaedic surgeons not affiliated to the specialist foot and ankle society and surgical Podiatrists. In addition we aim to identify areas of conflict and suggestions for future integration.
A postal questionnaire was sent to all Fellows of the Faculty of Podiatric Surgery, College of Podiatrists (136), members of the British Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society, (156), and a randomly selected number of Fellows of the British Orthopaedic Association, who are not members of BOFAS (250).
We have received replies from 99 (73%) of the Podiatric Surgical group, 77 (49%) of the Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle surgeons and 66 (26%) from non-Foot and Ankle Orthopaedic Surgeons.
Respondents were asked to detail their present practice and issues that they considered to restrict closer working between Orthopaedic Surgeons and Podiatric surgeons. Additionally, each surgeon was given a range of surgical procedures and asked to identify the most appropriate surgical profession to undertake the procedure.
The good response rate amongst Foot and Ankle Practitioners (both Podiatric and Orthopaedic) reflects the interest in these issues compared to Orthopaedic Surgeons from other sub-specialties. Poor understanding of Podiatric surgical training, impact on private practice and medical protectionism were areas identified by podiatric respondents. Conflicts over job-title, concerns over training, role boundaries and responsibilities were identified by Orthopaedic respondents as being significant restrictors to further integration.
The paper will present the full results of the survey and discuss the suitability and feasibility of closer working practices between Orthopaedic and Podiatric surgeons.
The use of effective pre-operative preparation solution is an important step in limiting surgical wound contamination and preventing infection, particularly in forefoot surgery. The most effective way is unknown. In recent studies, > 70% of aerobic bacterial cultures of specimens taken from the nail folds following skin preparation with povidine iodine were positive. The aim of the study was to determine the effectiveness of pre-operative Triclosan (Aquasept) shower, skin preparation using povidone iodine and ethyl alcohol in reducing post-operative forefoot infection.
Between February 2005 and August 2005, all patients undergoing forefoot surgery under the care of the senior author were followed prospectively. There were 50 women and 10 men with an average age of 55 years (17–92 years), who underwent 92 forefoot procedures. The surgeries included 35 (38%) osteotomies, 31 (34%) arthrodeses, and 9 (10%) Morton’s neuroma excisions and 17 (18%) soft tissue procedures. As a standard protocol, pre-operatively all patients had Triclosan shower on the day of surgery, the foot/feet were painted with povidone iodine and was covered with a sterile towel in the ward. At induction, everyone received cefuroxime 1.5gm (IV); the feet were prepared using povidone iodine and then ethyl alcohol and dried. Patients were followed up in the clinic at 2weeks, 6weeks and 3months, further follow-up if necessary.
None of the patients in the study developed deep infection. Two patients required oral antibiotics for superficial infection (one pin track infection after distal inter-phalangeal joint fusion of second toe, one following scarf osteotomy)
We conclude that the method used in this study was very effective in preventing infection following forefoot surgery.
We retrospectively reviewed 31 patients who underwent reconstruction procedure for PTT D (Type II Johnson). The surgery was mostly performed by the senior author.
Fifty patients underwent 55 procedures, 31 patients were available for review (34 procedures)
Clinical and functional outcome were assessed using AOFAS hindfoot score, and the SF-36 health assessment score.
The patients had a calcaneal medialising (chevron) osteotomy to correct heel valgus, with or without a calcaneal lengthening osteotomy, and transfer of the FDL tendon to the navicular. All patients were immobilized in non-weight (to partial) bearing POP for 5 weeks, followed by CAM for 6 weeks.
There were 7 males and 24 female, with an average age of 60.5 years. The average follow up was 54 months (range 11.5–111.2). The average hindfoot valgus deformity was 15 degrees preoperatively.
Eight patients had and additional procedures including (TA lengthening, Lapidus). Four patients required bone graft for calcaneal column lengthening, and in 5 patients the posterior screw was removed due to continuous discomfort.
The average AOFAS hindfoot score was 74 (47–100), the average pain score was 31/40 and the average subscore of the heel alignment was 7.9/10.
Nineteen patients (61%) were able to perform single heel raise, and 27 patients (87%) were able to perform bilateral heel raise. 26 patients (83.8%) had no lateral impingement pain post operatively.
The SF-36 health assessment showed similar functional outcome with age matched population. Two patients had superficial wound infection required oral antibiotics.
Hindfoot and midfoot reconstructive surgery for type II PTTD after failed orthotic treatment is well established. However, the post operative care and rehabilitation period is lengthy and protracted. This must be emphasized during informed consent in order to fulfil realistic expectations.
We present one of the largest reported series of such fractures in which we have explored the above statements.
The patients were followed up in the outpatients clinic for a mean period of 2 months (group 1) and 16 months (group 2).
The distance of the fracture site from the proximal tip of the metatarsal was measured on the radiographs.
All group 1 fractures healed well following symptomatic management and none required surgical intervention. Acute fractures in group 2 did better with non-weight bearing mobilization. Stress related fractures in group 2 took longer to heal when managed non-operatively. In group 2 patients, the difference in the site of acute &
stress fractures was not statistically significant. No statistically significant correlation between distance from the proximal tip of the fifth metatarsal to the fracture site and union.
A standardized classification is important because there is great variability in the types of fractures and appropriate treatment. Nonunion in fractures distal to the tuberosity is not related to the distance of the fracture from the metaphyseal-diaphyseal region Acute and stress fractures distal to the tuberosity do not occur at different anatomic sites.
Hallux Valgus (HV) surgery is the most common surgery performed in the foot. The Cochrane review done in 2004 showed that no osteotomy is superior to another, however, surgery was shown to be superior to conservative or no treatment for Hallux Valgus deformity. We performed a postal survey in August 2005, to determine the most common procedures performed for HV deformity, type of anaesthesia used, and the length of stay for Hallux Valgus surgery across the United Kingdom.
A list of foot and ankle surgeons was obtained from the BOFAS register and a questionnaire was sent. We received 122 (61%) responses from 200 questionnaires sent. Out of which 4 had retired and 118 were available for analysis.
The table below demonstrates the common procedures performed by those who replied. Eight-eight percent of the surgeons used foot block along with GA, 9% used GA only and 3% performed the surgery under regional anaesthesia only. Forty percent of surgeons performed the surgery on an overnight stay basis and 30% performed the surgery as a day case. Twenty-five percent of surgeons mentioned that they performed unilateral surgery as a day case and bilateral surgery on an overnight stay basis. Less than 5% kept the patients for more than 2 days.
From the responses, most surgeons in the United Kingdom perform Scarf osteotomy with or without Akin osteotomy for Hallux Valgus correction. The majority performed it on an overnight stay basis or as a day case. Most commonly, foot block along with NSAID’s were used for post-operative pain relief.
Hallux valgus is a common condition and surgical correction has remained a challenge. Scarf osteotomy with Akin procedure is well accepted method. Akin procedure gives spurious correction of the distal alignment of big toe. This study was performed to see alternative way to get best correction without additional phalangeal procedure. Senior author used innovative Y-V medial capsulorraphy with standard Scarf osteotomy. This technique allows reduction of MP joint along with correction of pronation deformity and reduction of sesamoids.
We report the use of a modified Y-V medial capsular repair in association with Scarf osteotomy for Hallux valgux in 45 patients (55 feet) aged 18 to 76 years (mean 43 years) between October 2004 and December 2005. Clinical follow up was both subjective and objective. Patients were asked about rating of their satisfaction and objective assessment was done in form of AOFAS score. Using this technique none of the patients required an additional proximal phalangeal osteotomy with metatarsal osteotomy. At six months follow up American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society score improved from 46 to 87. Intermetatarsal (IM) angle and the hallux valgus (HV) angle improved from 16° to 9° and from 31° to 16° respectively (p< 0.05). At final follow up 8 patients were very satisfied, 12 were satisfied while 5 were not satisfied.
Of the 55 procedures 51 did not develop any complications. Two had superficial infections, treated successfully with oral antibiotics only. Two patients had recurrence, one was treated with Akin and second patient declined surgery as she was not bothered with it.
We recommend the use of this modified ‘Y-V’ medial capsular repair to reduce the need for an additional procedure to augment the correction achieved during Scarf osteotomy for hallux valgus. This reduces hallux valgus angle and maintains it.
After gaining COREC approval we compared the objective to subjective walking distance of patients who had sustained a fractured Os Calcis over the past two years and were allowed to full weight bear. Patients were assessed by a senior physiotherapist and Doctor. Both the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Score and Maryland Score were performed. Patients were asked to estimate their maximum walking distance prior to objective treadmill assessment.
Opinions differ among surgeons whether to operatively fix displaced calcaneal fractures in smokers. In a long term follow-up of operatively treated calcaneal fractures, we considered several factors that could affecting outcomes and complications.
Average interval to surgery was 6 days. Postoperative mobilisation regime was passive range of motion immediately following surgery with non weight bearing for 6 weeks. Weight bearing was started at 6–8 weeks. On follow-up, patients were assessed with clinical and radiological exam, completed Short Form-36 (SF-36), the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) ankle-hind foot scale and Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) scores.
Smoking was not associated with early or late complication rates and did not affect outcome.
The aim of this study was to compare arthroscopy and MRI as methods of assessing cartilage quality in the wrist.
The overall Kappa score was 0.43 which shows ‘moderate’ correlation between the two methods. Individual Kappa scores for the articular surfaces were lunate fossa 0.21, proximal lunate 0.62, distal lunate 0.22, proximal capitate 0.42 and scaphoid fossa 0.56.
Homologous blood transfusion (HBT) following primary total hip replacement (THR) is not without risk. Postoperative blood salvage (POS) with autologous blood transfusion may minimize the necessity for HBT but the clinical, haematological and economic benefits have yet to be clearly demonstrated for primary THR.
The aim of this randomized prospective study was to determine if the use of POS affects postoperative haemoglobin levels, haematocrit and HBT requirement. Secondary outcomes included length of stay and patient satisfaction. A cost analysis was conducted on the basis of the results. The patients were randomized at the point of reduction of the primary THR to receive either two vacuum drains (82 patients) or an autologous retransfusion system (76 patients).
Haemoglobin and haematocrit values were not significantly different between groups but significantly fewer patients with the autologous system had a postoperative haemoglobin value < 9.0 gdL−1 (8% vs. 20%, p = 0.035). Significantly fewer patients with the autologous system required HBT (8% vs. 21%, p = 0.022). There was an overall cost saving in this group.
This study has shown that use of an autologous retransfusion system for primary THR reduces the necessity for HBT and is cost effective.
Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) has increased in prevalence and significance over the past ten years. Studies have shown rates of MRSA in Trauma and Orthopaedic populations to be from 1.6% to 38%. Rates of MRSA are higher in long term residential care.
It has been Department of Health policy to screen all Trauma and Orthopaedic patients for MRSA since 2001. This study audited rates of MRSA screening in patients who presented with fractured neck of femur treated with Austin Moore hemi-arthroplasty over the course of one year. Rates of MRSA carriage and surgical site infection (SSI) were derived from the computerised PAS system and review of case notes.
9.8 % of patients were not screened for MRSA at any time during their admission. The rate of MRSA carriage within the study population was 9.2%. The MRSA SSI rate was 4.2%. MRSA infections are associated with considerable cost and qualitative morbidity and mortality.
There is good evidence for the use of nasal muprocin and triclosan baths in reducing MRSA. Single dose Teicoplanin has been shown to be as effective as traditional cephalosporin regimes. There is new guidance for the use of prophylactic Teicoplanin for prevention of SSI. We should consider introducing both topical and antimicrobial MRSA prophylaxis.
Recent literature suggests MPFL is the primary medial restraint in lateral patellar dislocation and supports acute repair in first lateral dislocations.
Recurrent patellar instability and anterior knee pain is a common problem after patellar dislocation. The medial patellofemoral ligament (MPFL) which contributes 40–80% of the total restraining forces is either attenuated or ruptured in these patients. Various techniques have been described in reconstructing this MPFL using hamstrings tendons. We wish to share our experience in treating these patients using ipsilateral semitendinosus tendon anchored to the medial femoral condyle and medial side of the patella using biotenodesis screws.
Study design and methods: 15 patients were assessed with a mean follow up of 12 months. All patients had pre-operative true lateral knee x-ray, MRI or CT scan to look at trochlear dysplasia and the sulcus tuberosity distance. They all under went MPFL reconstruction using ipsilateral semitendinosus tendon. Two patients had sulcus tuberosity distance greater than 20 mm and they under went a tibial tubercle transfer in addition. Two patients had trochlear dysplasia and hence a trochleaplasty was also done. In skeletally mature patients the hamstrings tendon was anchored to the medial side of the patella in a 5x15mm blind tunnel using biotenodesis screw. This significantly reduces the risk of having patella fracture. In. children the graft was sutures to the soft tissues along the medial side of the patella and the medial femoral condyle. All patients were treated by the same surgeon and assessments were performed by a different surgeon based . on Kujala scores and Tegner scores.
Restoration of hip biomechanics is an important determinant of outcome in hip replacement. Pre-operative templating is considered important in preoperative planning, and this trend is likely to develop further to satisfy consumer demand and to facilitate navigated surgery, particularly as digitisation of radiographs becomes established.
We aimed to establish how closely natural femoral offset could be reproduced using the manufacturers’ templates for 10 femoral stems in common use in the U.K.
The most frequently used femoral components from the U.K. national joint registry and uncemented) were identified, and the CPS-Plus stem was added, as this is in use in our unit. A series of 24 consecutive pre-operative radiographs from patients who had undergone unilateral total hip replacement for unilateral osteoarthritis of the hip were reviewed.
The non-operated on side of the pelvic radiographs was templated as described by Schmalzreid. 3 surgeons of variable experience (junior trainee, senior trainee, consultant) performed the assessment. The standard deviation of change in offset between the templated centre of rotation and the normal centre of rotation of the set of radiographs for each prosthesis was then calculated allowing a ranking.
The most accurate template was the CPS with a mean standard deviation of 1.92mm followed in rank order by: CPT 2.21mm, C Stem 2.42mm, Stanmore 3.02 mm Exeter 3.06 mm, ABG II 3.54mm, Charnley 3.54 mm, Corail 3.63 mm, Furlong HAC 4.2 mm and Furlong modular 4.86mm.
There is wide variation in the ability of the femoral templates to reproduce normal femoral anatomy in a series of standard pre-operative hip radiographs. The more modern cemented polished tapered stems with high modularity appear best able to reproduce femoral offset. Nevertheless, some older monoblock stems, despite poor templating characteristics, are known to be associated with acceptable clinical results. The coming years are likely to be witness to changes in patient expectations and radiograph storage. Implant design and digital templates will need to improve apace with these changes, to ensure accurate preoperative planning.
The success of total hip replacement in the young has consistently been worse both radiologically and clinically when compared to the standard hip replacement population.
Methods: We describe the clinical and radiological outcome of 58 consecutive polished tapered stems (PTS) in 47 patients with a minimum of 10 years follow up (mean 12 years 6 months) and compared this to our cohort of standard patients. There were 22 CPT stems and 36 Exeter stems.
Results: Three patients with 4 hips died before 10 years and one hip was removed as part of a hindquarter amputation due to vascular disease. None of these stems had been revised or shown any signs of failure at their last follow-up. No stems were lost to follow up and the fate of all stems is known. Survivorship with revision of the femoral component for aseptic loosening as the endpoint was zero and 4% (2 stems) for potential revision. The Harris hip scores were good or excellent in 81% of the patients (mean score 86).
All the stems subsided within the cement to a mean total of 1.8mm (0.2–8) at final review. There was excellent preservation of proximal bone and an extremely low incidence of loosening at the cement bone interface. Cup failure and cup wear with an associated periarticular osteolysis was a serious problem. 19% of the cups (10) were revised and 25% of the hips (13) had significant periarticular osteolysis associated with excessive polyethylene wear.
Discussion: The outcome of polished tapered stems in this age group is as good as in the standard age group and superior to other non PTS designs in young patients. This is despite higher weight and frequent previous surgery. Cup wear and cup failure were significantly worse in this group, with a higher incidence of periarticular osteolysis.
We examined the effect of age, gender, body mass index (BMI), medical comorbidity as represented by the American Society of Anaesthesiologists (ASA) grade, social deprivation, nursing practice, surgical approach, length of incision, type of prosthesis and duration of surgery on length of stay after primary total hip arthroplasty (THA).
Data was collected on 675 consecutive patients in a regional orthopaedic centre in South West England. The length of stay varied from 2 to 196 days and was heavily skewed. Data were therefore analysed by non parametric methods.
To permit comparison of short with protracted length of stay, data were arbitrarily reduced to 2 groups comprising 2 to 14 days for short stays and 15 to 196 for long. These data were analysed by Chi-squared and Fisher’s exact test in univarate and by Logistic regression for multivariate analysis.
The mean length of stay was 11.4 days, an over-estimate compared to the median length of stay of 8 days which more correctly reflects the skewed nature of the distribution. 81.5% of patients left hospital within 2 weeks, 13.6% within 2 and 4 and 4.9% after 4.
On univarate analysis age above 80 years, age between 70 and 79 years, Body Mass Index > 35, ASA grades 3 and 4, transgluteal approaches, long incisions, cemented cups and prolonged operations were associated with longer stays.
On multivariate analysis, age above 80, age between 70 and 80, ASA grades 3 and 4, prolonged operations and long incisions were highly significantly associated with hospital stay of over 2 weeks.
This is the first study to record all the published variables associated with length of stay prospectively and to subject the data to multivariate analysis. Prolonged stay after THA is pre-determined by case mix but slick surgery through limited incisions may reduce the length of admission.
Patello-femoral instability (PFI) and pain may be caused by anatomical abnormality. Many radiographic measurements have been used to describe the shape and position of the patella and femoral trochlea.
This paper describes a simple new MRI measurement of the axial patellar tendon angle (APTA), and compares this angle in patients with and without patello-femoral instability.
In PFI, the patella is commonly tilted laterally. This is matched by the orientation of the patellar tendon. The increased tilt of the tendon is only partially normalized at its distal insertion with an abnormal angle of tibial attachment. When performing distal realignment procedures, angular correction as well as displacement may be appropriate.
With the imminent introduction of the Modernising Medical Careers (MMC) post-graduate training programme, we undertook a study to assess how informed the orthopaedic Multi Disciplinary Team (MDT) and patients were with regard to the details, implementation and future implications of MMC.
Lungs exposed to particulate debris may be damaged by proteolytic enzymes during phagocytosis. Damage is worse if patients are deficient in α1-antitrypsin (A1AT) which helps neutralise these enzymes. We investigated the possibility that A1AT deficiency contributes to aseptic loosening following total hip replacement (THR) when wear particles are phagocytosed.
We have determined the 10 year life expectancy of 5,831 patients who had undergone 6,653 elective primary total hip replacements (THR) at a regional orthopaedic centre between April 1993 and October 2004.
The standard mortality rates were significantly higher than expected for patients under 45 years, 20% higher for those between 45 and 64 years and progressively less than expected for patients aged 65 and over.
Metal-on-metal resurfacing offers an alternative strategy to hip replacement in the young active patient with severe osteoarthritis of the hip. The functional outcomes, failure rates and impending revisions in hybrid total hip arthroplasties (THAs) and Birmingham hip resurfacings (BHRs) were compared after 5–7 years. We studied the clinical and radiological results of the BHR with THA in two groups of 54 hips each, matched for sex, age, BMI and activity.
Function was excellent in both groups as measured by the Oxford hip score (median 13 in the BHRs and 14 in the THAs, p=0.14), but the resurfacings had higher UCLA activity scores (median 9 v 7, p=0.001) and better EuroQol quality of life scores (0.90 v 0.78, p=0.003).
The THAs had a revision or intention to revise rate of 8% and the BHRs 6%. Both groups demonstrated impending failure on surrogate end-points. 12% of THAs had polyethylene wear and osteolysis and there was femoral component migration in 8% of resurfacings. Polyethylene wear was present in 48% of hybrid hips without osteolysis. Of the femoral components in the resurfacing group which had not migrated, 66% had radiological changes of unknown significance.
In conclusion, the early to mid-term results of resurfacing with the BHR appear at least as good as those of hybrid THA.
Literature suggests that joint orthopaedic and geriatric care, and geriatric orthopaedic rehabilitation units, would provide best care for fractured neck of femur (NOF) patients. These are often elderly frail patients with concurrent illnesses and co-morbidities who also have a fracture. There is to date no quantitative data. This completed audit quantifies the care provided on the orthopaedic wards in the first phase solely by orthopaedic team, and in the repeat phase with additional regular geriatric input from an orthogeriatric senior house officer (SHO) and consultant geriatrician ward rounds.
A retrospective audit of fractured NOF patients admitted to acute orthopaedic wards under orthopaedics and treated operatively. The first phase analysed 72 patients with sole orthopaedic care. The repeat phase analysed 25 patients after the introduction of an orthogeriatric SHO and geriatric ward rounds.
The first audit phase of orthopaedic care alone found that 50% of patients were reviewed each day of the first post op seven-day week. The mean number of reviews in the post-op week was three. A total of 58% patients were operated on the next day. A minority never had post-op bloods or x-rays prior to discharge from the acute bed. Ad hoc medical input by referral occurred in 50% of patients.
The repeat audit of combined orthogeriatric care found that 75% of patients were reviewed each day in the post-op week. The mean number of reviews in the post-op week rose to five. Similar to the first phase, 59% proceeded to next day surgery with combined care. All patients had timely bloods and x-rays before discharge from the acute bed. Medical input rose to 80% due to regular ward rounds, and ad hoc referrals decreased in quantity whilst increased in quality. Length of stay and mortality were reduced.
The clinical risk of fractured NOF patients was reduced on the appointment of an orthogeriatric SHO in combination with formal reviews by consultant geriatrician. Further models of care are being evaluated. This audit adds evidence that joint care is better for these usually elderly and co-morbid patients.
Malunion of digital fractures can be difficult to correct especially for rotational phalangeal malunion. We describe the simple closed corrective technique.
The technique is performed under LA. The bone is cut by percutaneous passage of a 1.1 mm K wire multiple times until the bone is fractured. The malunion is corrected and held with one longitudinal 1.1 mm K wire. The osteotomies are supported for 6 weeks in POP/splint and the wire(s) removed.
Cemented, polished, tapered stems have produced excellent results, but some early failures occur in younger patients. The CPS-Plus stem (Plus Orthopedics AG, Switzerland) is a polished double taper with rectangular cross section for improved rotational stability. A unique proximal stem centraliser increases cement pressurisation, assists alignment and creates an even cement mantle.
Radiostereometric analysis has demonstrated linear subsidence in a vertical plane, without any rotation or tilt. These features should improve implant durability. Midterm (5 years) results of a prospective international multicentre study are presented.
The mean Harris hip score improved from 42 preoperatively to 91. There have been no revisions for aseptic loosening and none of the stems have radiographic evidence of loosening. There has been one revision for deep sepsis. With revision for aseptic loosening as an endpoint, stem survivorship is 100%.
17 patients have undergone 20 microdrilling procedures to stimulate bone union in cases of established non-union. This occurred at the docking site following completion of bone transport using a stacked Taylor Spatial Frame, non-union following arthrodesis or non-union in long bone fracture.
Additional bone grafting was performed in only one patient. Further stimulation of union via injection of Bone Morphogenetic Protein was undertaken with 3 microdrilling procedures.
Of the 20 microdrilling procedures, 8 were considered fully successful in terms of stimulation of union, 7 were partially successful and 5 were not felt to have been successful.
The mean time to fully successful union following microdrilling was 11.4 weeks, ranging from 6 to 19 weeks.
There were 2 complications, both acute infections at the microdrilling site. Both of these were in patients with previous significant pin site infections.
We present the use of a microdrilling technique as a safe and effective minimally invasive technique that promotes union in cases of refractory non-union, whilst avoiding the donor site morbidity associated with open bone grafting.
We present, as a pilot study, our experience in the use of this technique in patients treated with circular frames for acute fractures, at the docking site in cases of bone transport and in cases of non-union following arthrodesis.
The current incidence of periprosthetic supracondylar femoral fractures around total knee arthroplasties (TKAs) is 0.3% to 2.5%, but may well be increasing. An acceptable treatment is to insert a supracondylar nail, but not all TKAs will permit the passage of a supracondylar nail.
However 2 surgeons operated on 40 of the patients with a complication rate of 10% (1 non union, 1 superficial infection and 2 delayed removal of plate).
Total hip arthroplasty in adult patients with congenital high dislocation of the hip (DDH, Crowe type IV) presents many challenges. Various reconstruction methods including iliofemoral distraction lenghtening and custom made prosthesis have been reported but the standard technique for dealing with this problem is femoral shortening with a subtrochanteric osteotomy. There are many reports of different subtrochanteric osteotomy techniques with satisfactory results.
Since 1999, we have been using the same anatomic reconstruction principles with a proximally hydroxyapatite coated cementless stem. Surgical technique on the femoral side comprises a short oblique subtrochanteric osteotomy and excision of a segment as indicated for a safe reduction. This usually requires extensive soft tissue releases of the pelvifemoral muscles. Gluteus maximus, tensor fascia latae and adductors are routinely released. However, we don’t want to do any more release until it is absolutely necessary. Preserving the attachment of the abductors and iliopsoas are important for eventual functional outcome. They help stabilizing the joint, avoid limping and promote hip flexion during the initial swing phase of the gait and stair climbing. We never resect neither osteotomize the trochanters and, if a release is unavoidable, it is performed proximally. Thus, it is possible to preserve a complete segment of the proximal femur with a soft tissue envelope. This segment allows for better bone stock, prompt healing, reliable proximal fixation through the intact medial calcar and, avoids the complications of trochanteric osteotomy. With this technique we have not observed a femoral revision for any reason in 101 high dislocated hips (in 84 patents), since 1999. Compared with other techniques for arthroplasty in patients with developmental hip dysplasia, this surgical technique has a better functional outcome and a low prevalence of revision.
To evaluate the effect of this reconstruction on gait parameters we analyzed the gait cycle in 17 hips in 10 patients before and after the the total hip arthroplasty and compared it with the patients with hip arthroplasty due to primary osteoarthritis. Our aim is to determine the restoration of normal anatomy in DDH patients compared to the patients with total hip arthroplasty but a normal hip anatomy. As a result we have demon-strated that our technique restores normal gait parameters by improving walking speed, lengthening step-stride length, correcting hip and knee flexion and ankle equinus, improving hip and knee stiffness during gait and helps to restore normal gait parameters
In the short term there was no difference in hip scores or in the radiological assessment between medialization with or without acetabuloplasty. We suggest this technique seems to have the potential for very good long term results.
Labral tears can lead to disabling hip pain however underlying structural (femoroacetabular impingement) and developmental abnormalities predisposing to labral pathology may be left untreated if the peripheral compartment is ignored during hip arthroscopy. Femoroace-tabular impingement (FAI) can be secondary to abnormal morphologic features involving either the proximal femur and/or the acetabulum. Both acetabular labral tears and FAI lead to premature osteoarthritis of the hip. Early diagnosis and treatment of these hip pathologic abnormalities is important, not only to provide pain relief but also to prevent the development of osteoarthritis.
After a traditional central arthroscopy with traction, 60 degrees of flexion at the hip joint without traction allowed relaxation of the anterior capsule and increased the intra-articular volume of the peripheral compartment.
The aim of the study is prospective assessment of the efficacy of ESWT for the treatment of recalcitrant greater trochanteric bursitis (GTB).
There is evidence, however, that incidence is increasing.
Investigators in Finland performed a retrospective review of hospital admission records between 1970 and 1995 and found that the age-adjusted increase in incidence in women older than 60 years had more than doubled.
Treatment of intraarticular comminuted distal humeral fractures is a surgical challenge, adequate reduction of the joint surface demands avoidance of residual step or gap of the articular surface and providing a stable fracture fixation.
Preoperative and postoperative Harris Hip Scores, radiographs, and postoperative complications were recorded prospectively and compared to an early cohort of 66
C-Stems previously implanted between May 1999 and July 2001.
The classification of complex fractures of the proximal humerus has long been an area of dispute reflecting an inability to agree on the anatomy of these injuries based on conventional X-rays alone. We demonstrated here that 3-dimensional CT reconstructions, when viewed in a systematic fashion, can yield superior understanding and an enhanced concurrence among observers as to the nature of these fractures. This has lead to a modification of the Neer classification diagram of proximal humeral fractures to reflect their true 3-dimensional anatomy.
A 3-dimensional understanding is crucial in and of itself during any process of surgical reconstruction, but a 3-dimensional classification is additionally useful insofar as it informs other aspects of clinical decision making. For example, in a particular category of injury what if any surgery is indicated? In this regard one must first know the natural history of the specific fracture type without the benefit of operative intervention. Towards an answer to this basic question we have categorized non-operated proximal humeral fracture patients according to the new 3-dimensional classification and have followed their clinical progress.
We present here the Natural History in unoperated patients with the types of Complex injuries who historically have been the ones commonly recommended to surgery.
Motion is considerably compromised but pain is minimal and functional status is acceptable to most patients. Contrary to common belief avascular necrosis is rare even in severely displaced injuries.
Additional new observations concerning Valgus/Varus, Head Split, and rotational injuries will also be presented.
Future studies based on this 3-dimensional classification system need to be done to compare these natural history results with various types of surgical interventions.
The first company of 71 fighters used the standard combat gear amounting to 12.5 kg. The second company of 64 fighters used combat equipment weighing 9.4 kg, held in a combat girdle close to the body center of gravity, inclusive of a shorter personal combat riffle and personal combat vest.
In the US these fractures account for 20% of all fractures treated at emergency care units. Methods for fixation of distal radius fractures include: casting, external fixation devices, plating, and percutaneus pinning.
In the prospective, randomized study by Strohm et al., the results of conventional Kirschner wire osteosyn-thesis were compared with those of a modified Kapandji method (“intrafocal pinning”). The functional and radiographic results of the Kapandji method were superior to those of the other technique.
We utilized a modification of the Kapandji method on a broad spectrum of distal radius fractures, including intra-articular fractures. The primary results and current follow up are presented.
Roentgenographic appearance (early post op, and at follow up) according to the text book reduction criteria. Clinical assessment of the operated wrist at fallow up Subjective patient feeling.
This technique has become our first choice of treatment, when closed reduction and cast fixation had failed to achieve or maintain reduction.
Osteoporosis is a very common disease in the elderly, generally undertreated. Hip fracture is often the first clinical painful symptom of osteoporosis. It would seem that hip fracture should be a good opportunity to convince the patient of the importance of osteoporosis treatment. We conducted this study to check whether a simple intervention improved the compliance of osteoporosis treatment.
100 consecutive elderly patients with osteoporotic hip fracture received, during postoperative hospital stay, a 5–10 minutes long explanation about osteoporosis, its sequelae, treatment options and their effectiveness in further fracture prevention. Patients received an explanatory brochure and a letter to family physician that included a recent article on fracture rate reduction with osteoporosis treatment. Compliance was examined by telephone survey 3 and 6 months postoperatively.
100 consecutive patients with similar demographic characteristics who were treated for hip fracture prior to intervention served as a historical control. All patients received a recommendation for osteoporosis treatment in the discharge letter.
At follow up, 40% of patients in the study group were receiving biphosphonates, as opposed to 20% in the control group (p< 0.01). 77% of control patients received no treatment for osteoporosis compared to 37% of patients after intervention (p< 0.01).
Giving the patient a short explanation about osteoporosis combined with a letter to family physician, resulted in a significant improvement in their compliance The orthopaedic surgeon, who treats the patient at the first painful symptom of osteoporosis, has an excellent opportunity to improve patient’s understanding of the disease and her or his compliance to treatment.
Possibly better results could have been achieved if the procedure had been performed at an earlier stage. Since patients with Gaucher disease commonly complain of “bone pain”, it is our responsibility to ascertain that these lesions are not a juxta-articular infarct. If such event is evident on MR imaging, core-decompression or drilling may serve as a safe interventional option, in an effort to prevent articular collapse.
The mean length of hospitalization was 5 days (range 1–36). A multivariate statistical analysis was done, and it was found that being included in more than one category stands alone as the only predictor for prolonged hospitalization. Infection rate was 9.7%, with length of stay being the only parameter associated with infection.
During the second Lebanon war, between 12/07/06 to 14/08/06, 241 war injuries were admitted to Rambam Medical Center emergency room: 202 soldiers and 39 citizens. (Post traumatic stress disorders victims were not included). Majority of the injured soldiers (98%) were mobilized by the Israeli Air Force helicopters. More then 40 helicopters had landed in the hospital heliport during the war. Distribution of injuries according to the injury type:
110 patients (44% of all injured) had Orthopedic injuries (including hand injuries) 76 patients (31% of all injured) had Orthopedic injuries combined with other injuries Not orthopedic injury – 63 patients (25%) Majority of all wounded (75%) had suffered from an orthopedic injury.
Distributions of soldier’s injuries among soldiers were similar to the above :
81 soldiers (41%) Orthopedic injuries (including hand injuries) 64 soldiers (33%) Orthopedic injuries combined with other injuries 50 soldiers (26 %) Not orthopedic injury
About 75 % of the injured soldiers suffered from orthopedic injuries. Vast majority of the injuries were shrapnel injuries, which were divided to 3 levels:
Mild soft tissue damage due to few or superficial shrapnel injury – 107 (49%) soldiers. Moderate soft tissue injuries due to multiple shrapnel injuries – 54 (25%) soldiers. Severe soft tissue injuries had muscular and neurovascular damage.
Organs injury distribution:
24 Patients total of 54 fractures, 24 of those had been long bone fractures 17 Patients had sustained a Major vascular injury. 20 Patients had sustained a nerves injury.
Amputation – 5 soldiers were underwent completion of traumatic lower limb amputation. One soldiers had bilateral below knee amputation, 1 above knee amputation and 3 unilateral below knee amputation.
Two hundred and three orthopedic surgery interventions were done by Orthopedics’ B’ department in Rambam Medical Hospital, during the Second Lebanon War.
It would appear that the most successful conservative treatment for clubfoot is the method developed in the late 1940s by Ponseti.
We recently reviewed the outcomes of treatment in Afula with the Ponseti method in our first 28 patients with minimum of five years follow-up.
We used the Garceau classification to assess residual deformity. The average scoring was 3.6 points (range 2–4). Twelve feet out of 36 (33%) (excluding the 2 feet who underwent PMR), ended up with some residual supination, according to the Garceau classification, 11 feet rated 3 points each, and only one foot 2 points.
Only12 patients were defined as compliant with the use of the foot abduction brace. In seven out of 36 feet (18% of the feet, six patients) tibialis anterior transfer for residual supination was performed, only one of these patients was compliant with the use of the foot abduction brace. However, despite bad compliance with the use of the orthosis, eight out of 16 patients obtained good results.
An average of 13 degrees (range. 0–25) of dorsiflexion and 50 degrees (40–70) of plantarflexion was noticed in all 36 feet (again excluded the 2 post PMR feet), and very supple subtalar joints.
Proper use of the foot abduction brace is essential. Those patients who underwent tibials anterior transfer, were non-compliant with the use of the brace. One of our patients whose parents refused to use the orthosis at all required complete open release with the Turco method.
Few patients may end up with good result despite bad comliance with the use of the brace. Since this is unpredictable, parents should be recommended to be fully commited as to the use of the brace.
Mean correction of internal tibial torsion was 10o (range, 5–15o), performed in six patients (8 tibias). Pre-operative MAD was 55.8 mm medial to center of the knee (range, 44–77 mm), corrected to a mean MAD of 4.9 mm medial to center of the knee (range, 2–11 mm).
Complications included superficial pin tract infections in seven patients.
No complications related to the fibula were observed during/after correction.
We retrospectively reviewed 223 cases of supracondylar fractures of elbow treated in our hospital between the years 1996 and 2000. In 30 patients we found some degree of under-reduction of the extension element of the fracture. Twenty-two of them were evaluated close to skeletal maturity. The mean age at fracture was 5.4 years and mean follow-up was 8.2 years. The radiographic remodeling, range of elbow motion and awareness of the patients of functional limitation were evaluated. At the final follow-up17 (77%) of patients have had radiographic loss of humero-condylar angle (5 or more degrees of difference compared to an uninjured side). Eleven (50%) of the patients had limited elbow flexion, and seven (31%) of them were aware of this deficit. Most of under-reductions happened when reduction was attempted in the emergency room, or when displacement was not appreciated and a cast was applied without a reduction attempt.
The conclusions are that the patients that were left to heal with some degree of extension, have had limited end-elbow flexion and may be aware of it. Although only 3 patients felt a minor functional disability at the last follow-up the 10 patients have unsatisfactory results according the Flinn’s criteria for motion restriction. The treating surgeon must be aware of this possible outcome and be more demanding in the reduction of the extension component of a fracture. Otherwise one may expect limited elbow flexion that may be clinically significant. Although the reduction of moderately displaced fractures may seem easy, it is better done in the operating room and not in the emergency room, under general anesthesia and with radiographic control.
We present a new technique for corrective osteotomies in the lower limbs.
The method combines the advantages of both external and internal fixation as well as minimizing soft tissue disruption and scarring.
Insertion of Schanz screws perpendicular to the deformed segments Osteotomy at planned level through small incision. Correction of deformity and application of temporary external fixator. Percutaneous insertion of submuscular extraperiosteal plate and fixation with locking screws. Removal of external fixator.
Patients were allowed full ambulation. Casts were applied only if soft tissue releases were performed concomitantly. Ambulation as tolerated was initiated post operatively. There were no surgical complications. All osteotomies showed good callus formation within 6 weeks.
The plate was removed uneventfully from one patient.
Disadvantages include increased surgical time and radiation exposure – however these decrease with the learning curve and hardware improvements.
The goal of the study was to review the pattern of these fractures and report the midterm outcomes of various treatment options.
Patient charts and radiographs were reviewed and the children were evaluated by an orthopedic surgeon not involved in the patient management. Parameters recorded included: time to union, time to achieve 0–110° knee range of motion (ROM), and emergency surgery, limited knee ROM and premature physeal arrest.
Reduction of outliers in the placement of implants. Increased operating time. Reduction of blood loss. Higher post-operative score.
Regarding the operating time with navigation, 32 studies report an average increase of 21 min. (range 6– 48 min.), or about 20% than conventional TKR.
One of the perceived benefits of using extramedullary jigs in navigation-assisted TKR is thought to be reduction of blood loss. However, of the 15 studies that address this issue, 10 (67%) found no significant difference compared to the conventional technique. Regarding post-operative functional and/or pain scoring, 12 (80%) out of 15 studies found no statistically significant differences between navigated and non-navigated techniques.
The most challenging aspect of acetabular revision is the management of bone loss compromising implant fixation and stability. Several options, including both nonbiologic and biologic fixation, are available for acetabular revision. Biologic fixation is considered the best solution for revision surgery because it aims to restore the detoriated bone stock by using structural or cancellous allografts and a cemented polyethylene cup with impaction grafting with or without an antiprotrusio cage. With this technique, reliable and durable fixation of cemented acetabular components depend on the incorporation of allografts.
Impaction grafting with use of morselized bone is a biological fixation alternative as defined by Sloof in 1984. He reported 94% survival in 11 years. Best results of this technique are obtained in contained or cavitary defects because the skeleton, while weakened, is basically intact. In these defects the anterior and posterior columns and the peripheral supporting bone for the acetabular component are intact. However, uncontained, or segmental, defects are more of a challenge. If the patient has a large segmental defect and there is no possibility of placing the implant against host bone or of restoring nearly normal anatomy, then the use of a structural bone graft may be indicated.
In our revision arthroplasty series, despite the success of impaction grafting on the femoral side and on cavitary defects of the acetabulum, we had early loosening in segmentary defects with mesh or structural allograft reconstruction of the acetabular wall and impaction. Retrospectively, we have compared the survival of acetabular cup revisions with impaction grafting technique with or without reconstruction cages in 40 hips of 39 patients.
There were 15 hips without cage support and 25 hips with cage reconstruction. Patient demographics and preoperative hip scores were comparable in each group. After 4 years of follow-up we have evaluated 26.3% aseptic loosening in impaction grafting alone, and 8.3% loosening in impaction with cage reconstruction. We have concluded that the metal cage allows for a better stability, protects the cancellous graft micromotion and eventually leading to a better incorporation in segmentary defects. Impaction of the cancellous bone cubes without a cage support in segmentary acetabular defects may prone to fail because of the micromotion between the cement and the graft which is not contained in stable walls.
The Dual Articular Knee (Biomet®) is a modular revision prosthesis with a mobile bearing. We performed 24 operations on 23 patients: 16 female and 7 male patients. The average age at revision was 71.6 years, range 42–84 y, the average time span between primary TKR and revision was 8 years, range 1–19 y. The average follow up was 25 months, range 3–68 months.
Diagnoses at primary TKR were: Osteoarthritis 19, Rheumatoid arthritis 1, Post-traumatic arthrosis 2, s/a medial Unicondylar 1, s/a High Tibial Osteotomy 1.
Primary Implants were: Total Condylar (Howmedica) 4 (3 with metal trays and 1 all PE tibia); IB 2 (Zimmer) 9, IB 1 (Zimmer) 2, Miller Galante (Zimmer) 1, AGC (Biomet) 5, Sigma (J& J) 2, Sigma RP (J& J) 1.
Inciations for revision were:
Aseptic loosening and PE wear 20, Infection 4 (Organisms: MRSA 1, Enterococcus Faeconium 1, Streptococcus Gr.6 1, Negative Culture 1).
Good results were obtained in 19 knees, fair in 2, failure due to late infection in one knee. One patient was lost for follow up, one patient died 6 months after surgery of an unrelated cause.
Bone regeneration is a complicate biological process of the skeletal system leading to restoration of the limb function. This process becomes more challenging in a case of critical size defect (
A previous study in our lab tested the usage of encapsulating
The objective of this study was to investigate a new polymer formulation in order to produce the best environmental support for adhesion, proliferation and differentiation of MSC.
In this study we found out that with the usage of Polyvinylacetate
Hydrogen-bonds between MSC and the partial negative charge on the carboxyl group as well as on the oxygens of the plasticizer that is intertwined within the membrane monomers. Electrostatic bonds between the positive charge (+1) on the transformed group monomers and the negative charge of MSC’s protein membrane.
In summary, we have only started to reveal the remarkable potential of using MSC, and there are still many obstacles to overcome. However, applying the findings from this study, namely inserting a membrane coated with MSC into a CSD may become a true biological treatment option.
Western blotting showed a decrease in TSPO abundance following treatment by both ligands. LDH activity in culture media significantly increased following exposure to FGIN-1–27 or porphyrine IX.
The system was utilized as well in all cases for choosing the nail point of entry, in 7 (25%) for blocking screws planning and in 4 (16%) for nail locking successfully.
We evaluated the efficacy of using the expandable nail for treating non-union and malunion of the tibial and femoral shafts.
Records of 20 patients were retrospectively reviewed: 12 had femoral non-union, 7 had tibial non-union, and one had tibial malunion. The bones underwent reaming and the largest possible nail sizes were inserted during reoperation.
The mean age of the patients was 35 years (26–49) and in the tibia group and 53 years (23–85) in the femur group. The fractures were defined according to AO/OTA classification and divided between open and closed. The initial treatment was 6 interlocking intramedullary nails and 2 external fixation in the tibia group, and 6 interlocking intramedullary nails, 3 plates and screws and 2 proximal femoral nails in the femoral group. The respective intervals between the original trauma and re-operation were 12 months and 15 months and the respective operation times were 59 minutes (35–70) and 68 minutes (20–120).
All fractures healed satisfactorily without the need of an additional procedure. Healing time was 26 weeks (6– 52) and 14 weeks (6–26) in the tibia and femur group, respectively. Limb shortenings of 10 cm and 4 cm were recorded in one patient each in the tibia group and of 3 cm in one patient in the femur group.
Using the expandable nail system permitted us to ream the bone and expand the nail to its maximal diameter, i.e., up to 16 mm in the tibia and 19 mm in the femur. We believe that using a bigger nail diameter contributes to better stabilization of the fracture and promotes better and faster bone healing.
Based on our experience, we recommend the use of the expandable nail system to treat tibia and femur shaft non-unions and malunions.
The purpose of this study was to evaluate retrospectively the results of urgent lumbar surgery performed due to severe neurologic deficit.
Eight patients underwent urgent lumbar surgery: 7 patients underwent surgery less than 12 hours from the onset of the symptoms. One patient was operated on less than 24 hours from symptoms initiation.
6 Pts. had Cauda Equina Syndrome, 2 pts. had radicular deficiency presented with drop foot.
All patients underwent lumbar decompression.
The patients were followed up for at least 2 years. Mean follow up was 3 years and 8 months.
5 of the 6 that had Cauda Equina Syn (CER). had complete neurological recovery. One patient had no improvement. The cause of the CER was undifferentiated carcinoma.
The two patients operated on because of drop foot had no improvement.
Our results confirmed the good outcome of early intervention in patients having CER due to disc herniation No improvement was seen following surgery due to nerve root paresis.
Multiple myeloma may be associated with extensive bone destruction, impending or present pathological fracture, and intractable pain. Chemotherapy and radiotherapy are usually effective, but surgical intervention may sometimes be required.
We analyzed the surgical technique and the functional and oncological outcomes of patients with multiple myeloma who underwent surgery in our services between 1993-2004.
There were 19 males and 15 females (age range 49– 75 years) who had destructive bone lesions located at the humerus (n=17), acetabulum (n=5), femur (n=5), or tibia (n=7). Indications for surgery included pathological fracture (n=20), impending pathological fracture (n=11), and intractable pain (n=3). Nineteen patients underwent marginal tumor resection, reconstruction with cemented hardware, and adjuvant radiation therapy and 15 patients underwent wide tumor resection with endoprosthetic reconstruction. All patients reported immediate and substantial postoperative pain relief. Function was good/excellent in 23 patients (68%), moderate in eight (23%), and poor in three (9%). Two patients (5.9%) had local tumor recurrence treated with local excision and adjuvant radiotherapy, with no evidence of further recurrence at 21 and 26 months, respectively. Thirty one (91%) patients survived > 1 year, 23 (68%) > 2 years, and 15 (44%) > 3 years postoperatively. All reconstructions remained stable at the most recent follow-ups.
The relatively prolonged survival of patients with multiple myeloma justifies an aggressive surgical approach, which is safe and associated with good local tumor control and functional outcome.
The importance of mechanism of injury was initially introduced by Holdsworth who made the supposition that all fractures are created when the spine is subject to one of 5 types of violence. It has been our experience that similar injury mechanisms can lead to variable fracture patterns. Alternatively, different injury mechanisms can lead to the same fracture pattern.
One of the disadvantages of using autograft bone graft is complications related to the iliac crest donor site.
Another option is using an allograft bone (ex.-femoral head from bone bank). There are few reports of using allograft bone for instrumented lumbar spinal fusion.
We report our experience with one such procedure, percutaneous release via a medial approach.
The majority of the available literature considers the short term outcome of surgical reconstruction of the hips in this condition. This paper demonstrates that the initial improvements in structure and function are maintained in the longer term.
This studies reviews the outcomes of a short course regime started in 2001.
Patients were treated with a 3 day course of intravenous antibiotics, following surgical drainage of joints when required. Providing the clinical and biochemical parameters were improving patients then received 3 weeks oral antibiotics.
The duration of IV administration and of inpatient stay and any incidence of readmission/reoccurrence was noted. Serial measurements of inflammatory markers were recorded.
This increased blood supply may make overgrowth limb length discrepancy more likely than undergrowth.
Further analyses are required to determine the molecular defects underlying those in whom no 11p15 defect is identifiable. Analyses of paired normal/abnormal tissue samples may be crucial in identifying such abnormalities.
In total 48 patients were diagnosed with DDH. 10 patients had bilateral DDH giving a total of 58 dysplastic hips.
Seventy-four patients presented before the age of six months. Of these, fifteen required operative intervention. Of the thirty-eight patients presenting over the age of six months, twenty-four required operative intervention. The incidence of late presentation of DDH was 1.11 per 1000.
Ten of the late referrals had risk factors for DDH. At the seven month assessment the health visitor successfully identified and referred thirteen patients.
Graf’s alpha angles and percentage cover were reviewed from the original ultrasounds, many of which were of poor quality. This demonstrated that there was less than 50% cover for 14/30 (47%) who were watched, for 6/9 (78%) who had arthrograms, for 1/1 (100%) treated by harness, for 4/5 (80%) treated with adductor tenotomy and hip spica and for 2/2 (100%) requiring surgery. Alpha angles less than 60 degrees did not predict the need for intervention. There were no late cases from the group that had X-rays classed as normal at 5 months.
Lipoblastomata need thorough imaging. Cytogenetic evaluation of tumour cells often reveals chromosomal anomalies, such as abnormalities of the long arm of chromosome 8 leading to rearrangement of the PLAG1 gene. Biopsy of the lesion is recommended for accurate diagnosis, as clinical and radiological diagnoses can be misleading.
Lipoblastomata tend to spread locally and may recur after incomplete resection; metastatic potential has not been reported. Complete surgical resection is mandatory to prevent recurrence.
Patients must be warned of potential reduction of forearm rotation.
Mean duration of symptoms was 25 days (range 1–202). Mean time from presentation to diagnosis was 19 days (range 0–172). Staphylococcus Aureus was the most common organism. Mean duration of Intravenous antibiotics was 60 days (range 13–240) followed by oral antibiotics for mean duration of 65 days (range 0–161). CRP was more reliable in monitoring the disease over time. At mean follow up of 5.4 years (0.6–10.5) there has been no mortality directly related to the infection. With our management there has been 14% recurrence rate. All re- presenting within the first year after initial presentation (Mean 5.5 Months, range 1–11).
HIAS saved a total of 940 in-patient days with a total cost saving of approximately £350,000.00.
This study confirms the intuitive impression that patients with sciatica have prolonged DBRT compared to normal population. This represents an extra absolute increase in traveling distance of 2.4 meters in a 70 mph speed zone. Left and Right sided sciatica patients should not drive immediately after SNRB. Right sided sciatica patients suffer from a prolonged increase in their reaction time post SNRB.
Revision discetomy is a procedure often assumed to give similar results to primary discectomy. There is no level one or level two evidence to support this view and no publications with pre and post surgical spine specific outcome measures.
This aim of this study was to evaluate the surgical outcomes of revision discectomies using standard spine instruments and to identify factors which influence the outcome. A prospective cohort study was performed between 1996 and 2004. A revision discectomy was defined as surgery at the same lumbar level as a previous discectomy with a minimum three month interval from the index surgery. Outcome measures were available for all 20 patients from the index primary discectomy. Questionnaires were given to the patients preoperatively and at 2 year follow-up. Among the outcomes measures used were the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), the Low Back Outcome(LBO), and a Visual Analogue Score(VAS). 20 revision discectomies were performed on 11 males and 9 females, 7 at L4/5 and 13 at L5/S1. The mean age was 41(30–56) and the mean follow-up was 27(24–36) months. The preoperative ODI, LBO and VAS at the index primary discectomy averaged 54(22–82), 19(7–42) and 8(5–10) respectively. The preoperative ODI, LBO and VAS at the revision discectomy averaged 63(34–82), 18(1–46) and 8(1–10) respectively. The ODI, LBO and VAS all improved significantly at follow-up. The ODI averaged 27(2–66) (p< 0.05), the LBO averaged 47 (14–70) (p< 0.05) and the VAS 4(3–9) (p< 0.05). The outcome of revision discectomies is favourable, in this series the average improvement in ODI was 36 points, a clinically significant change. The risk factors which influence the outcome are preoperative ODI, preoperative VAS and Age (p< 0.05). Sex, preoperative LBO, duration between recurrent disc herniation, level of disc herniation and incidental durotomies were not predictive of outcome.
Tuberculosis is a common disorder and may be increasing in prevalence. 83 cases of spinal involvement with TB occurred and of these 40 patients had a total of 61 interventional procedures.
Indications for intervention were:
Progressive neurological deterioration Failure to respond to treatment Doubt about the diagnosis Progressive deformity.
Two patients were Caucasian with no predisposing factors and delays occurred in the initial diagnosis. Diabetes was a significant associated co-morbidity particularly in Asian patients.
Multiple procedures were required usually for staged stabilisation after anterior decompression. 2 patients had four procedures, 2 had three procedures and 10 had two procedures 27 had a single procedure.
Nine patients that underwent anterior decompression and strut grafting for neurological deterioration went on to have a second stage extra focal fixation and became ambulant. One death occurred from mesenteric infarction at 4 months post op in this group. Significant neurological recovery occurred after surgery in the neurologically impaired patients.
Two revision procedures were required in the cervical spine for inadequate primary stabilisation.
Surgery when required is often a complex decompression and staged reconstruction
35 patients were included in the trial; they were randomized to have DBM and autograft on one side, and autograft alone on other side to side. Patients were followed up with interval radiographs for total of 24mons. To date 20 patients have completed minimum 12mons follow up. The mineralization of fusion mass lateral to the instrumentation on each side was graded Absent, Mild (< 50%), Moderate (> 50%) or Complete fusion (100%). The assessment was made by two orthopaedic consultants and a musculoskeletal radiologist who were blinded to graft assignment.
All these patients had equal or greater than Meyerding grade III slips.
Clinical presentation included severe back pain with disability and a severe cosmetic deformity (including flexed knees, proptotic abdomen and loin creases).
The indications for surgery were pain relief and neurological symptoms/signs, and to improve the sagittal alignment.
Surgery consisted of first stage Gill procedure, L5 root decompression, and insertion of Schanz pins into L4 pedicles and ilium, and application of the fixateur-externe. Second stage consisted of gradual correction of kyphosis and translation (average 1 week duration). Third stage entailed anterior interbody fusion, removal of fixator and instrumented fusion L5 to sacrum.
Nine (82%) patients reported improved pain scores on the VAS, improved quality of life and cosmetic appearance.
There was significant reduction of the translation (in most cases to grade II) and correction of the lumbosacral kyphosis. All patients went on to a solid arthrodesis and there was no late loss of correction.
The ZCQ, ODI, SF-36 and VAS were completed preoperatively and at 12 months by 54, 50, 52, 52 respectively.
Thirty-nine patients completed all questionnaires at all time points and the maximal clinical efficacy was evident 3 months post-operatively. Clinical significant improvement was maintained at the 6- and 12 month post-operative follow-ups despite a minimal loss of clinical efficacy in absolute mean values.
Overall, clinically significant response was achieved in 65%. Seventy-one per cent of double level patients and 61% of single level patients as determined by the ZCQ, had a clinically significant response. Corresponding changes were seen in VAS and ODI and SF-36.
Ten patients (18%) required caudal epidural for recurrence of symptoms and 1 patient required perifacet injections for back pain.
Current consensus holds the surgical treatment of lower back pain as less effective or predictable than interventions performed in most other orthopaedic subspecialties. Detailed clinical and economic outcome studies are vital to justify its use in routine practice. This prospective study presents medium to long-term clinical outcome scores for PLIF which are compared with those of an operation that might be considered a modern orthopaedic gold-standard: total hip arthroplasty.
The number of levels decompressed & grade of surgeon were noted.
There was a statistically significant improvement in VAS score for leg pain (p< 0.05) and back pain (p< 0.05) after surgery for each group. The average walking distance improved by factor 5 in group 1 and 2 and by factor 2.5 in group 3 (p< 0.05)
It might be a useful predictor in most of the spine surgery. We have incorporated pain diagrams in the questionnaires of patients undergoing anterior spinal surgery and dynamic stabilisation of spine.
This is a preliminary report on a novel technique for achieving fusion at the lumbo-sacral disc. Current methods of complete discectomy and instrumented fusion involve either a posterior approach and the insertion of cages or an anterior approach. Both methods involve quite extensive dissections with potential stabilising muscle stripping. They also require significant post operative analgesia, inpatient stay and post operative recovery. There are attendant risks of nerve injury, blood loss and thrombosis.
A novel method of approach from the sacrum via a ‘safe zone’, described by Yuan et al., is presented. The technique along with the anatomical considerations is described. The initial results of the first 15 patients are presented.
We feel this is an approach with some merit in terms of ease and speed of operation, quickness of recovery by patients and reduction of complications.
Everyone drew the distribution of their pain on a standard template and graded their pain using a visual analogue scale (VAS) before and after surgery (3–6 months). Successive pain drawings for each nerve root were superimposed.
S1 nerve root compression was associated with pain in the lower back, buttock and thigh. L5 nerve root compression was associated with pain in the buttock, posterior thigh and calf. L4 nerve root compression was associated with pain in the anterior thigh down to the knee.
In the absence of randomised trials comparisons are often made between historical cohorts in an effort to compare new surgical techniques. This study simply compares two historical cohorts to assess the effect of time on outcome.
Using the Oswestry disability index (ODI), low back outcome score (LBO) and visual analogue score (VAS) 305 elective spinal patients with 6 month surgical follow-up were reviewed. Cohort one was 1995–1999 and consisted of 152 cases.
Cohort two was 153 cases operated upon during 2000–2005. The pre operative scores were remarkably similar, ODI of 57 in both groups. Suggesting the threshold for surgery remained unchanged with time.
The mean improvement in outcome was greater in the later cohort. In the 1995–1999 cohort the improvements were ODI 23, LBO 16, and VAS 3.4, in the second cohort 2000–2005 the change was ODI 28, LBO 20 and VAS 3.9.
Recorded complications reduced from 40 to 27. Incidental durotomy was similar at 15 and 16 in both. Anterior approaches resulted in a single venous tear in each group. Revision cases accounted for 16 early and 12 later cases. Probably the most significant difference was the reduction in the number utilising instrumentation. The early group had 53 instrumented cases out of 152, in the later group 35 out of 153 had instrumentation. The number of anterior fusion cases decreased by almost half from 15 to 8 in the later cohort.
Patients had traditionally relied on health care professionals for advice and treatment options for most orthopaedic conditions including degenerative lumbar spine disease. However the unprecedented access to heath care information offered by the internet is changing the way how patients gather information and make treatment choices.
A power calculation was done to determine appropriate sample size needed for the study. Questionnaires were handed to willing patients who were attending back clinic for more 6 months and diagnosed to have degenerative lumbar spine disease.
Each participant filled a 25 point survey and a total of 105 surveys were collected.
All patients were operated by the senior author, using a standard technique whereby all segments of the coccyx from sacrococcygeal joint were excised. At follow up postal questionnaire was sent to all patients. This included, Visual Analogue Score (VAS) for Pain now and VAS for pain over one week, overall patient satisfaction, and Oswestry disability Index (ODI), The non-respondents were contacted by telephone 3 weeks later. Overall response was 100%.
6 patients (46%) had 0 pain for VAS now and VAS over one week. 2 patients (15%) had mild pain VAS (1,2) for pain now and over 1 week, and 4 patients(31%) had moderate pain VAS (5,5,5,6) for pain now and VAS (5,5,5,5) for pain over 1 week and 1 patient (8%) had severe pain VAS (8).
ODI was normal or mild disability (0–20%) in 8 patients (71%), 4 patients had moderate disability (ODI 21–40%) and 1 had sever disability (ODI 54%).
Overall Ten patients (76.9%) were satisfied with the result and would consider the same surgery again.
Low infection rate of 1.1%. Two cases of prolapsed discs at the same level requiring further discectomy and one case of iatrogenic L4 paraesthesia.
The Wallis implant treats pain, preserves mobility, anatomy and stability while being fully reversible, therefore leaving all subsequent options open.
Invasive tests such as urodynamic tests, anorectal manometry and post ejaculatory urine sample would precisely determine its incidence. As a first step we, along with Urogynaecologist devised and validated a questionnaire to determine the urogenital function post operatively.
In males we had 3 cases of retrograde ejaculation which affected the sexual function (based on IIEF score), and were reported to be resolving slowly. There was no incidence of any urinary or bowel dysfunction postoperatively.
The patients were assessed pre-operatively and post-operatively at 6 weeks, 3, and 6 months using Visual Analogue pain scale (VAS), Oswestry Disability index (ODI), SF-36 Health Survey (SF-36) and positional MRI scan in sitting (flexion, extension and neutral), erect and supine positions. To date, seven patients have a six-month follow up.
60 out of total series of 643 metal-on-metal hip replacements, carried out over the last nine years, have so far required revision, 13 for peri-prosthetic fracture and 47 for extensive, symptomatic, peri-articular soft-tissue changes.
Dramatic corrosion of generally solidly fixed, cemented stems has been observed and is believed to have resulted in the release of high levels of cobalt chrome ions from the stem surface. The contribution of the metal-to-metal articulation is, as yet, unclear.
Not including the fracture cases, plain films have demonstrated little or no abnormality to account for patients’ progressive symptoms. MRI scanning, on the other hand, utilising a technique designed to minimise implant artefact, has correlated very closely with findings at the time of revision surgery.
The histological changes, typified by extensive lymphocytic infiltration and a severe vasculitis leading to, in some cases, extensive tissue necrosis are demonstrated and discussed.
The failure of any of the existing protective mechanisms or regulatory restrictions to identify and limit the exposure of large numbers of patients to unsatisfactory implants has again been demonstrated.
If run-in wear is the only source of sustained metal release, then replacing the bearing with a non-MM bearing should not make a difference to metal release in patients and elevated levels should continue to persist even after such a revision. In order to verify this we studied metal release in patients who underwent revision of a MM bearing to a non-MM bearing after revision.
The adjusted odds ratios for pelvic osteophytes and HO with carriage of the rare FRZB 200 variant were 4.34 (1.01–18.7 p=0.048) and 1.64 (1.05 to 2.54, p=0.028) respectively. The adjusted odds ratio for osteolysis was 0.62 (0.38 to 0.99 p=0.049).
There were no bone phenotype associations with the FRZB Arg324Gly variants.
The steady state wear rate for the ceramic/cross-linked polyethylene bearing combinations was 4.7 mm3/million cycles. This was a significant 40% reduction compared to the wear rate of the cobalt chrome/cross-linked polyethylene bearing combinations at 8.1 mm3/million cycles (p< 0.01).
53 patients required revision of both components. There were 49 stem only revisions.
4 patients were re-revised for recurrent loosening and 2 for infection.
There were 14 dislocations. Of these, 4 required secondary stabilisation and 2 underwent Girdlestone’s excision arthroplasty for recurrent dislocation.
46 of the 64 patients who attended final follow-up had no changes in their X-ray appearances compared to the immediately post-operative films. 9 of the stems and 9 of the cups had signs of progressive lucent lines around the cement mantle.
This gives a survivorship of 89% at ten years with reoperation for any cause as the end-point.
Revision of a failed acetabular reconstruction in total hip arthroplasty (THA) can be challenging when associated with significant bone loss. In cementless revision THA, achieving initial implant stability and maximising host bone contact is key to the success of reconstruction. Porous tantalum acetabular shells may represent an improvement from conventional porous coated uncemented cups in revision acetabular reconstruction associated with severe acetabular bone defects.
determine predictors of pain, function and activity level 1–2 years after revision hip arthroplasty and define quality of life outcomes after revision total hip replacement.
When considering WOMAC pain as an outcome variable, factors predictive of improving category outcome included baseline WOMAC function (p= 0.001), age between 60–70 (p< 0.004), male gender (p= 0.005), lower Charnley class (p< 0.001) and no previous revisions (p < 0.023). Baseline WOMAC pain did not predict final pain outcome. Baseline WOMAC function (p=0.001), the indication for the operation (p=0.007), and the operating surgeon were significant predictors of UCLA activity at follow up. Peri or post-operative complications were not an adverse predictor of physical function, pain or activity.
Clinical results have been obtained using the Merle d’Aubigne score and bone deficiencies were classified according to the AAOS system.
We have had no cases of deep infection but there have been 3 femoral peri-prosthetic fractures, (1 late) and 2 dislocations.
All patients have been allowed early weight bearing and those patients with over 12 months follow up have an improved Merle d’Aubigne score.
The ease of use of the implant has now led to us largely abandoning other reconstructive techniques such as impaction allo-grafting or cages in revision or complex primary hip surgery.
We consider Trabecular metal to be a major advance in acetabular reconstruction on the basis of our initial experience
The literature produces some evidence of a higher early complication rate in obese patients undergoing THA, and operative time seems to be longer and blood loss greater than for matched controls. The only study looking at long-term outcome of THA showed no difference in hip survivorship at 10–18 years between obese and normal weight patients. We conclude that where THA is concerned, the PCT policy has no clinical or evidence based justification.
The aim of this prospective randomized study was to determine if the use of POS affects postoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit values and reduces the rate of homologous blood transfusion. Secondary outcomes measures included length of hospital stay and patient satisfaction. A cost analysis was conducted on the basis of the results.
99% of patients satisfied with Outreach. There were no readmissions from the Outreach group.
Eleven patients (3%) had one or more episodes of dislocation.
There were 22 revisions. Three of the revisions were carried out for infection, and a further 2 for recurrent dislocation. Aseptic loosening was the cause of failure in the remaining 17.
Thirty three patients (36 hips, 9%) could not be traced at the time of the final follow-up. There was significant and maintained improvement in pain and function scores.
One hundred and thirty eight patients (146 hips) had died at the time of the final follow-up.
The best and worst case survivorship figures at 10 years were 93 +/− 2% and 83 +/− 2%, and those at 14 years were 88 +/− 4% and 78 +/− 4%, respectively, with revision for any reason as the end-point.
to measure the total metal content in cell saver blood recovered during revision hip arthroplasty, to evaluate the efficacy of centrifuging and washing the recovered blood in reducing the metal content, to investigate whether transfusion of the salvaged blood resulted in a significant increase in the metal ion levels in the patients’ blood in the immediate post-operative period.
The aims of this study were
to develop the Roche lightcycler Staphylococcal and Enterococcal PCR kits to facilitate diagnosis of hip and knee prosthetic infections To analyse results together with bacteriological and histological findings.
29 patients had non-inflammatory arthritis. 14/18 (77.8%) with positive cultures had staphylococci +/or enterococci isolated and 10 PCR results correlated. The other 11 patients had negative cultures.
9 patients had inflammatory arthritis. Six were culture negative and of the other three, 2 were positive for staphylococci on culture with 1 positive by PCR.
Enterococcal PCR confirmed culture positivity in 2/3 patients. An additional 5 positive PCR’s were obtained from patients’ culture negative for enterococci. It is not clear if these are false positives or more sensitive detection of enterococcal isolation.
The introduction of the laminar flow theatre was responsible for a decrease in wound infection four and a half fold. Further research has found that total body exhaust suits were also responsible for a reduction in infection rate.
These exhaust suits include a toga hood, also supplied sterile and attached to the gown. There is no information from the manufacturers regarding microbial penetration of these hoods. Therefore we have performed an experiment to examine the potential for microbial penetration of these toga hoods, both when wet and dry.
Both wet and dry toga circles were applied to the previously prepared lawns of Staphylococcus epidermidis NCTC 11047, with the internal surface in contact with the lawn. Swabbings were taken from the external surface of both wet and dry toga circles at regular intervals. The timing of the swabbings were: 1 min, 5 mins, 20 mins, and 60 mins. The swabs were then used to inoculate blood agar plates, which were incubated overnight at 37°C, after which they were examined for growth of Staphylococcus epidermidis.
The long term survival of well-cemented, polished tapered stems is now proven. In spite of this, doubts remain about the phenomenon of subsidence which is essential to the mechanical integrity of these devices yet anathema to those surgeons who favour collared stems. Believing that the quality of cementing is more important than stem geometry, this study looked at the subsidence of 880 polished tapered stems [Corin, Taperfit} all implanted through an antero-lateral approach with a consistent cementing technique. In addition, for this implant, a new stem introducer was used to ensure accurate placement within the cement mantle.
Four sizes of stem were available and were used in the following numbers: size 1 [345], size 2 [381], size 3 [117] and size 4 [37]. Most subsidence occurs in the first year after surgery. These patients were all assessed with a minimum of one year. There was no difference in the rates of subsidence between these stem sizes. There were 14 revisions. Ten were for aseptic cup loosening and 4 for infection. There were no stem failures due to loosening.
Although all manufacturers producing such stems market a variety of sizes none emphasise that the stem geometry varies considerably from the smallest to the largest. Indeed, the variation within individual ranges is greater than the variation between sizes from different manufacturers.
The results obtained strongly support the thesis that it is the interaction between the cement and the stem which is important and that with a tapered polished stem the quality of cement technique is the least forgiving part of the operation
We examined the effect of age, gender, body mass index (BMI), medical co-morbidity as represented by the American Society of Anaesthesiologists (ASA) grade, social deprivation, nursing practice, surgical approach, length of incision, type of prosthesis and duration of surgery on length of stay after primary total hip arthroplasty (THA).
Data was collected on 675 consecutive patients in a regional orthopaedic centre in South West England. The length of stay varied from 2 to 196 days and was heavily skewed. Data were therefore analysed by non parametric methods.
To permit comparison of short with protracted length of stay, data were arbitrarily reduced to 2 groups comprising 2 to 14 days for short stays and 15 to 196 for long. These data were analysed by Chi-squared and Fisher’s exact test in univariate and by Logistic regression for multivariate analysis
The mean length of stay was 11.4 days, an over-estimate compared to the median length of stay of 8 days which more correctly reflects the skewed nature of the distribution. 81.5% of patients left hospital within 2 weeks, 13.6% within 2 and 4 and 4.9% after 4.
On univariate analysis age above 80 years, age between 70 and 79 years, Body Mass Index > 35, ASA grades 3 and 4, transgluteal approaches, long incisions, cemented cups and prolonged operations were associated with longer stays.
On multivariate analysis, age above 80, age between 70 and 80, ASA grades 3 and 4, prolonged operations and long incisions were highly significantly associated with hospital stay of over 2 weeks.
This is the first study to record all the published variables associated with length of stay prospectively and to subject the data to multivariate analysis. Prolonged stay after THA is pre-determined by case mix but slick surgery through limited incisions may reduce the length of admission.
We determined the 10 year life expectancy of 5,831 patients who had undergone 6,653 elective primary total hip replacements (THR) at a regional orthopaedic centre between April 1993 and October 2004. Using Hospital, General Practitioner (GP) and the local health authority’s records, we determined dates of deaths for all those who had undergone surgery during this period.
The mean age at operation was 73 (13–96) with a male to female ratio of 2:3. Of those with 10 year follow up 29.5% had died a mean of 5.6 (0–11.1) years after surgery. Using Kaplan Meier curves, 10-year survivorship was 89% in patients under 65 years at surgery, 75% in patients aged between 65 – 74 years and 51% in patients over 75.
The standardised mortality rates (SMR) were significantly higher than expected for patients under 45 years, 20% higher for those between 45 and 64 years and progressively less than expected for patients aged 65 and over.
The survivorship of cemented hip arthroplasties (derived from the Swedish Arthroplasty Register 2004) exceeds patients’ life expectancy in those over the age of 60 in our area suggesting that this is the procedure of choice in this population.
Various scoring systems are in use to assess the outcome of total hip replacement. Since its introduction in 1996, Oxford hip score (OHS) has been validated in several studies. Total hip replacement has been shown to improve the OHS in several studies but we could not find any studies on effect of the surgical approach on OHS.
Our aim was to quantify the proportion of patients admitted with a femoral neck fracture and a co-existent history of malignancy, and determine if full-length femoral radiographs are beneficial in preoperative screening of distal metastatic disease.
Primary malignancies included breast (34.6%), large bowel(21.8%), prostatic (18.0%) and bronchogenic carcinomas (6.8%).
There were 73 extracapsular fractures and 60 intracapsular fractures. For the intracapsular fractures 49 cases were treated with hemiarthroplasty, 4 cases by total hip arthroplasty and 7 cases using cannulated screws. For the extracapsular fractures, 59 cases were stabilized using a DHS and 14 cases were managed by intramedullary nailing.
Thirty one patients presented from 3–18 months after operation with hip related problems, 17 had thigh pain, 10 periprosthetic fractures but 8 of these 27 had history of intra-operative metaphyseal fractures. Four patients had revision surgery, one each for acetabular erosion and sinking of prosthesis due to old metaphyseal fracture, two had Girdlestone arthroplasty due to deep wound infection.
The Author presents results 2–4 years following treatment of seven patients with complicated hip impingements with this new combination of operations.
Seven patients, aged 15–35yrs were treated by contemporaneous surgical dislocation and debridement of the hip with contemporaneous corrective subtrochanteric femoral osteotomy.. The dislocation and dedridement were performed in the usual way, but the seating chisel for a 95deg blade plate was introduced(to correct varus/valgus) before the trochanter was osteotomised. After debridement, the blade plate was used to transfix the trochanter in position. A separate subtrochanteric osteotomy was then performed at the upper end of the gluteus maximus insertion to provide correction of version and/or valgus/varus where indicated. The plate was removed six to twelve months later.
There were no perioperative complications. Weight-bearing was restricted until bone healing was complete [8–13wks]. Thereafter patients mobilised normally.. At review, all patients were pleased with the outcome. Pre-operative HHS was 62–70: at review it was 90– 96. There were no complications in the medium-term. All patients experienced an improvement in range of movement and exercise tolerance. Avascular necrosis has not occurred overtly and the six patients who had post-operative MRI scans showed no evidence of it.
This new combination of established operations combines the joint conserving benefits of debridement with realignment of the femur in patients with complicated impingements of the hip. The report is preliminary, but the combination of operations appears to be safe in terms of the absence of AVN and effective in its relief of symptoms.
Both fractures healed and the patient is currently pain free and mobile with walking aids.
Bilateral peri-prosthetic stress fractures following total hip replacements have not been previously reported.
The mean (SD) peak rotations for each of the 3 techniques were:- Cross leg = 35.10 (9.8) external, Lean forward = 0.10 (3.8) internal, and Sock applicator = 0.80 (4.0) internal.
The Oxford and Harris Hip scores were used to measure outcome.
9 femoral neck fractures, 4 femoral neck resorption and 1 femoral component migration.
Post revision Oxford score =18 (12–25), HHS=92 (85.5–97.4).
Post primary Oxford score =18 (12–40), HHS=94.2 (86–97.4).
Comparison of the post-op radiographs demonstrated that offset was improved following revision. Leg length did not change significantly.
The mean follow-up was 2 years and there were no significant complications.
Patients are offered a choice of 4 hospitals and time and date of outpatient appointment on referral from their GP practice. Research revealed that people want choice. Can popular centres still provide a service for the local population? What are the priorities of the local population when choosing a healthcare provider?
94% would not change hospitals if offered a shorter waiting time 78% would wait longer than the government targets to be treated in the hospital of their choice 67% of patients did not want to be able to choose the time and date of their clinic appointment 61% thought the clinical quality of an institution was more important than the waiting time.
The government state patients want to choose the time and date of their first clinic appointment, however the majority of our population don’t.
The current ‘Choose and Book’ system does not fulfil patient’s priorities.
Theatre temperature, cement mixing start time and time at which cement was set were recorded for 20 hip and knee replacements. These recordings were also done for 20 hip and knee replacements where cement was stored in the theatre and was used as a control.
We evaluated short-term mechanical properties of composite specimens and compared these with new uniform specimens.
There are no NICE guidelines for hip arthroplasty follow up. 90% of hip arthroplasty failures do so after 5 years. Joint replacement review is performed by a variety of personnel including orthopaedic surgeons, surgical care practitioners (SCPs) and extended scope practitioners (ESPs). Patients are reviewed in an outpatient clinic or by questionnaire.
Guidance is required for the appropriate review, which will allow early detection of complications in an efficient and cost effective manner.
In our trust a protocol has been suggested for the follow up of hip arthroplasty by ESPs and SCPs.
These patients continue to be monitored to evaluate long term outcomes with this approach. (301 words)
Dendritic Cells were cultured from mouse bone marrow and incubated with CoCrNP of varying concentrations, for 24hrs, or lipopolysaccharide as a positive control. Activation status was then characterized by CD40 expression on FACS analysis. Cells from mouse lymph nodes were incubated with CoCrNP in varying concentrations. At 48hrs, Propidium Iodide (PI) was added &
% PI+ve determined on FACS analysis. Cells from mouse lymph nodes were cultured in medium without phenol red and incubated with ∝CD3, ∝CD3 + CoCrNP, ∝CD3 + ∝CD28 or ∝CD3 + ∝CD28 + CoCrNP. At 48hrs, Almar Blue was added &
difference in light absorbance at 570nm &
600nm was then used to determine T cell proliferation at 72hrs. Cells from lymph nodes of an MD4 mouse (only able to mount a b cell response to Hen egg Lysozyme (HEL)) were incubated with CoCrNP, HEL (positive control) or CoCrNP + HEL. B cell regulation at 48hrs was characterized by CD40 and CD86 expression on FACS analysis.
After 18 months of successful surgery she presented with short duration (2 weeks) history of thigh swelling with pain and stiffness in hip and knee. Clinically gross circumferential swelling of right thigh from inguinal ligament to the knee joint. She had increased serum cobalt chromium levels. Aspiration of hip revealed high levels of cobalt and chromium. Biopsy and intra operative samples at revision revealed “no infection or tumor but non specific inflammatory reaction.”
The patient underwent revision surgery to ceramic-plastic bearing.(THR).
12 months post operative, the swelling has reduced with painless mobile hip and knee joints.
All patients received postal questionnaires comprising the Oxford Hip Score, the HOOS score and a satisfaction score. Routine yearly radiological examination was also undertaken. Demographic data are shown in Table 1.
Activity scores in the HOOS hip survey were not significantly different in the three groups.
There was no difference in satisfaction scores and whether patients would have the same operation again.
The aim of the study is to investigate the biomechanical effects on the pelvis of the anterolateral and posterolateral approaches at the time of hip arthroplasty. In particular the study investigates the change in stress distribution, and the change in muscle recruitment pattern following surgery.
The study uses an advanced finite element model of the pelvis, in which the role of muscles and ligaments in determining the stress distribution in the pelvis is included. The model is altered for the posterolateral approach by excision of the external rotators. Different levels of gluteal damage for the anterolateral approach are modelled by excising in turn the anterior third, half, and two-thirds of the gluteus medius and minimus. Although attempt is generally made to repair gluteal damage at the time of surgery, it is clear the muscle volume will be compromised immediately after surgery.
In support of previous clinical studies indicating an increased risk of limp, and pelvic tilt following the anterolateral approach, significant differences were found in the muscle recruitment pattern following the anterolateral, compared to the posterolateral approach. During single leg stance and walking force transfer to the iliacus and pectineus was observed. Required levels of muscle force, to maintain coronal balance, following the anterolateral approach were found to be close to maximum sustainable levels. In addition significant alteration to the pelvic stress distribution was found following the anterolateral approach. The effects of increasing gluteal damage for the anterolateral approach were progressive, and became more pronounced when more than fifty percent of the gluteus medius and minimus were damaged. Increases in stresses around the acetabulum were observed for the posterolateral, compared to the anterolateral approach.
Thus, based on a biomechanical evaluation, the anterolateral approach presents increased risk of limp, and pelvic tilt, in comparison to the posterolateral approach.
Conventional instrumentation, 3D plan based on a CT scan of the particular bone, helped by a conventional jig Navigation system.
This achieved angle was then compared with the angle originally planned for each bone in all three groups using digitizing arm.
We present the indications, intra operative findings and outcomes of patients undergoing hip arthroscopy.
CT or MRI was performed were clinically indicated. Mean follow up 4 months, range(2– 10).
6 patients had pre-op CT scans and 22 had MRI.
42 Arthroscopic debridement and wash outs, 3 failed scopes.
3 normal MRI findings had labral tears and articular cartilage defects.
Mean Pre-op VAS- 7.9 Range(5– 10). Mean Post-op VAS- 4.7 Range(1– 10) Mean Pre-op Oxford Hip score – 39.4 Range(27–53) Mean Post-op Oxford Hip Score – 25.2 Range(12–51) Patient Satisfaction score – 7.3 Range(1–10) 1 Superficial wound infection, settled with antibiotics.
Analysis of 43 pelvic radiographs revealed a range of head neck ratios from 0.64 to 0.80 with a mean of 0.71 and standard deviation of 0.038. This data compares with a normal distribution.
We compared the early outcomes of 2 units where MISTHRs were carried out by the same surgical teams but had 2 different infrastructure set-ups. In the first unit a “Short Stay Programme” (SSP) was in place. This involved early pre-operative assessment by medical, physiotherapy and occupational therapy teams. Post-operative analgesia was augmented with the use of a pain pump administering local anaesthetic as a continuous infusion. Patients were mobilised at 4 hours after surgery and were supported in the community by an “Outreach Team”. In the second unit the patients had MISTHRs without changes to the conventional infrastructure.
We reviewed all patients under the care of the senior author, who had undergone Elite Plus hip arthroplasty.
Pre and post-operative radiographs were assessed for adequacy of cementation and evidence of loosening.
Standard UHMWPE Ogee acetabular components were used in all cases. Thirty-six percent of heads were Zirconia. Mean survivorship of all implants 5 years 2 months.
The revision rate was 2.7%. Only one revision was performed for femoral component loosening.
At latest radiographic review all patients were asymptomatic. However, 31% of femoral components were possibly loose, 5% probably loose and none definitely loose using the Harris criteria. Thirty-four percent of acetabular components were possibly loose, 8% probably loose and 1% definitely loose using Charnley/DeLee criteria.
A cement restrictor, high-viscosity cement and pressurisation were used as standard. Alternative cementation techniques may partially explain early failure seen in other series.
We describe a simple method that resects the posterior femoral head to allow uniplanar measurement with a ruler.
After head dislocation via a posterior approach, the head is resected with an oscillating saw parallel to posterior neck in the coronal plane
A ruler is placed on the cut surface with a clip attached at the templated resection level and the level marked.
Standard operative technique to insert prosthesis ensuring stability and leg length equalisation.
Pre and postoperative AP radiography were compared to calculate accuracy.
Assuming 20% radiographic magnification = +2.95mm (±0.20mm)
Litigation for leg length discrepancy is becoming more prevalent in UK practice and with differing radiograph magnification levels careful planning and sound surgical technique is essential.
Digitised calibrated radiographs and templates are becoming standard practice and this simple technique will continue to ensure accurate leg length equalisation
A previously validated patient satisfaction questionnaire was completed by each patient. This investigates satisfaction with admission, environment, healthcare professionals, treatment, leaving hospital and overall care. Fisher exact test used to compare groups for significant differences in responses, significance was assumed at p< 0.05 level.
Research undertaken at Wrightington has shown that in primary joint replacement coagulase-negative staphylococci account for 67.2% – 76% of contaminants isolated from the ultra clean zone. It is the most prevalent and persistent species on human skin and mucous membranes and accounts for 58% of failures due to deep infection of primary THR.
Further studies of nosocomial infection transmission show bacterial contamination of healthcare workers’ scissors, ballpoint pens, stethoscopes and lab coats with MRSA, VRE and gram-negative bacilli.
Multiuse skin markers may become colonised, possibly with MRSA, MRSE and gram-negative bacilli. This may contaminate patients and cause premature failure of arthroplasty, leading some units to adopt a single use policy.
Our aim was to ascertain bacterial colonisation of multiuse skin markers.
Pens identified by a number, brand, location and approximate pen age.
Pen tips were neutralised with 10ml sterile Peptone water and this was used as the inoculum.
Cap interior swabbed with sterile swab (pre-dipped in sterile water).
Both were inoculated into enrichment broth and plated onto Blood and McConkey media.
Incubation at 37°c for 18 hours with plates read at 7 days for colony forming units.
No growth on all plates after incubation for 7 days.
Early Failure 0– 2 years : Six hips Medium Term Failure 2–10 years : Two hips Long Term Failure 10 years or more: Thirteen hips
Only loose components were replaced.
Analysing this series we conclude that in absence of infection only loose components should be replaced. Well held components should be left alone and only the failing component need to be revised.
Excessive perioperative administration of intravenous fluid during lower limb arthroplasty may be associated with postoperative complications. There have only been five randomised trials that have evaluated the effects of intraoperative fluid on recovery time, none of which have looked at Orthopaedic patients. Intravenous fluid overload has been shown to decrease muscular oxygen tension, produce general oedema, delay tissue healing, compromise cardiorespiratory function and can cause coma.
This study assesses the current practice in the administration of fluid and sodium during and after lower limb arthroplasty in our hospital.
A series of 68 patients who have undergone elective THR (57) and TKR (11) were included in this prospective study. Current fluid management includes the use of Hartmans solution at a rate of 125mL per hour together with fluid boluses to maintain blood pressure and urine output. We looked at the weight of the patients before and after surgery and compared this with their pre and post operative serum sodium level.
Our findings were that patients gained an average of 1.84 Kilograms (Range −1.6 to +6.4) which was age dependent and there was a mean fall in Serum Sodium of 5.26 mmols/L (Range −15 to +2). Of note there was a mean fall in serum Haemoglobin of 3.69g/dL (Range −2.8 to −5.9) which may be due to blood loss perioperatively but haemodilution due to excessive fluid administration may also contribute.
We propose responding aggressively to low urine output and low blood pressure can cause detrimental effects on Sodium Haemostasis. Factors such as preoperative Bendroflumethiazide and enthusiastic nursing regimes to encourage oral water intake were found to be contributory factors. Our results suggest that anaesthetists should be aware of post operative hyponatreamia in these patients and a more cautious approach to fluid management is required in the perioperative period.
Revision total hip replacement is a procedure often associated with significant blood loss and subsequent transfusion. Intra-operative cell salvage is one approach to minimising this problem.
We carried out a retrospective study of 134 consecutive revision total hip carried out by one surgeon between June 2003 and September 2006 in the Southern General Hospital, Glasgow, 134 replacements (excluding those performed in the presence of active infection where cell salvage is contra-indicated).
In Group A (56 patients), operated upon after October 2005, Intra-operative cell salvage was routinely used. In Group B (78 patients), operated upon before October 2005, Intra-operative cell salvage was not used.
Data was collected on transfusion of salvaged blood, transfusion of allogenic blood, operation type, indication for surgery, complications and length of hospital stay.
In Group A, an average of 1.52 units of allogenic blood was transfused per case, compared with an average of 3.35 units in Group B (p=0.01), a reduction of 55%.
In Group A 50% of patients received allogenic blood transfusion, compared with 68% of patients in Group B, a relative reduction of 26% (0.1> p> 0.05).
There was no difference between the two groups regarding haemoglobin drop and length of hospital stay. Data regarding complications yielded no significant results due to small cohort size.
Further Breakdown of data by operation type and indication did not yield significant results due to the small cohort size.
Our results show that routine use of intra-operative cell salvage in revision total hip replacement leads to a significant reduction in allogenic blood transfusion with subsequent implications upon cost, resource management, and patient safety.
The mean Haemoglobin of the reinfused blood in the hip group was 6.9 gm/dl significantly lower (p< 0.05) than the drained blood Hb. of 10.9. Similarly the Haemoglobin of the blood reinfused in knee replacements was significantly lower at 6.8 gm/dl. (p< 0.001). This was less than half of the average Hb. content of homologous blood transfusion
Two of the major complications of total hip and knee arthroplasty is periprosthetic infection and aseptic loosening. The serum marker Procalcitonin (PCT) has been shown to be a sensitive indicator of bacterial infection, but very little is known of its behaviour in Orthopaedic practice. The diagnosis of periprosthetic infection still remains a difficult diagnosis.
A prospective study over 6 months of 59 patients undergoing either primary total hip or knee arthroplasty was performed, which included 32 hips. The mean age was 70 years. There were no exclusion criteria. Serum blood samples for PCT, CRP, ESR and WCC were taken pre- operatively and on days 1, 3 and 5 post- operatively. Patient records were reviewed after their routine 6 week follow- up. There was no clinical suspicion of infection at this stage, or during their hospital stay.
Fifty patients (85%) had PCT concentrations within the normal range (< 0.5ng/ml) on all 4 days, and only 5 recorded a value > 1.0ng/ml. Only 1 patient had an elevated level on day 5. The other markers all showed sporadic elevation over the 3 post- operative days
The usefulness of PCT in diagnosing surgical infection has been frequently researched in cardio- thoracic and abdominal surgery. However, there is debate as to what cut- off value should represent infection, ranging from 1– 10ng/ml. This is largely because the natural acute phase response caused by these operations elevates PCT levels. This study convincingly shows that PCT, unlike the routine inflammatory markers, is not significantly stimulated by primary hip and knee arthroplasty. This would imply that PCT may be useful in diagnosing periprosthetic infection. A large multicentre study involving patients undergoing revision surgery would help validate this assumption.
Our aim is to assess whether BMI has an impact on clinical and radiological outcomes of primary total hip arthroplasties
BMI was recorded. Patients were divided into 2 groups: those with a BMI less than 30 (considered nonobese) and those 30 or above (obese).
Outcomes assessed included blood loss and requirement blood transfusion, fat thickness, operation duration, complications and surgeon’s perception of the difficulty of operation (scored on a VAS). In addition functional capacity was assessed using the Oxford Hip scores pre and post-operatively. Radiographs were scored independently according to Dorr and Barrack.
Although 22 patients (40%) were consented for allograft donation, femoral heads from only 3 patients (5%) were harvested and sent for storage in the bone bank during hip arthroplasty.
Computer Aided Surgery (CAS) systems are soon to become an essential tool in the armamentarium of the orthopaedic surgeon. By generating precise three-dimensional information about patient-specific anatomy, these devices enable the planning of complex procedure, either pre-operatively or intra-operatively, to be performed with a high degree of accuracy. In addition, by communicating imaging data to the surgical field, CAS applications allow the surgeon to reproduce the plan precisely, with a higher degree of repeatability than conventional surgery.
In order for CAS systems to be effective, however, accurate and up-to-date information about the patient’s and instruments’ position needs to be available at all times. Therefore, virtually all CAS systems in orthopaedic surgery utilise some form of tracking device, for initial registration and intra-operative real-time position update. The pioneer, Northern Digital (Northern Digital, Waterloo, Ont., Canada) set precision standards with Optotrak™, a high resolution infrared (IR) optical digitiser. Since then, a number of commercial offerings exploiting this technology have made their appearance in the marketplace. These can be used with active LED based markers, as well as passive reflective localisers, which do not require cabling to connect to the intra-operative console. Magnetic field generators, such as the Aurora System (Northern Digital), mechanical digitisers, such as the Wayfinder™-mounted MicroScribe (Immersion Corporation), and digital camera based trackers, such as the Claron™ System, have also proved to be viable substitutes to IR-based localisation systems.
The quintessence in position recognition can be defined clearly from the user/clinician’s point of view. It should be far-reaching (i.e. with a large working envelope), non-obtrusive, robust, flexible, accurate and compact. Each of the technologies available, however, falls short in at least one of these criteria. The presentation will offer a broad review of promising new technology in the field, which may help to address some of the shortcomings of current instrumentation.
Robotic technology in adult reconstruction – initially the placement of the stem during THR – was introduced in the early nineties of last century, starting in the US. The underlying technology dated back to the year 1986. Because of regulatory restrictions the technology could not spread in the US, but was exported to Europe in 1994. There the technology – primarily distributed in Germany – had a great success and by the year 2000 roughly 50 centers were using Robodoc – the first robot on the market – and a very similar German competitor’s product, CASPAR.
The initial robot was a crude machine, basically the unchanged beta version. Cumbersome fixation, a registration process using three fiducials, the requirement for second surgery to place the fiducials, and last but not least raw and hardly elaborated cutting files made surgery with Robodoc a demanding undertaking. Yet feedback from the surgeons, sometimes vigorously expressed during regular user meetings, let to continuous evolution of the system and resulted in an advanced and stable technology. Also training – with important input from the already experienced sites – improved significantly, which can best be demonstrated by procedure time for first surgery: in Frankfurt 1994 roughly four hours, while today first surgeries at new sites rarely exceed two hours. Further applications – revision surgery, total knee replacement – helped to justify the significant investment into the system.
While robotic technology underwent evolution, other related technologies were developed and entered the market. Main products were the navigation systems, which initially were developed for neurosurgery and spine surgery and which, due to easier handling and lower costs, found more acceptance on behalf of the surgeons. Although the navigation technology in some regards is a step back from the robotic technology, it appealed for just that reason: the surgeon stays in the loop. The surgeon uses the traditional instruments, and the navigator helps him to achieve precision in reaming or placement of implants. In orthopaedic surgery navigators became very popular in TKR, but also in THR.
Another development, completely unrelated to the mentioned technology, presented a new challenge: minimal invasive surgery. While in knee surgery the introduction of arthroscopy in the late seventies already proved the feasibility of minimal invasive techniques, adult reconstruction remained the domain of sometimes aggressive and robust surgery. Only recently minimal invasive procedures were introduced and standardized for a couple of applications. It is important to stress the fact that the term ‘minimal invasive’ did not relate to the size of skin incision only, but to the overall degree of soft tissue damage necessary to prepare for and place the implants. Some companies now offer new instruments allowing for very minimal incisions and reduced soft tissue compromise. In contrast to this development robot assisted surgery remained – in spite of numerous improvements – a rather invasive piece of surgery. These separate developments – navigators and minimal invasive surgery – made robot assisted joint surgery in the eyes of many potential users a rather outdated, superfluous and expensive type of technology. It is therefore time to revisit the original intentions that let to the development of robot assisted surgery.
The original ideas were sponsored by veterinary surgeons specializing in cementless THR for dogs. They experimented with custom implants, but they identified two fields of concerns: fractures and poor placement. Both problems are – still – common in human THR. Robot-assisted surgery was supposed to mainly address these problems. Another asset of robot-assisted surgery is seen in machine milling, which was invented as part of the robotic procedure and which turned out to be superior to conventional reaming.
The published results of robot-assisted THR (i.e. Nishihara et al, 2006) prove that these requirements were met. In our own series in Spain we had no fracture and every single implant was seated according to the preoperative plan. Animal experiments allowing for histological examination of the bone-implant interface showed the uncompromised cancellous scaffolding supporting the implant, while hand-reamed interfaces showed signs of destruction and atrophy.
On the other hands there are concerns that current minimal invasive approaches do cause problems in these regards: control of position is mainly feasible by use of intraoperative x-ray, and fractures do occur.
Therefore robot-assisted surgery seems to be the ideal complement for the minimal invasive approach. The deficits of MIS regarding orientation and visualization of the surgical object can be compensated by the robots proven ability to execute preoperative established plans. The challenge is the current invasiveness of robotic surgery, which – as primary tests and studies show – can be easily accounted for.
In conclusion there is an ever increasing role for robot-assisted surgery in adult reconstruction. It is up to the surgeons to define the requirements and ask for specifications that will meet their and the patient’s expectations regarding the degree of invasiveness involved.
Patients were randomly assigned to either the traditional or computer-assisted alignment group opening a closed envelope just prior to the skin incision. In the MIS group (37 knees) a minimally invasive approach was performed using an intramedullary femoral guide and an extramedullary tibial guide. In the MICA group (37 knees) the implant was positioned using a CT-free computer assisted alignment system (Vector Vision, version 1.52, BrianLAB, Munich, Germany) using the same minimally invasive surgical approach (mini-parapatellar). The duration of surgery was documented in all cases.
Eight months after surgery each patient had long-leg standing anterior-posterior radiographs and lateral radiographs of the knee. All the radiographs were always taken with a standardized protocol with the same magnification.
The radiographs were assessed by an independent radiologist blinded to the original procedure to determine the frontal femoral component angle (FFC), the frontal tibial component angle (FTC), the hip-knee-ankle angle (HKA) and the sagittal orientation (slope) of both femoral and tibial components. The number and percentage of outliners for each parameter was determined. In addition the percentage of patients from each group with all 5 parameters within the desired range was calculated.
The alignment of the femoral component as determined by the slope was significantly better in the MICA group (p< 0.001). Comparison of the FTC angle showed a statistically better alignment in the MICA group (p< 0.029). There were no statistical significant differences in HKA, FFC angles and in the slope of the tibial component between the 2 groups. All the implants in the MICA group achieved HKA and FTC angles aligned within this range while only 31 implants (83.8%) in the MIS group achieved similar accuracy. These differences in HKA and FTC angles were statistically significant (p=0.025). Thirty-six (97.3%) implants in the MICA group achieved a femoral slope aligned within 3 degrees of the desired position compared with 31 (83.8%) implants in the MIS group. In the MICA group 36 implants (97.3%) achieved a tibial slope aligned within this range while in the MIS group 33 implant (86.5%) achieved a similar result. A FFC angle aligned within 3 degrees of the desired position was achieved in 35 (94.6%) and 32 (86.5%) of the implants in the MICA and MIS groups respectively. These differences in femoral and tibial slope and FFC angle were not statistically significant.
A statistically significant difference (p< 0.001) in the total number of outliners was seen with 158 and 181 in the MICA and MIS groups respectively. The number of implants with all 5 radiological parameters aligned within the desired range was statistically higher in the MICA group (p=0.001). Thirty-three implants (89.2%) in the MICA group and 20 (54.1%) in the MIS group were correctly aligned in all measured parameters.
However recently, after initial enthusiasm, authors have recommended caution when using mini-invasive techniques for total joint replacement.
Computer-assisted surgery has the potential to address the difficulties of correct component positioning and alignment in minimally invasive knee replacement. Recently a prospective randomised study comparing computer navigation assisted minimally invasive TKR to conventional TKR reported a lower incidence of radiological outliners and better pain score in the computer navigation group.
In this prospective randomized the comparison of the radiological results showed statistically significant differences between the 2 groups for component positioning both in the coronal plane and sagittal plane. The desired femoral slope and FTC angle were achieved in significantly more patients in the MICA group than the MIS group. Furthermore the results supported previous studies showing a statistically significant reduction in the number of outliners in the computer-assisted technique. In addition, the number of implants with all parameters aligned within desired values was statistically higher in the MICA group. No complications were seen in either group however the surgical time was statistically longer in the MICA group.
Longer follow-up will be needed to demonstrate any correlation between the lower numbers of outliners and superior clinical outcome and implant survivorship in the computer navigation group.
Computer assisted navigation is known to improve tunnel placement in ACL reconstruction even compared to use of direct arthroscopic view due to image distorsion by the wide angle optics in the arthroscope. However the earlier software and instrumentation has been relatively cumbersome. The use of new materials and further software elaboration has allowed to increase the navigational precision and to accommodate more different ACL repair techniques. The relevant developments of such an upgrade which in addition allows stability testing before and after the repair are presented.
In contrast to the acetabular cup where the close to spherical shape of the implant allows a precise alignment and positioning, the femoral stem implant positioning has always been a compromise between anteversion, angulation and length of the prosthetic femoral neck and the congruence of the implant shaft with the inner anatomical shape of the proximal femur. Balancing these reduces the risks of dislocation and eccentric wear of the acetabular implant and of unfeasible loading of the femoral implant with loosening. Nevertheless neither the anchorage of the stem nor the alignment of the neck can ever be ideal as it would too much jeopardize the other aspect even if cement is used for stem fixation. Customary stem navigation only guides this compromise more precisely than eye balling.
With the introduction of modular necks it has become possible to infringe this restrictive fix relation and after fully fitting stem fixation the neck alignment and length is optimized separately. With regard to computer assisted navigation the guidance takes into consideration the definitive stem position after best anatomical fixation. A sound navigation of cemented stems becomes also possible and brings up the opportunity to choose cementing or uncemented fixation based on whether the bone quality needs reinforcement by cement to get closer to the implant e-module or the bone promises to strengthen on its own on the same purpose.
42 patients have been operated on in the 4 participating centers for an isolated medial osteoarthritis. There were 29 women and 13 men, with a mean age of 65 years. The post-operative coronal and sagittal orientation of both prosthetic components were measured, and the time to get 90° of knee flexion was recorded.
Robotic systems for computer assisted surgery have gained a lot of initial interest and several systems to support surgical inventions have been developed over the past ten years. While almost all systems are tailored to specific applications, the technology used may be divided into different groups. One part of the proposed solutions is essentially based on industrial robots, whereas the part relies on specific designs for medical applications. A particular approach which will not be discussed in this contribution is represented by tele-manipulator systems like the daVinci system from Intuitive Surgical Inc. for cardiac applications, and robots for endoscope guidance in abdominal surgery. The operation of these systems is controlled manually by the surgeon based on the visual information of the operating area which he gets by endoscopic cameras.
Robotic application in computer assisted surgery, in contrast to tele-manipulator approaches, is based on pre-operative planning and intra-operative registration of the patient anatomy. They principally offer additional advantages compared to pure navigation systems, such as
No problems due to tremor or unintentional slipping of the tool. Surgery will exactly achieve pre-operatively planned targets, resulting in very good reproducibility Precise drilling or reaming. Overcome ergonomic problems, like difficult hand-eye-coordination or frequent changes of viewing the direction Definition of “safe areas” – robot will not move tool beyond Use of novel tool systems which cannot be guided manually Essential issues: operating mode &
“added value” of a robot
It is a major challenge for new solutions of surgical robot system to exploit this potential while avoiding the drawbacks some existing designs which have not gained wider clinical acceptance. The “added value” of robotic systems must be obvious. Important features to achieve this objectives include interactive operating modes which turn the robot into a powerful and versatile assistance system instead of fully automatic system operation.
40 patients were operated on for an arthroscopic assisted bone – patellar tendon – bone ACL replacement with an outside-in femoral tunnel. The guide wires were placed according to the standard technique, and their position recorded by the system. The recorded position was compared:
to the conventional radiographic measurement of the position of the tunnels on plain antero-posterior and lateral X-rays, and to the 3D measurement of the position of the tunnels on a CT-scan.
There was no significant difference in the paired absolute values of the mediolateral position of the tibial tunnel or of the antero-posterior position of the femoral tunnel between radiographic and navigated measurements.
There was no significant difference in the paired absolute values of the antero-posterior and medio-lateral position of the tibial tunnel or of the antero-posterior position of the femoral tunnel between CT and navigated measurements.
Discussion: CT-scan measurement of the positioning of the ACL replacement tunnels is currently the gold standard technique. According to this reference, the antero-posterior position of both the femoral and the tibial tunnels can be accurately assessed by the navigation system used. The X–ray measurement is less accurate and should not be considered as a confident control of the accuracy of the tunnel placement.
Summary: The antero-posterior position of both the femoral and the tibial tunnels can be accurately assessed by the system.
The use of surgical navigation in computer assisted or image guided procedures requires the precise measurement of the spatial position of surgical instruments. Investigations of several physical principles have turned out that two technologies are best feasible for application in clinical routines:
optical technology, electromagnetic technology.
Available systems based on either principle deliver measurement information for the 3D-position of a surgical instrument, expressed by the x-y-z coordinates of its tip, and for its 3D-orientation, described by the direction of the instrument axis towards the tip. It is therefore common terminology to describe such measurement systems as 3D/6D digitizing or localizing systems.
The presentation will describe basic principles of both technologies, including their main technical features and the design of key components such as rigid bodies for optical systems and sensor coils for electromagnetic systems. The survey includes an overview of known challenges and problems, and how commercial systems cope with these. A comparison of both technologies outlines the advantages and drawbacks in different applications as well as possible future improvements. It leads to the conclusion that both technologies will co-exist for the foreseeable future.
The paper presents the design of a mechatronic assistance system which started from the novel concept to integrate an optical navigation system and a robotic arm, combining the specific advantages of each of the two components. The integrated system offers precise positioning and guiding of surgical instruments according to pre-operative planning. A unique feature results from its capability to track small motions of the patient in real time, eliminating the need to rigidly fix the anatomical structure to be operated. The robot arm can be regarded as a controlled machine actuator of a navigation system. Its operation is mainly controlled by interactive operating modes which are based on a versatile haptic interface. The system supports the surgeon in those parts of a procedure where human skills are limited, but always lets him take full control, for example by directly grasping and moving the arm at its wrist if he wants to push the arm aside.
In 2003 several clinical trials have been performed to demonstrate the technical and medical feasibility of the approach. Our mechatronic assistance system has been world’s first system to support the implantation of the acetabular cup in robot assisted hip surgery. The next steps have been concentrated on further developments in some key areas.
Improvements of the man-machine interface in order to make the operation of the system faster, easier, and more robust, extension of the system application also to the femoral part of total hip replacement, including support for resurfacing implants, investigation of novel tool systems for bone preparation and prosthesis implantation that fully exploit the advantages of mechatronic, slip-away-safe tool guidance, further improvements for less invasive operating techniques.
It has turned out that apart from proving the basic system functionality it is a time consuming task to design all system components in a way that they are robust and easy to handle to be acceptable for daily clinical application. After a partial redesign of the system architecture presently the implementation of improved modules to support both the acetabular and the femoral part in total hip replacement surgery by the mechatronic assistance system is in progress.
Computer-based preoperative planning of orthopaedic interventions will gain increasing importance due to the following trends.
Digitalisation of x-ray equipment and installation of PACS in hospitals for electronic distribution and archiving of diagnostic images, corresponding need of planning procedures which directly process the digital images on a computer, forensic aspects within the scope of growing demands on documentation and quality assurance.
This paper presents the modiCAS software framework as an example which has been developed to meet these requirements. It is characterised by specific features that greatly enhance computer-based pre-operative planning of total hip and knee replacement procedures. The planning process can be compiled such that it is controllable by just three control buttons on the computer screen. Thus planning can be done very efficiently and does not demand more time than conventional film-based procedures on a light-box.
The software uses 3D-templates of the implants. It facilitates more informative planning even if standard 2D x-ray pictures are used, for example by showing the anteversion of the cup prosthesis in hip replacement. In case of accurate and patient-specific scaling of the x-ray images important parameters can be determined such as the required size of the implants, as well as offset and leg-length corrections. Future versions of the software will have a link to navigation systems and robotic assistance systems to support intra-operative realisation of the preoperative planning.
The modiCAS software is a manufacturer-independent solution which is not limited to certain implant or PACS producers. Its integrated DICOM interface facilitates data input from all compatible modalities, and the storage of the planning results at the end of the procedure. The library of available implant templates already comprises the most common implants and is continuously updated.
Hip resurfacing has recently become an alternative for total hip replacement, especially for younger and more active patients. Although early results are encouraging, there are reports of failure as a result of malpositioning of the femoral component. To help overcome this problem we developed a CT-guided computer-assisted system for the planning and guidance of the femoral component during hip resurfacing.
3D isosurface models were generated from a CT scan of the pelvis and proximal femur. By superimposing virtual prosthetic components, the surgeon preoperatively determined the size, position and orientation of the femoral component. Intraoperatively, an optoelectronic navigation system was used for realtime CT-guidance of the insertion of the alignment pin for the femoral component.
In a laboratory study, the precision of the intraoperative guidance system was investigated. One experienced and one inexperienced surgeon performed one posterior and one anteriolateral approach on 10 different plastic bone models. After each procedure, the alignment-pin orientation was compared to the planned orientation.
In a preliminary clinical study, 27 patients underwent the computer-assisted method and 13 patients were operated on using conventional technique. Both posterior and anteriolateral surgical approaches were used. Pre-operative and postoperative neck-shaft angles were compared using Student’s t-test.
In the laboratory study, the mean deviations between planned and navigated alignment-pin orientation was 0.65° (StDev 0.9°) for the experienced surgeon, and 0.13° (StDev 0.7°) for the inexperienced surgeon. The mean deviation of anteversion angles were measured as 0.31° (StDev 0.8°) for the experienced surgeon and 0.01° (StDev 0.9°) for the inexperienced surgeon.
In the clinical study, we measured the neck-shaft angle in the computer-assisted group to be an average of 133° preoperatively and 134° postoperatively (p=0.16), and in the conventional group to be an average of 136° pre-operatively and 135° postoperatively (p=0.79). There were no significant differences between pre-operative and post-operative measurements between the groups. However, there was a significantly lower standard deviation in the postoperative computer-assisted group: it was 6.6°, compared to 13.3° in the conventional group (Levene’s test for equality of variances, p=0.004).
We conclude, based on our results, that a CT-guided system can help to prevent femoral misalignment during a hip resurfacing by increasing the intraoperative precision.
HipNav, a validated CT-based computer simulation software program, was used to calculate prosthetic and native hip ROM using collision detection. High resolution CT scans and CAD models of THA implants were used to create the simulations. Point cloud graphs were developed to graphically represent three-dimensional hip ROM graphs for all combinations of potential motion within maximal ROM parameters based on ligamentous restraints. A total of 27 normal hips were selected from a group of computer assisted total hip patients having surgery on the opposite side. The hips were then segmented and hip motion simulated inside the accepted limits of 50 degrees abduction, 30 degrees of adduction, 45 degrees internal and external rotation, 120 degrees of flexion and 40 degrees of extension
Point cloud graphs of the normal hips provided the baseline for minimal acceptable available motion. Recent literature indicates that acetabular cup placement is quite variable using traditional methods. One thousand five hundred different acetabular component positions (abduction from 30–60 degrees and 0–50 degrees of anteversion) were analyzed based on this data and their corresponding point cloud graphs were overlaid and compared to the native hip point cloud graph. The femoral component was set at 15 degrees of anteversion.
When simulating a THA with a 28mm femoral head and non-augmented liner, regardless of acetabular component positioning, native hip ROM could not be duplicated. Further, many positions inside two standard deviations of reported cup placement accuracy had substantial impingement. This technique provides a graphical tool that will help evaluate THA range of motion and clearly demonstrates how implantation accuracy affects hip ROM and impingement.
Our research group has recent clinical experience with our novel computer-assisted method of bone deformity correction using the Taylor spatial frame (Smith & Nephew, Memphis, TN). Practitioners of the Taylor spatial frame admit that there is a steep learning curve in using the frame. This is in large part due to the difficulty in accurately measuring 13 frame parameters and mounting the frame to the patient without inducing residual rotational and translational errors. Our technique aims to reduce complications due to these factors by preoperatively planning the desired correction and calculating the correction based on the actual three-dimensional location of the frame with respect to the anatomy, rather than from traditional radiographs. The surgeon has greater flexibility in choosing the position of the rings since this technique does not depend on placing the rings in a particular configuration.
Four clinical procedures have been performed at Kingston General Hospital (Kingston, ON, Canada) to date. The first patient presented with a proximal tibial growth-plate arrest that was secondary to a fracture. The result was a recurvatum deformity secondary to an eccentric growth arrest anteriorly. This deformity caused a stretch of the posterior capsule and posterior cruciate ligament that produced an unstable knee. The achieved correction, measured radiographically, was from an initial; − 14 degrees to a final +7 degrees of posterior slope.
The second patient presented with a proximal tibial soft tissue imbalance that was thought would eventually lead to a recurvatum deformity. An increase in the posterior slope of the tibia was induced to compensate for the soft tissue deformity. The radiographic correction was an increase in posterior slope from +7 degrees to +14 degrees and from 5 degrees varus to 8 degrees varus.
The third patient patient presented with a partially-healed malunited tibial fracture with 14 degrees of proximal tibial varus and 16 degrees of posterior slope. In spite of an uncomplicated frame application, the patient was not compliant with post-operative care and the frame was removed before correction could be achieved.
The fourth patient underwent a limb lengthening. At the time of writing, the adjustment schedule had not been completed.
Our computer-assisted procedure appears to be an effective method of improving Taylor spatial frame use. The senior surgeon (DPB) noted that the procedure is easy to perform, he no longer needs to measure the 13 frame parameters, and he can plan the correction in three dimensions. We also have the ability to modify the pace of the correction schedule to accommodate the rate of bone growth for each individual patient. Drawbacks of the technique include the requirements for a preoperative CT scan and a segmentation of the scan to produce the three-dimensional computer models.
A power analysis was performed with alpha of 0.05 and power of 80%. In order to detect a difference of 4 points in the OKS, 126 patients were required. This number was exceeded in our study at one year.
The video shows the detailed surgical technique of minimally invasive navigated total knee arthroplasty. A Columbus (BBraun Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany) total knee prosthesis is implanted using the OrthoPilot navigated system and the specially designed small MIOS instruments (BBraun Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany). A mini-mid-vastus approach is carried out with an 8 cm skin incision.
Electromagnetic Navigation is in its infancy, and the authors feel that surgical time and accuracy will improve with more frequent use and the development of increasingly more sophisticated software packages. Our study continues.
Wear and loosening are the major causes for long tem failure in Total Hip Replacement (THR). Accurate three dimensional wear analysis of radiographs has its own limitations. We report the results of our clinical study of three dimensional volumetric wear measurements using our custom low radiation risk CT based algorithm and special software
Twenty four patients (32 hips) agreed to take part in our study. The male: female ratio was 1:4. The mean age was 75 years and the mean follow up was 5.4 years. All patients had 28 mm diameter ceramic heads. Of the 32 hips, 17 hips had polyethylene inserts and 15 hips had ceramic inserts. The maximum follow up for the polyethylene and ceramic groups were 12 years and 5.5 years respectively. All the patients were scanned using Somatom Sensation 4 scanner. Using custom software, 3D reconstruction of the components was done and landmark acquisition done on the femoral head, acetabular metal component and the insert. From these landmarks, a dedicated program was used to calculate the centre of the femoral head in relation to the centre of the acetabular component in all three axes and an indirect measurement of wear obtained. Using the axes measurements graphical 3D models of migration of the femoral head component into the acetabular liner were created and volume of wear measured using special software. Accuracy of the method was assessed by measuring the radius of the femoral head since all patients had 28mm diameter heads implanted in them. Assessment of precision of method was done by calculating the level of agreement between two independent observers.
In the polyethylene group, there was no significant (< 1mm) wear in x and y axis with time. However there was significant evidence of wear in relation to time in the z axis (max wear = −2.5 mm). In the ceramic group with relatively shorter follow up, there was no evidence of significant wear in all three axes. The mean volume measured in the polyethylene group was 685 mm3 (max = 1629 mm3, min = 132mm3 ). The mean volume measured in the ceramic group was 350mm3 (max = 1045 mm3, min = 139mm3 ). The mean radius of the femoral head measured in both groups was 14.02mm (range =13.8 to 14.4 mm). Accuracy was limited by artifacts particularly in bilateral hip arthroplasties and further in the ceramic group because of the restricted access to the ceramic head for placement of markers. Measurements obtained by two independent observers showed a strong correlation (0.99, p value = 0.001) for the polyethylene group. In the ceramic group the correlation (0.69, p value=0.0126) was not as strong as the polyethylene group.
This study has produced a method for three dimensional estimation of wear that can be obtained from low dose CT scans with better accuracy and repeatability (< 0.5 mm) even than to ex vivo studies particularly in polyethylene bearings(wear rate 0.14mm/yr). Noise reduction with appropriate artefact reduction software may further improve the accuracy of this simple and repeatable method.
Obesity [Body Mass Index (BMI) > 30kg/m2] is seen in a growing percentage of patients seeking joint replacement surgery. Operations in obese patients take longer and present certain technical difficulties. Computer navigation improves consistency of prosthetic component alignment but increases operation time.
Our aims were
to compare tourniquet times of non-obese with obese patients having knee replacement using standard instruments or computer navigation and to evaluate the change in tourniquet time as the surgeon gained experience over a three year period.
A retrospective analysis of 232 total knee replacement (TKR) operations performed by a single knee surgeon over a three year period was carried out. Similar knee prostheses (Plus Orthopedics, UK) were used in all cases. Variables to be assessed were the operative technique (computer navigation assisted or standard instruments) and BMI of patients.
Of the 232 knees, 117 were performed using computer navigation and 115 with standard instruments. Each of the groups was subdivided as per BMI to differentiate obese patients (BMI > 30) from the non-obese. Tourniquet times of surgery were used for comparison amongst the subgroups.
There were 56 and 59 patients in the non-obese and obese subgroups respectively within the standard TKR group. The average tourniquet times for these were 79.3 and 86.3 minutes respectively. This was a significant difference (p=0.037). Correspondingly in the computer navigated group, there were 60 non-obese and 57 obese patients. Their tourniquet times were 105.4 and 100.5 minutes respectively. This difference was not significant (p=0.15)
The obese patients in each group were then studied separately and divided into three equally sized subgroups in chronological order. Each sub-group comprised 19 standard TKRs and 19 computer navigated TKRs. Tourniquet times of operations were compared within each sub-group. P values within the first subgroup showed a significant difference. There was no significant difference within the second and third subgroups.
We concluded that obesity significantly increased the operative time in the standard TKR group. However in computer navigated TKR there was no significant difference in operative time between non-obese and obese patients. As the surgeon acquired experience of computer navigation there was no difference in time taken for conventional and computer navigated TKR in obese patients. We hypothesize that in obese patients, computer assisted navigation helps the surgeon to overcome jig alignment uncertainty without any time penalty.
Acetabular and pelvic fractures are amongst the most challenging to treat, still requiring major open surgery. The operations to reduce and fix them entail lengthy operative time, significant blood loss and use of ionising radiation.
We report on the initial stages of developement of a minimally invasive method for navigated reduction and percutaneous fixation of acetabular fractures (NRFA). A commercial navigation platform (Acrobot Ltd.) will be adapted for use with this technique. CT based planning will be used to identify the correct realignment of the the bone fragments, which will then be reduced percutaneously with the aid of two tracked arms attached to the navigation system. Schanz pins, which are inserted in pre-operatively planned sites in each fragment using safe trajectories, are handled as joysticks to manipulate the fracture under computer assistance. Registration of the fragments after insertion of the joysticks will be carried out by means of fluoroscopic images of the AP and Judet views of the fractured acetabulum. Once reduction is achieved by following on-screen instructions, the joysticks are held in place by a custom clamping system connected to one of the arms, while the other is used for percutaneous insertion of column screws.
This technique is potentially suitable for a number of acetabular fractures which include transverse, anterior column, posterior column, T-fractures and some associated both columns fractures. These constitute over 50% of Letournel’s and 60% of Matta’s original series of acetabular fractures. Furthermore, this percutaneous technique could reduce bleeding, wound complications, hospital stay and cost of treatment. Intra operative ionising radiation would be greatly reduced for both patients and the surgeons.
Adequate training with the use of this software may provide a greater number of surgeons the capability to surgically treat these complex fractures.
The accuracy of measurement in computer-assisted total knee arthroplasty is dependent on the quality of data acquisition at the start of the procedure; errors in landmark identification could lead to misalignment and therefore poorer longterm outcomes.
Some navigation systems require the surgeon to explicitly identify the femoral epicondyles in order to calculate the trans-epicondylar axis, whereas other systems are able to interpolate the epicondylar location based on a number of points acquired from the distal femoral surface. Significant inter-observer variability in landmark identification has been previously reported in dry bone studies. The purpose of this study was to test the accuracy of identification of the epicondyles during a simulated total knee replacement on a fresh cadaveric specimen.
An unfixed fresh cadaveric left lower limb was used to perform a navigated total knee replacement using the Orthopilot® (B|Braun-Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany) image-free navigation system.
Sixteen surgeons attending an advanced navigation training course were invited to take part. A single consultant surgeon performed initial dissection and pin placement, up to the point of landmark acquisition. Each subject was then asked to use a pointer tool to identify the medial and lateral epicondyles, as they would in an operative situation. Data were recorded by the Orthopilot® system, and exported as a 3D array for further analysis.
Initial visualisation with a 3D scatter plot showed that points were evenly distributed within a circular pattern around each epicondyle. The length of a vector between each point on each epicondyle was calculated in turn. The maximum distances between points were 15.6mm for the medial epicondyle, and 19.9mm for the lateral epicondyle.
We then calculated the length and angulation of the trans-epicondylar axis (TEA) for each observer, equivalent to the vector between each pair of points (medial and lateral epicondyle). An average TEA was calculated, and the range and standard deviation of angulation were determined. In the x axis the range was 16.3° (–8.3° to 7.9°, SD 5.1°), in the y axis the range was 18.7° (–8.7° to 10°, SD 5.2°) and in the z axis the range was 20.5° (–10.1° to 10.4°, SD 6.5°). Range of recorded TEA length was 64.5 to 74.9mm (mean 70.6mm, SD 3.3mm).
We conclude that in this simulated operative scenario, surgeons exhibited considerable variability when locating the epicondyles. Range of angulation of the TEA exceeded 16° (SD > 5.1°) in all 3 planes. We cannot recommend the use of a trans-epicondylar axis determined from 2 single points, as a reliable landmark in navigated total knee replacement.
Movement of the limb during computer aided arthroplasty may cause soft tissue impingement on the reference marker(RM) and consequently alter the spatial relationship between RM and bone with resulting inaccuracies in navigation. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of different degrees of soft tissue dissection on the stability of reference markers during limb movement.
The stability of both one- and two-pin RM systems inserted using three different levels of soft-tissue dissection was analysed in relation to a super-stable RM in fresh cadaver lower limbs. The spatial relationship of the two RMs was analysed using the VectorVision® system (BrainLAB, Germany) during multiple repetitions of four predefined limb movements. All tests were done with RMs inserted in both the distal-anterior femur and distal-lateral femur.
Analysis of movements of the test RM in relation to the super-stable RM showed that rotations of less than 0.15o and translations of less than 0.4mm occurred in most test combinations. The combination that showed the greatest instability was when a stab incision was used to insert a pin in the distal/lateral femur (translation 0.73mm+/− 0.05, rotation 0.25o+/− 0.05)(p< 0.001). This instability occurred in both single and double pin RMs(p=0.21).
RM pins can be placed in the anterior distal femur through simple stab incisions without resulting in significant soft tissue impingement during limb movement. If pins are placed in the lateral distal femur through stab incisions, impingement may occur from the fascia lata. Release of the fascia lata 1cm either side of the pin prevents significant impingement. Wide skin incision is unnecessary in any location.
Total knee replacement (TKR) has become the standard procedure in management of degenerative joint disease with its success depending mainly on two factors: three dimensional alignment and soft tissue balancing. The aim of this work was to develop and validate an algorithm to indicate appropriate medial soft tissue release during TKR for varus knees using initial kinematics quantified via navigation techniques.
Kinematic data was collected intra-operatively for 46 patients with primary end-stage osteoarthritis undergoing TKR surgery using a CT-free navigation system. All patients had preoperative varus knees and medial release was made using the surgeon’s experience. From this data an algorithm was developed to define the medial release based on the pre-operative mechanical femoral-tibial angle with valgus stress;
No release (tibial cut only) when valgus stress > −2/3°. Moderate release (medial aspect of tibia +/− semimembranosous tendon) when valgus stress > −5° and < −2°. Extensive release (proximal) when valgus stress < −5°. If there was a fixed flexion deformity > 5° then a posterior release was performed.
This algorithm was validated on a further set of 35 patients where it was used to determine the medial release based only on the kinematic data. The post-operative varus and valgus stress angles for the two groups were compared and showed good outcomes in terms of distribution and outliers.
The results showed that the algorithm was a suitable tool to indicate the type of release required based on intra-operatively measured pre-implant valgus stress and extension deficit angles. It reduced the percentage of releases made and the results were more appropriate than the decisions made by an experienced surgeon.
A Prospective, randomised controlled trial demonstrates superior outcomes using an active constraint robot compared with conventional surgical technique in unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA). Computer assistance should extinguish outliers in arthroplasty, with robotic systems being able to execute the preoperative plan with millimetre precision.
We used the Acrobot system to deliver tailor made surgery for each individual patient. A total of 27 patients (28 knees) awaiting unicompartmental knee arthroplasty were randomly assigned to have the operation performed either with the assistance of the Acrobot or conventionally. CT scans were obtained with coarse slices through hips and ankles and fine slices through the knee joint. Preoperative 3D plans were made and transferred to the Acrobot system in theatre, or printed out as a conventional surgical aid. Accurate co-registration was confirmed, prior to the surfaces of the femur and tibia being milled. The outcome parameters included measurements of the American Knee Society (AKS) score and Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis (WOMAC) index. These measurements were performed pre-operatively and at six, 18 weeks, and 18 months post-operatively. After 18 months two UKA out of the conventional trial (n =15) had been revised into a total knee replacement (TKA), whereas there were no revisions in the Acrobot trial group (n = 13).
Using an active constrained robot to assist the surgeon was significantly more accurate than the conventional surgical technique. This study has shown a direct correlation between accuracy and improvement in knee scores at 6, 18 weeks and 18 months after surgery. At 18 months there continues to be a significant improvement in the knee scores with again a marked correlation between radiological accuracy and clinical outcome with higher accuracy leading to better function based on the WOMAC and American Knee Society Score.
Computer technology allows real time evaluation of knee behaviour throughout flexion. These measurements reflect tibial rotation about the femoral condyles, patellar tracking and soft tissue balance throughout surgery. An understanding of intraoperative kinematics allows accurate adjustment of TKR positioning. We studied computer navigation with the femoral component aligned to Whiteside’s line.
We used CT free navigation during TKR for 71 end-stage osteoarthritic patients. Patients demographics: 29 right–42 left; 44 female −27 male; age 70.4 years (+/− 8.4); mean BMI 30.8 (+/− 4.7; 23.2–48.6); Oxford score: 43 +/− 7.7 (28–58). Preoperatively, 57/71 knees were varus knees, 1 well-aligned and 13 valgus; 75% were cruciate retaining and 25% were posterior stabilised knees.
During surgery the frontal femorotibial or Hip-Knee-Ankle (HKA) angle was measured from maximum extension through 30°,60° and 90° of flexion. Measurements of the femoro tibial angles (HKA) in 0°, 30°, 60° and 90° of knee flexion before and after TKR were collected. No patella was replaced. We compared the kinematics of each knee. Femoral component rotation was 2.06° external rotation +/−1.32° (−1°; 5°) referenced from the dorsal condylar axis. Analysis divided the 71 patients into three groups:
When the femoral component was placed between 1° internal rotation and 0° of external rotation (7 patients) HKA tended to flex into valgus. When the femoral component was placed between 1° and 3° of external rotation (45 patients) HKA tended to remain in neutral alignment (close to the mechanical axis). When the femoral component was placed between 3° and 5°of external rotation (19 patients) HKA tended to flex into varus.
Patellofemoral complications in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) are common. Patellar tracking can be adversely affected by component positioning, soft tissue imbalance and bony deformity. Lateral patellar release rates reported in the literature vary from 6– 40%. Computer assisted surgery has largely been confined to the tibio-femoral component of total knee replacement. However, with recently developed software, it can be used to visualise and quantify patellar tracking and thus guide the precise extent and site of lateral patellar release. The aim of this early study was to define the diagnostic envelope for identification and quantisation of patella maltracking using a current generation patella navigation system.
Our previous prospective analysis of 100 patients undergoing primary TKA identified pre-operative radiographic indices that correlate with maltracking of the patellofemoral joint. 20 cases were subsequently selected for computer assisted total knee replacement surgery. The navigation system (Vector Vision (BrainLab) version 1.6) was used to achieve accurate alignment and position of the femoral and tibial components. All knee replacements were performed using a posterior cruciate-retaining prosthesis. The femoral component was of a ‘patella-friendly’ design with inbuilt 3 degrees external rotation, and the patella was resurfaced in all cases with a biconvex inlay patellar prosthesis.
Patellar tracking was assessed intra-operatively using an additional patellar array and patella tracking-specific software. Real-time displays of patella shift, tilt, rotation and circle radii during multiple flexion-extension cycles were obtained. Where necessary, an ‘outside-to-in’ release of the lateral retinacular complex was performed. The navigation system was used to provide contemporaneous feedback on the effect of the soft tissue releases on the tracking characteristics of the patella component on the prosthetic trochlea. Primary outcomes included the sensitivity and specificity of the system for peri-operative patella maltracking; secondary outcomes included the definition of interventional endpoints and correlation of intra-operative tracking data with post-operative x-rays.
The demographic data for the 20 patients enrolled in this study was essentially unremarkable. As compared to standard intra-operative clinical evaluation of patella tracking, the computer navigation system is equally sensitive and specific, and it can potentially detect more subtle instances of maltracking that may elude conventional clinical evaluation. We present patterns of patellar tracking during the surgery for patient with and without pre-operative patellar maltracking. However, the significance of this is unknown without longer-term outcome data. Patella shift abnormalities that were detected by the system, but not tilt, correlated with clinical judgement of patella maltracking (p< 0.05).
Soft tissue balancing of the patella can now be performed by observing precise changes in shift and tilt. This can be as important as component alignment for optimising patellar tracking and minimising patellofemoral complications.
Patellofemoral symptoms are a prominent cause of dissatisfaction following knee arthroplasty. This may relate to difficulty in knowing where to resect the bone and in placing prosthetic components to reproduce the anatomy accurately. This study developed geometrical data to facilitate these procedures during TKR.
Thirty CT scans of patients above the age of 55 without patellofemoral disease were performed. Three dimensional images were reconstructed using computer software that enabled manipulation of these images and measurements to be taken. These models allowed the shape of the patella to be modelled, its size and the track it takes in the normal trochlea.
The anterior and proximal patellar planes could be described as flat surfaces with an rms of 0.4 and 0.3mm. The angle between these planes was 112° (stdev 5°). The median ridge of the articular surface was a straight line with an rms of 0.2mm and the average angle between the anterior plane and this line was 12° (stdev4°). The angle between the anterior plane and a line fitted to the posterior aspect of the apex of the patella was 56° (stdev 2°). Having oriented the patella with the proximal plane vertical, the distal pole of the patella was within 2mm of the same sagittal plane as the median ridge of the articular surface in all cases. The functional centre of the patella was defined as a point in the centre of 2 planes orthogonal to the sagittal plane at the midpoint between the most proximal and most distal points on the median ridge. In the transverse section this centre was always on the line separating the superficial and deep surfaces of the patella. Also the length, width and thickness of the patellae were measured at 22mm +/−4mm, 47mm +/− 3mm and 24 mm+/− 2 mm. The average ratio of the lateral facet to medial facet width was 1.3 (range 0.8–1.6). The average ratio of the patellar width to thickness was 2.0 (S.D. 0.106, 95%CI 1.96 to 2.03) with a strong correlation(r= 0.89).
From this work we have concluded that the anterior and proximal planes of the patella, which will not be affected by the disease, can be defined and used as a frame of reference for the patella, which will be helpful for navigating the patella and restoring its anatomical form in the presence of erosive changes.
The patella has a constant shape, so that its articular surface can be defined in relatively simple terms, and can be referenced off its non articular surface.
The purpose of our study was to compare the alignment achieved by navigated mobile bearing unicompartmental arthroplasty with that of standard instrumentation. We looked at postoperative X-Rays of 18 unicompartmental mobile bearing arthroplasties performed by two surgeons. 12 of these performed by one surgeon, consisting of 6 navigated E-Motion™ mobile bearing knees and 6, Phase 3 Oxford™ unicompartmental mobile bearing knees. The remaining 6 were Phase 3 Oxford™ unicompartmental mobile bearing knees, performed by a different surgeon. Radiological measurements using the criteria in the Oxford™ manual were taken. All navigated E-motion™ components were within the defined Oxford™ parameters, while a quarter of both all the femoral and all tibial implants were malaligned using standard instrumentation. Our study shows that better and more consistent alignment was achieved when navigation was used for mobile bearing unicompartmental arthroplasty as opposed to the use of standard instrumentation.
Since 2000 we have performed TKR with the aid of a computer assisted navigation system (PiGalileo). Over this time we have made more than 2000 TKR, while continuing to monitor results from both standard technique and computer navigated TKR.
As we began to work with the computer assisted navigation system, we ran a comparison trial to ascertain the accuracy of mechanical axis calculation. The trial comprised of 32 patients. The accuracy of the calculation in both techniques was measured by paralax-free X-ray. The computer assisted navigation group showed a deviation of 0.9°–2.5°, whereas the standard technique group showed a deviation of 3.5°–4.6°.
A second comparison was conducted involving 186 patients. The TKR were performed from August 2000 to December 2001. All patients received the same implant (TC-Solution). All operations were performed by the hospital’s two most senior surgeons. Cases involving deviations from our standard TKR (such as patellar replacement) were eliminated from the trial. Two groups were created randomly:
Group A (88 patients) standard technique Group B (98 patients) technique with the aid of computer assisted navigation system.
All patients were examined by an independent doctor, in accordance with a clearly defined protocol. Preoperative and postoperative clinical examinations with X-rays were made. Check ups with valuation of the KSS score (Insall) and HSS Knee score (Ranavate and Shine) followed after 3,6,12,24 and 60 months.
Both groups have comparable biometric data. In the post-surgery checks we found noticeable differences in the axis positions of the legs and the ventral cutting plane in favour of group B. This group showed better clinical results and patient satisfaction.
There was no difference in the outcome in case of retropatelar problems, as the first generation software did not permit rotation assessment of the prosthesis. The current version of the system allows this assessment.
The results of our clincal observations confirm the advantage of computer navigated TKR. It has become our standard operating method. The navigation system is reliable, warrants better axis and rotation positioning of the prosthesis; exact cutting planes, and consequently, exact setting of the implants. Through progressive development of the navigation system and refined surgical techniques in relation to computer assisted TKR, we have reduced the average TKR operating time.
Navigation during the positioning of the acetabular component in total hip replacement is a promising tool to improve the prosthetic alignment. Correct placement of the cup will reduce the risk of mechanical complications such as dislocations and impingement. All navigation systems, be they CT or infra-red based, require exact determination of the symphysis and both anterior superior iliac spines, the landmarks of the patient’s pelvis. The accuracy of the intraoperative palpation of these landmarks influences the outcome of the cup-angulation more than any other factor.
Our experience in over 700 infra-red based navigated total hip replacements since 2002, shows a wide variation of acetabular cup anteversion. This study was intended to prove a correlation between the subcutaneous fat thickness and infra-red based measurements of the pelvis.
The navigation system (PiGalileo) used in this study is infra-red based, using the symphysis and both anterior superior iliac spines as reference points.
To determine the influence of the surgeons’ experience in palpating the landmarks on the outcome of the position of the acetabular cup, two series of 10 consecutive THRs were performed by a single surgeon. The first series was performed after the navigation had been introduced into the routine of our total hip replacements and the initial learning curve had passed. The second series was initiated to prove a correlation between the patient’s soft tissue cover and acetabular cup anteversion. The subcutaneous tissue overlying the landmarks was measured preoperatively by ultrasound. The computer calculated anteversion was corrected by a factor based on the clinical experience of the surgeon. In both series coronal tilt and cup anteversion were evaluated via post-operative CT-scans. Thus determined, the position of the cup was compared to the intraoperative measurements of the navigation system.
All acetabular cup angles were kept within the required limits. In the first series, the mean difference of the measurements of the coronal tilt and anteversion were 3.8° and 7.2° respectively. In the second series, the mean difference of the anteversion was improved by 2°. There was no change affecting the coronal tilt. In both series, the operating time was increased by 9 minutes compared to conventional THRs.
Precise landmark acquisition is essential in order to profit from navigation in total hip replacement and obtain a cup angulation far superior to conventional placement. The correlating factor of subcutaneous fat and cup anteversion has yet to be determined.
The tibial tunnel was in the navigated and also in the controll group localised in the ideal position in zone B in 37 cases (92,5 %).
The mean additinal operation time caused by Ortho-Pilot navigation was 11 minutes. No complications were observed in both groups. There was no difference in Lysholm score between both groups. The dispersion of the stability values was greater in the controll group.
A novel study is done to show use of Auto CAD in orthopaedics at various stages. Auto-CAD is a Three-Dimensional (3-D) software used for drafting and designing and it requires training and practice. Orthopaedic surgeons are usually not trained to use this software but the author an orthopaedic surgeon was trained and certified by City and Guilds to use this software.
Since 1998 the CAD knowledge was used in orthopaedics by using solid model designing. A digital picture of radiograph or bone was taken through the camera and was imported in CAD drawing. The picture was scaled to the actual dimensions of the patient and analysed. Auto-CAD was used for radiographic evaluation, identifying the percentage of magnification of the radiographs, and to measure angles and dimensions of the bones. On the radiographs a new ‘Tuning Fork Lines’ (TFL) were drawn to assess the talar shift in ankle fractures. Functional Acetabular Index (FAI) again a new measure was used to calculate the change of angle of the new cup position in total hip replacements due to pelvic tilt and leg length discrepancy (LLD) on weight bearing. CAD was also used for joint replacement pre-operative planning and patient follow-up. Interhip, inter-knee and inter-malleolar distance was measured to identify femoral valgus angle to guide distal femoral cut in total knee replacements (TKR). Measurements of apparent leg length and angle of fixed deformities of the joints were also studied. Femoral head neck ratio was studied in relation to range of movements (ROM), impingement and stability of the hip joint. Some specific designing work was also under taken. The results showed that the percentage of magnification of the radiographs varied from 9% to 23% (mean 16 %). TFL on antero-posterior view within 30° of rotations of ankle joint confirmed anatomical talar positions and abnormal shifts. One centimetre of LLD changed FAI by 2.5° and 10° of abduction deformity resulted in apparent lengthening of 3.87 cm. Increased femoral head neck ratio for joint bearing improved ROM, increased stability of the hip joint and reduced impingement. Clinical measure was more important than anatomical angles for TKR.
The author found 3-D Auto-CAD to be very useful in his clinical practice. It is very reliable in analysing radiographs and the pictures with great accuracy without any need for markers in vivo. Hopefully it will open up more horizons and will be used widely by orthopaedic surgeons in the future.
One of the advantages of Computer Assisted Orthopaedic Surgery is to obtain functional and morphological information in real time during the procedure. 3D models can be built, without preoperative images, based on elastic 3D to 3D registration methods. The bone morphing algorithm is one of them. It allows to specifically build the 3D shape of bones using a deformable model and a set of spare points obtained on the patient. These points are obtained with a pointer tracker visible by the station which digitises the surface of the bone. However, it’s not always possible to digitise directly the bone in the context of minimal invasive surgery. In this case, the lack of information leads to an inaccurate reconstruction of bone’s surfaces. To collect such missing information we propose to rely on ultrasound (US) images despite the fact that ultrasound is not the best modality to image bones.
To use this method, a segmentation step is first needed to detect automatically the bone in US images. Then, a calibration step of the US probe is carried out to obtain the 3D position of any point of the 2D ultrasonic images using 3D infra-red localizer. Several methods can be carried out to calibrate US probes, however to take into account surgical constraints such as accuracy, robustness, speed and ease of use, we decided to implement the single wall procedure.
The calibration step consists in the estimation of a transformation matrix which carries out the connection between the 2D reference system of the US image and a 3D reference system in the space. To estimate correctly this matrix, a wall is scanned with different motions of the US probe. The images are then processed to automatically detect the lines representing the wall in the US images. A preliminary step allows to clean the images using a threshold and a gradient operation. Then, a method based on the Hough transform detects the lines on the images. Once all the images are processed, the calibration parameters can be estimated by using a new method which minimises the distance between the real plane and the points obtained with the US images. This optimisation step is composed of the genetic algorithms and of the Levenberg-Marquardt (LM) method. The first algorithm allows to obtain a good initialisation in a defined space for the LM algorithm. This good initialisation found thanks to the stochastic behaviour of the genetic algorithms is very important otherwise the LM algorithm could detect local minimum and the calibration parameters could be wrong.
The accuracy of the calibration method is assessed by measuring the distance between the position of a known point in the space and the same point obtained with the US image and the calibration. 40 calibrations matrices are used to estimate correctly the accuracy. An average accuracy of 1.22 mm and a standard deviation (Std. Dev.) of 0.42 mm are measured. The accuracy of the system is quite high but the reproducibility is too low to use this approach in a clinical environment. The main reason of this lack of reproducibility is the thickness of the US beam.
A slight modification in the design of the calibration tool will allow to increase the reproducibility. We will then have an efficient and automatic calibration procedure with the required accuracy and robustness, usable for clinical purposes.
Total knee arthroplasty is a well established treatment modality for knee osteoarthritis with an 82% satisfactory outcome as reported by the Swedish Knee Arthroplasty Register. Overall revision rate is 15% at 10 years with aseptic loosening and instability being the most common indication for revision. Axial alignment of limb with restoration of mechanical axis within a range of +/− 3° varus/valgus is thought to be associated with a better outcome. Although short term outcome results show no significant differences in CAS TKR versus traditional TKR, we expect long term clinical outcome to be better.
The primary aim is to investigate the benefits and pitfalls of using CAS TKR such as improved component alignment and restoration of mechanical axis. In addition, we also share our experience of the current PiGalileo™ Computer Navigated System (ENDOPLUS®).
Since October 2002 we have performed over 80 CAS TKR. We have prospectively collected pre and post operative data of patients undergoing CAS TKR and analysed the operative details, as well as evaluated their WOMAC and Knee Society Scores. We looked in particular at the performance of PiGalileo™ Computer Navigated System (ENDOPLUS®).
We have positive experience with PiGalileo™ Navigation System. We have had no computer related complications. We recognize although the system is user friendly, it naturally involves a learning curve. Surgeries done with PiGalileo™ are still performed by a surgeon, with navigation and mechanized technologies aiding the surgeon in instrument positioning. Surgeons are provided with critical real-time intra-operative feedback to help improve precision, leading to better implant alignment and positioning of the implants to a degree of accuracy not possible with the naked eye. The achievable accuracy of implant positioning is less than 1 mm, and less than 1°. Data is currently being collected to prove the superior long term clinical outcome of such accuracy.
With the advent of the advancement of manufacturing technologies hip resurfacing (HR) has become a serious option for a younger patient with osteoarthritis of the hip. The operation is technically demanding and correct placement of the femoral component is the critical step.
We hypothesised that with computer navigation we can improve the placement of the femoral component and restore the biomechanics of the hip joint compared to currently available mechanical jigs.
We compared the radiological results and operation time in 8 patients undergoing computer navigated hip resurfacings (cnHR) to 30 patients undergoing mechanical jig hip resurfacings (jigHR).
Our results showed the average angle of the central pin in the femoral neck in the jigHR group was 141 degrees on the AP radiographs (range 131 to 154 degrees) and 6 degrees antevertion (range 0 to 8 degrees) on the lateral radiographs compared with 135 degrees (range 134 to 138 degrees)and 5 degrees (range 3 to 8 degrees)in the cnHR group. The position of the central pin in the neck immediately below the head was off-centre in the jigHR group on average by 4mm in both AP and lateral radiographs and never more than 2mm in the cnHR group in either view. Offset was increased on average 5mm in the jigHR group and decreased on average by 3mm in the cnHR group. The average operation time was 107 minutes in the jigHR group and 110 minutes in the cnHR group.
We conclude that despite our relatively small sample group we have showed computer navigation gives consistent optimum positioning of the femoral component and improves the biomechanics of the hip. This was without increasing operating time.
Various frames of reference are routinely used for hip and knee arthroplasty. We hypothesised that the linea aspera is a constant anatomical feature which can be used as a frame of reference.
Twenty cadaveric femora were CT scanned with high resolution 1mm slices. Robin 3D software was used to manipulate the CT data. Three points were identified on the posterior aspect of the lesser trochanter, medial and lateral femoral condyles to position the femora in similar positions based on the posterior femoral plane (PFP). Centres of the femoral head and neck were derived by surface markers placed on the head and around the neck respectively. Joining the 2 centres gave head neck axis (HNA). The most prominent point on the linea aspera was identified at a level midway along the length of the femur. At that level the centre of the canal was derived by placing surface markers. Joining the most prominent point on the linea aspera to the centre of the canal identified our plane, linea aspera – centre plane (LCP). Angle measurements were made between PFP to HNA, PFP to LCP and LCP to HNA.
PFP to HNA is the traditional method for measuring anteversion angle which in our series had a mean of 13°, SD of 5 (range 5–24). PFP to LCP gave very similar results with mean 101°, SD 6 (range 92–112). However it was noted that there is weak correlation between PFP to HNA angle and PFP to LCP angle for each femur. LCP to HNA measurements were more variable with mean 89°, SD 8 (range 76–108).
From these data we conclude that the proximal half of the femur has more variable torsion compared to the distal half. This study shows that the linea aspera should not be used as a frame of reference for hip nor knee arthroplasties. However, further studies are needed to evaluate the linea aspera in-vivo where it is expected to be more prominent and easier to identify.
Fully automated robots for the planning and implantation of total hip arthroplasty have completely withdrawn from the market. Reasons were technical problems during the reaming process that lead to postoperative neurological problems. This lead, especially in Germany, to numerous court cases and created a hostile environment regarding robotic orthopaedic surgery.
The first steps in the development of a robotic assisted system for total hip arthroplasty are presented. This system will be able to plan and mill both femoral and acetabular implant seat. This project aims to combine the advantages of minimally invasive techniques and navigational systems with the accuracy that robotic assisted bone milling can provide. One of the main goals is the study of the technical problems of previous systems and to develop methods to prevent those.
The project-name is RomEo (Robotic minimally invasive Endoprosthetics), the main project partners are the Helmut-Schmidt University/Hamburg and the Department of Trauma and Orthopaedics of the BG Trauma Hospital Hamburg. The paper focuses on:
The “workspace” created in minimally invasive hip surgery as determined in cadaver operations, including a 3D reconstruction
Possible solutions of the problems of non-invasive patient fixation as determined in cadaver testing with different fixation methods
Feasibility of 3D operation simulation using Voxelman data, access route data and implant CAD data
The use of intramedullary column screws in the treatment of acetabular fractures is becoming more widely utilized. The development of percutaneous methods to insert these screws under image intensifier guidance is one of the main reasons for their increased use. Few groups are navigating insertion of these screws. The available screws are cannulated 6.5–8 mm screws. Most surgeons prefer using 3.2 mm guide wires to reduce deflection. With a shank diameter of 4.5 mm, 3.2 mm cannulation significantly weakens the screws. We postulated that both columns, specially the posterior column can accommodate larger screw diameters which will increase the stability of fixation allowing earlier full weight bearing. The currently used screws were designed for fixation of femoral neck fractures. As percutaneous fixation of acetabular fractures is a growing area of interest, this warrants designing suitable screws with larger diameters.
Eight CT scans of the adult pelvis –performed for non fracture related indications-, were studied (7 females, 1 male). We found that the anatomical cross-section of the columns is irregular but approximately triangular. The method we used to determine the largest diameter of a screw to fit each column was fitting cylinders in the columns. Robin’s 3D software was used to segment acetabula and convert the CT data into polygon mesh (stereolithography STL format) bone surfaces at an appropriate Hounsfield value. The resulting STL files were imported in Robin’s Cloud software, where polygon mesh cylinders of 10 mm diameter were fitted in each column. These cylinders were then manipulated to achieve best fit and their diameters were gradually increased to the biggest diameter which still fitted in the column.
The mean diameters of the fitted cylinders were 10.8 mm (range: 10–13mm) and 15.2 mm (range 14–16.5mm) for the anterior and posterior columns respectively.
To our knowledge, this is the first investigation to study the cross sectional dimensions of the anterior and posterior columns of the acetabulum. Our small sample shows that both columns can safely accommodate larger screws than those currently used. We plan to investigate this further using cadavers.
Periacetabular osteolysis is now considered one of the major long term complications following uncemented total hip replacement. Radiographs are inaccurate and lack sensitivity in detecting lesions even with multiple views. Very few clinical studies have shown the use of CTscan for measuring these lesions. We report our clinical experience with CT based algorithm for measuring it.
Twenty two patients (32 hips) who have undergone Uncemented Furlong total hip replacement agreed to undergo CT scan of their hips for our study. The mean follow up was 5.4 yrs. Of the 34 hips,17 were polyethylene bearings and 15 were ceramic bearings. Nine patients had bilateral replacement in this group. Using custom reconstruction software, 3D models were created and volume measurements made after identifying the lesions in the slices and painting them using appropriate tools available in the software.
Accuracy of the method was assessed by measuring the volume of artificial cavities created on polyurethane pelvis with and without the components. In our control experiments, a high correlation between the test and standard measurements was noted in the cavities above the component, while medial to the acetabular component in bilateral cases it was difficult to be accurate, with cavities less than 10mm in diameter being hard to detect reliably.
In our clinical group of 32 hips, degenerative cysts were noted in 13, secondary rheumatoid cysts in 2 and wear cysts were noted in 2, the largest having a maximum dimension of 10mm. All the degenerative cysts were in the peripheral zone and both the wear cysts were seen in the central zone communicating with the screw holes. These cysts were identified by the characteristic absence of sclerosis surrounding the cyst and obvious communication with screw holes. Both the wear cysts were found with polyethylene bearings at a minimum of 5yrs follow up.
The mean volume of the degenerative cysts was 799 mm3 (71–3500) and the mean volume of the wear cysts was 567 mm3 (550–585)
The low dose CT method we describe and the results we report show that cavities can be measured reliably, above or below the acetabular component. On the medial side, in bilateral cases in particular, although location is possible, volumetric analysis of anything less than 10mm in diameter is not.
Regarding surveillance strategy for wear cysts, we have established that in this series the incidence is 14%, with one at 5 yrs and another noted at 12 yrs, with 10mm in maximum dimension. The absence of any wear cysts at all in the ceramic group, albeit after a shorter follow up of only 5 years is encouraging.
Based on these figures, with these implants, we would recommend that there is no need to undertake surveillance more frequently than every 10 years.
Complications following hip resurfacing occur primarily because of the surgeon’s inability to achieve optimal implant positioning, and the significant learning curve associated with it. Our study sought to look at the impact of navigation technologies on this learning curve.
Twenty medical students doing their BSc project took part in the study. Four types of synthetic femurs were used for the study viz., Normal anatomy (11students), Osteoarthritis (5), Coxa Vara(2) and Coxa Valga(2). Each student was allowed to insert the guide wire according to their judgement in the femoral head using 3 systems: Conventional instrumentation, 3D plan based on a CT scan of the particular bone, helped by a conventional jig and Navigation system.
This achieved angle was then compared with the angle originally planned for each bone in all three groups using digitizing arm.
The range of error using the conventional method to insert a guide wire was 23deg (range −9 to 14, SD= 6.3), using the CT plan method, it was 22 deg (range −9 to 13, SD=6.6). Using the Navigation method it was 7 deg (range −5 to 2, SD=2.). Students who progressed from conventional through planning to navigation (group 1) were no more accurate than students who went straight to navigation without ever having used conventional instrumentation (group 3). Students produced similar accuracy even in their maiden attempt, on difficult anatomy when provided with navigation technology.
This study has shown that motivated and enthusiastic students can achieve an expert level of accuracy very rapidly when provided with the appropriate level of technology. he development of surgeons who are able to deliver excellent outcomes depends more on technology than training.
In computer assisted orthopaedic surgery, rigid fixation of the Reference Marker (RM) system is essential for reliable computer guidance. A minimum shift of the RM can lead to substantial registration errors and inaccuracies in the navigation process. Various types of RM systems are available but there is little information regarding the relative stabilities of these systems. The aim of this study was to test the rotational stability of three commonly used RM systems.
One hundred and thirty Synbones and 15 cadavers were used to test the rotational stability of three different RM systems (Schanz’ screw, Brain-Lab MIRA and Stryker adjustment system). Using a specially developed testing device, the peak torque sustained by each RM system was assessed in various anatomical sites.
Comparison of means for Synbone showed that the BrainLab MIRATM system was the most stable (mean peak torque 5.60+/− 1.21 Nm) followed by the Stryker systemTM (2.53+/− 0.53 Nm) and the Schanz screw(0.77+/− 0.39 Nm)(p< 0.01). The order of stability in relation to anatomical site was femoral shaft, distal femur, tibial shaft, proximal tibia, anterior superior iliac spine, iliac crest and talus. Results from the cadaver experiments showed similar results. Bi-cortical fixation was superior to mono-cortical fixation in the femur(p< 0.01) but not the tibia(p=0.22).
The RM system is the vital link between bone and computer and as such the stability of the RM is paramount to the accuracy of the navigation process. In choosing RM systems for computer navigated surgery surgeons should be aware of their relative stability. Anatomical site of RM placement also affect the stability. Mono-cortical fixation is generally less stable than bi-cortical.
Periprosthetic bone remodeling after uncemented hip replacement has always been a matter of research and debate. DEXA analysis of bone density was studied by previous groups but not the cross sectional cortical volume. We report a validated CT based algorithm for accurate measurement of cortical volume in these group of patients.
Twenty two patients who have undergone Uncemented Furlong total hip replacement agreed to undergo CT scan of their hips for our study. The mean age was 74.6 yrs. The mean follow up was 5.4 yrs. Using software adapted for the specific purpose, femoral cortical volume was measured at three different levels at a fixed distance from the lower border of the lesser trochanter on both sides:
6mm distal to the tip of the prosthesis (z), At the top of the cylindrical portion(x) Midway between x and z (y).
Accuracy of the method was assessed by measuring the volume of artificial cavities created on a polyurethane pelvis. Assessment of precision of method was done by calculating the level of agreement between two observers.
The mean cortical volume in the proximal cylindrical portion (x), midpoint(y) and the portion of bone distal to the prosthesis (z) were 458 mm3, 466 mm3, 504 mm3 respectively. The corresponding cortical volumes in the contralateral native femur in unilateral hip replacements were 530 mm3(x), 511 mm3(y), 522 mm3 (z) giving a ratios of 0.86(x), 0.91(y) and 0.97(z). The mean cortical volumes on the left side of bilateral hips were 490 mm3(x), 499 mm3(y) and 528 mm3 (z). The mean cortical volumes on the right side were 456 mm3(x), 463 mm3 (y) and 516 mm3 (z). No significant trend was noted with change of volume of bone with time. In the three cases who had cemented hips on their other side, the cemented hips exhibited substantially more stress shielding than their cementless controls (ratios of 0.82, 0.74 and 0.85). A high correlation between the test and standard measurements was noted. The interobserver agreement between two observers was also good.
In a fully coated uncemented femoral component, with documented long term results, it is to be expected that load will be shed steadily along the length of the prosthesis. In this study we have confirmed this supposition, with volumetric data, by showing that an almost normal bone just below the tip of the stem (97% volume) reduces to a bone volume of 91% by the middle of the stem and then 86% by the shoulder of the prosthesis. This decrease in the volume of cortical bone effectively normal at the tip of the prosthesis while not optimal appears to stabilize early with no trend of continued reduction over a decade. The effect of cementation on stress shielding was only examined incidentally in this study but appears to contribute to more marked bone loss.
Computer Navigation systems are becoming more widely used for knee replacement surgery. We used the Stryker Navigation System® to assess the alignment of twenty-two knees intraoperatively. We compared alignment readings of valgus angle of the knee in extension before and after cementing of the prosthesis.
We found that in twenty of the twenty-two cases (91%), a change in alignment occurred between bone cuts stage, and final cemented prosthesis. The mean change between trial alignment and final cemented alignment was 1.5 degrees (0.5 to 4.5 degrees). Twelve cases showed an improvement in alignment on cementing (ie. tended towards zero degrees) with a mean of 1.4 degrees (0.5 to 3.5). Eight cases showed a deterioration in alignment (ie. tended further away from zero degrees) with a mean of 1.1 degrees (0.5 to 2.5). Two cases showed change in alignment without being considered worse or better ie. changed from varus to valgus or vice versa to the same degree.
We conclude that in order to benefit maximally from the accuracy of the computer navigation system, care must be taken to ensure accurate seating of the prosthesis following cementing. The changes we observed in some cases between trial alignment and final cemented result, suggest that the high level of accuracy in alignment gained by the computer navigation system may be lost at the cementing stage. We therefore recommend that alignment is rechecked immediately following cementing, and valgus or varus force carefully applied as appropriate to achieve ideal alignment before cement polymerisation.
Assessing femoral head coverage is a crucial element in acetabular surgery for hip dysplasia. Plain radiographic indices give rather limited information. We present a novel CT-based method that measures the fraction of the femoral head that is covered by the acetabulum. This method also produces a direct image of the femoral head with the covered part clearly represented, and it also measures acetabular inclination and anteversion. We used this method to determine normal coverage, and applied it to a prospective study of patients with hip dysplasia undergoing periacetabular osteotomy.
Twenty-five normal and 26 dysplastic hips were studied. On each CT scan points were assigned on the femoral head surface and the superior half of the acetabular rim. The anterior pelvic plane was then defined, and the pelvis was aligned in that plane. Using our custom software programme, the fraction of the head that was covered was measured, in addition to acetabular inclination and anteversion.
In the normal hips femoral head coverage averaged 73% (SD 4). In the same group, mean anteversion was 15.7° (SD 7°), whereas mean inclination was 44.4° (SD 4°). In the dysplastic group femoral head coverage averaged 50.3% (SD 6), whereas mean anteversion and inclination were 18.7° (SD 9°) and 53.2° (SD 5°) respectively.
This is the first study to our knowledge that has used a reliable measurement technique of femoral head coverage by the acetabulum in the normal hip. When this is applied to assessing coverage in surgery for hip dysplasia it allows a clearer understanding of where the corrected hip stands in relation to a normal hip. This would then allow for better determination of the likely outcome of this type of surgery. We are presently conducting a prospective study using this technique to study dysplastic hips pre- and post-periacetabular osteotomy.
Whilst computer assistance enables more accurate arthroplasty to be performed, demonstrating this is difficult. The superior results of CAOS systems have not been widely appreciated because accurate determination of the position of the implants is impossible with conventional radiographs for they give very little information outside their plane of view.
We report on the use of low dose (approximately a quarter of a conventional pelvic scan), low cost CT to robustly measure and demonstrate the efficacy of computer assisted hip resurfacing. In this study we demonstrate 3 methods of using 3D CT to measure the difference between the planned and achieved positions in both conventional and navigated hip resurfacing.
The initial part of this study was performed by imaging a standard radiological, tissue equivalent phantom pelvis. The 3D surface models extracted from the CT scan were co-registered with a further scan of the same phantom. Subsequently both the femoral and acetabular components were scanned encased in a large block of ice to simulate the equivalent Hounsfield value of human tissue. The CT images of the metal components were then co-registered with their digital images provided by the implant manufactures. The accuracy of the co-registration algorithm developed here was shown to be within 0.5mm.
This technique was subsequently used to evaluate the accuracy of component placement in our patients who were all pre-operatively CT scanned. Their surgery was digitally planned by first defining the anterior pelvic plane (APP), which is then used as the frame of reference to accurately position and size the wire frame models of the implant. This plan greatly aids the surgeon in both groups and in the computer assisted arm the Acrobot Wayfinder uses this pre-operative plan to guide the surgeon.
Following surgery all patients, in both groups were further CT scanned to evaluate the achieved accuracy. This post-operative CT scan is co-registered to the pre-operative CT based plan. The difference between the planned and achieved implant positions is accurately computed in all three planes, giving 3 angular and 3 translational numerical values for each component.
Further analysis of the CT generated results is used to measure the implant intersection volume between the pre-operatively planned and achieved positions. This gives a single numerical value of placement error for each component. These 3D CT datasets have also been used to quantify the volume of bone resected in both groups of patients comparing the simulated resection of the planned position of the implant to that measured on the post-operative CT.
This study uses 3D CT as a surrogate outcome measure to demonstrate the efficacy of CAOS systems.
Various frames of reference are routinely used for hip and knee arthroplasty. We hypothesised that the linea aspera is a constant anatomical feature which can be used as a frame of reference.
Twenty cadaveric femora were CT scanned with high resolution 1mm slices. Robin 3D software was used to manipulate the CT data. Three points were identified on the posterior aspect of the lesser trochanter, medial and lateral femoral condyles to position the femora in similar positions based on the posterior femoral plane (PFP). Centres of the femoral head and neck were derived by surface markers placed on the head and around the neck respectively. Joining the 2 centres gave head neck axis (HNA). The most prominent point on the linea aspera was identified at a level midway along the length of the femur. At that level the centre of the canal was derived by placing surface markers. Joining the most prominent point on the linea aspera to the centre of the canal identified our plane, linea aspera – centre plane (LCP). Angle measurements were made between PFP to HNA, PFP to LCP and LCP to HNA.
PFP to HNA is the traditional method for measuring anteversion angle which in our series had a mean of 13°, SD of 5 (range 5–24). PFP to LCP gave very similar results with mean 101°, SD 6 (range 92–112). However it was noted that there is weak correlation between PFP to HNA angle and PFP to LCP angle for each femur. LCP to HNA measurements were more variable with mean 89°, SD 8 (range 76–108).
From these data we conclude that the proximal half of the femur has more variable torsion compared to the distal half. This study shows that the linea aspera should not be used as a frame of reference for hip nor knee arthroplasties. However, further studies are needed to evaluate the linea aspera in-vivo where it is expected to be more prominent and easier to identify.
Introduction: Surgical training is being greatly affected by the challenges of reduced training opportunities, shortened working hours, and financial pressures. There is thus an increased need for training systems to aid development of psychomotor skills of the surgical trainee. Furthermore, simulation environments can provide a friendlier and less hazardous environment for learning surgical skills. Such simulations may be used to augment training in the operating room (OR) so that trainees acquire key skills in a non-threatening and unhurried environment.
Trajectory planning and implementation forms a substantial part of current and future orthopaedic practice. This type of surgery is governed by a basic orthopaedic principle where the placement of a surgical tool at a specific site within a region via a trajectory that is planned from X-ray based 2D images and is governed by 3D anatomical constraints. The accuracy and safety of procedures utilising the basic orthopaedic principle depends on the surgeon’s judgement, experience, ability to integrate images, utilisation of intra-operative X-ray, knowledge of anatomical-biomechanical constraints and eye hand dexterity.
With the decrease in training opportunities in OR for the surgical trainee, these skills are developing at a much later stage in training. Several studies have shown a reduction in the number of operations undertaken and a reduction in the level of competence achieved by surgical trainees.
The study is divided into two parts. The initial part of the study involves the use of the conventional CAOSS to train the orthopaedic trainees with no prior exposure of distal locking of femoral nails and the dynamic hip screw. The second part of the study involves the use of modified CAOSS to assess whether the initial training has helped in developing mental navigation skills of using a 2-D image and navigating the drill bit in 3-D space.
The scoring system is based on a combination of parameters which include the time taken for centring of the interlocking screw, total exposures taken and the improvement in the position of the tip of the drill bit with each exposure.
Performing Total Knee Replacement (TKR) surgery using computer assisted navigation systems results in more reproducibly accurate component alignment. Navigation allows real time evaluation of passive knee behaviour throughout flexion. These kinematic measurements reflect tibial rotation about the femoral condyles, patellar tracking and soft tissue balance throughout surgery. In this study, we aim to study dynamic knee function in navigated and standard instrumentation TKR patients performing a range of everyday activities using gait analysis.
A prospective randomised controlled trial evaluated the functional outcome using gait analysis with 20 patients in each of three groups – Standard, Navigated and Control. The same implant (Scorpio) and navigation system (Strykervision) was used for each patient. The control group were subjects with no history of knee pathology or gait abnormality. Using an 8-camera Vicon motion analysis system set at 120Hz (real-time motion), we assessed the following functional activies: walking, rising from/sitting in chair, ascending/descending stairs. One functional outcome measure we have analysed so far is the maximum flexion angle.
The maximum flexion angle was recorded for each activity in standard, navigated and control groups respectively. ANOVA was performed, with significance set at p< 0.05. Maximum flexion angle during gait was 65.6°, 72.6° (p=0.009) and 73.5° (p=0.74), chair rising/sitting was 82.5°, 92.8° (p=0.01), and 93.5° (p=0.64), stairs ascent/descent was 81.8°, 99° (p< 0.0001), and 113.4° (p< 0.0001).
In terms of dynamic functional outcome, we found that the average maximum flexion angle for the navigated group was greater than for the standard group; moreover, this was similar to the maximum flexion angle for the control group when performing a variety of normal daily activities.
Computer navigated total knee replacement is less invasive than traditional methods, as it avoids the use of intramedullary alignment rods. A previous study (Kalairajah et al, 2005) has shown that computer-assisted techniques may reduce blood loss in comparison to traditional methods. Our study uses a more accurate method of assessing blood loss, and the sample size is larger.
136 TKR patients were selected from a prospectively collected database of all those undergoing arthroplasty at our institution; 68 had standard TKR and 68 had a computer assisted TKR. In each group, half had BMI in the range 20–30, and half had BMI between 30–40. There were an equal number of males and females in each group. All patients received a standardised anaesthetic, and had tranexamic acid at the start of the procedure.
Total body blood volume was calculated from patient height, weight and sex, using the model described by Nadler, Hidalgo & Bloch (1962). This was then used, together with pre- and post-op haematocrit and volume re-infused or transfused, to calculate true blood loss, as described by Sehat, Evans, and Newman (2004). This method is considered to be more reliable than measuring drain output, as it takes account of “hidden” (internal) losses.
The average blood loss was 603ml in the standard TKR group, and 448ml in the computer assisted TKR group. Student’s t-test showed that this difference was statistically significant (p = 0.007). Regression analysis showed no significant difference between obese and non-obese patients, nor a difference between sexes. Blood loss in both groups was lower than in a previous study, which we attribute to our department’s routine use of tranexamic acid.
We conclude that computer-assisted total knee replacement leads to significant reduction in blood loss when compared with traditional techniques. This confirms previous reports.
Computer navigation assistance in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) results in more consistently accurate postoperative alignment of the knee prostheses. However the medium and long term clinical outcomes of computer-navigated TKA are not widely published. Our aim was to compare patient perceived outcomes between computer navigation assisted and conventional TKA using the Oxford knee score (OKS).
We retrospectively collected data on 441 primary TKA carried out by a single surgeon in a dedicated arthroplasty centre over a period of four years. These were divided according to use of computer navigation (group A) or standard instrumentation (group B). There were no statistical differences in baseline Oxford knee score (OKS) and demographic data between the groups. 238 of these had at least a one-year follow-up with 109 in group A and 129 in group B. Two year follow-up data was available for 105 knees with 48 in group A and 57 in group B and a three year follow-up for 45 with 21 and 24 in groups A and B respectively. 12 patients had completed four year follow-up with seven and five knees in groups A and B respectively.
The mean OKS at 1-year follow up was 24.98 (range 12– 54, SD 9.34) for group A and 26.54 (range 12– 51, SD 10.18) for group B (p = 0.25). Similarly at 2-years the mean OKS was 25.40 (range 12– 53, SD 9.51) for group A and 25.56 (range 12– 46, SD 9.67) for group B (p = 0.94). The results were similar for three and four-year follow ups with p values not significant. This study thus revealed that computer assisted TKA does not appear to result in better patient satisfaction when compared to standard instrumentation at midterm follow up.
It is known from long term analysis of conventional TKA that mal-aligned implants have significantly higher failure rates beyond eight to ten years. As use of computer navigation assistance results in a less number of mal-aligned knee prostheses, we believe that these knees will have improved survivorship. The differences in OKS between the two groups should therefore be evident after eight to ten years.
Last year at CAOS UK we reported on the development of the Acrobot® Navigation System for accurate computer-assisted hip resurfacing surgery. This paper describes the findings of using the system in the clinical setting and includes the improvements that have been made to expedite the procedure. The aim of our system is to allow accurate planning of the surgery and precise placement of the prosthesis in accordance with the plan, with a zero intra-operative time penalty in comparison to the standard non-navigated technique.
The system uses a pre-operative CT-based plan to allow the surgeon to have full 3D knowledge of the patient’s anatomy and complete control over the sizes and positions of the components prior to surgery.
At present the navigation system is undergoing final clinical evaluation prior to a clinical study designed to demonstrate the accuracy of outcome compared with the conventional technique. Whilst full results are not yet available, this paper describes the techniques that are being used to evaluate accuracy by comparing pre-operative CT-based plans with post-operative CT scans, and gives initial results.
This approach provides a true measure of procedure outcome by measuring what was achieved against what was planned in 3D. The measure includes all the sources of error present within the procedure protocol, therefore these results represent the first time that the outcome of a navigated orthopaedic procedure has been measured accurately.
Significant concerns remain in computer navigated surgery regarding potential errors due to inadequate tracker or array fixation, cutting guide block movements, saw blade deviation, variable component seating and standardisation and validity of radiographic measurements of alignment for outcome assessment. There are no studies in the literature comparing computer generated axes at different steps of operation as well as radiographic axes using scanograms to our knowledge. Long leg films involve significant radiation, which can be minimised by the use of scanograms.
A prospective study was performed to compare the per-operative and post-operative alignment of the lower limbs after navigated total knee replacements. All consecutive patients who underwent navigated total knee replacement between May 2006 and November 2006 were included in the study. Patients with inadequate data, patients who refused to participate in the study or lost contact, obvious measurement errors and patients having had recent operations were excluded. The intra-operative initial, trial and the final axes were recorded from the navigation system. Post-operatively a CT (Computer Tomogram) scanogram of the lower limbs was performed as per the scanogram protocol. Measurement of the mechanical hip-knee-ankle axis of the lower limb was performed on the computer. Results were analysed using appropriate statistical methods and comparison made between initial, trial, final and scanogram axes with assessment of their correlation coefficients.
Twenty-five patients were initially recruited in the study, of which, 15 were available with completed data. There were four males and 11 females with the age ranging from 57–80 (average 70) years. The right knee was replaced in 12 and the left knee in three patients. The average initial alignment was 0.09° valgus (0.5° varus to 1° valgus), trial alignment 0.59° varus (2° varus to 1° valgus), final alignment 0.56° varus (4° varus to 1.5° valgus) and average radiographic alignment was 0.52° varus (3.1° varus to 1.8° valgus) in maximum possible extension. Average deviation from initial to trial alignment was 0.69° varus, trial to final was 0.03° varus and final to radiographic alignment was 0.12° valgus.
Correlation co-efficient of 0.62 between the initial and final axes with average difference of 0.72° varus (p= 0.11, unequal variance 2 tailed) demonstrates reasonable reproducibility of the alignment with computer-guided surgery, also confirming the fact that there is some variation between the initial cut angles and final mechanical axes. Correlation co-efficient of 0.92 between final axes and radiographic axes suggests that scanogram is an imaging modality with reasonable accuracy for measuring mechanical limb alignment despite significantly low radiation and relatively low resolution. Potential errors in radiographic measurements due to rotational malposition combined with flexion deformity is highlighted.
Recombinant Bone Morphogenetic Protein 7 (OP-1) has been available in the UK since 2001, but there has been little published data on its use in the upper limb. In our institution OP-1 has been used in the management of 23 upper limb patients between 2001–2005, including 10 humeral non-unions. We believe this represents one of the largest single-unit cohorts of humeral fractures treated with OP-1.
We reviewed the 10 humeral patients, who were all tertiary referrals with established non-unions. Two had been treated non-operatively before referral. The remaining eight had undergone a mean of 2.1 operations before OP-1 was used, with autologous bone grafting used in the majority of cases. Surgery occurred at a mean of 70.5 months following initial fracture. Seven patients underwent revision of the fracture fixation, and autologous bone graft was used with the OP-1 in 8 cases. Clinical union was established in 8 patients (80%) within a mean of 7.4 months. Radiological union was achieved in 8 patients (80%) within a mean of 9.1 months. No complications or adverse effects from the use of OP-1 were encountered.
Both cases which failed to unite had a definite history of deep infection prior to index surgery, despite initial treatment with a staged revision procedure before OP-1 use.
This study shows that OP-1 can be used successfully in the treatment of recalcitrant non-unions of the humerus following failure of traditional fracture management methods.
Consideration of natural history of the injury – characteristics of the injury and existing knowledge of healing times. The appearance of remodelling bridging callus (often endosteal) on anteroposterior and lateral radiographs. Clinical behaviour of the injured limb within a dynamised frame – after 1 and 2 are met, rods connecting the rings stabilising the fracture are loosened. The frame is removed when the patient can stand on the affected limb and dynamised frame without pain, and after weightbearing without pain on the dynamised frame for 3–4 weeks.
It is said “It is better to leave a frame on one month too long than to remove it a day too soon”, but this merely emphasises that timing of frame removal remains an art rather than an exact science.
Marsh and Montgomery have previously suggested use of CT scanning to assess union in peri-articular fractures. We recommend that in high energy tibial fractures whose fracture pattern geometry lies outwith the antero-posterior and lateral radiograph views, a CT scan should be considered to detect stiff non-union and avoid premature frame removal.
Mean age 45.3 years, male: female = 26:4.
Seven fractures were Grade 3 open.
Patients were grouped as follows:
43-A .1/.2/.3 = 1/2/2 43-B .1/.2/.3 = 1/0/4 43-C .1/.2/.3 = 3/4/13.
Two patients with 43-C.3 fracture had additional corticotomy for bone loss.
Twenty-nine pilons united.
Overall mean time to union was 20 weeks.
Times to union (weeks):
Group 43-A: - median = 20, mean = 21. Group 43-B: - median = 11, mean = 12. Group 43-C: -median = 20, mean = 21. Group 43-C.3: -median = 20, mean = 21
24 patients had no major complications. One Grade 3B open 43-C.3 fracture had deep sepsis prior to transfer to our unit which could not be eradicated – this led to transtibial amputation. Two patients had valgus mal-union and One had stiff nonunion requiring a second frame. Eleven patients experienced superficial pinsite infection that resolved with oral antibiotic therapy. Two deep pinsite infections were eradicated by overdrilling.
The Taylor-Spatial fame is increasingly being used for complex corrective surgery. The frame and SPATIAL FRAME.COM internet software are powerful surgical tools. There are few paediatric cases in the literature. We present the results from The Royal Orthopaedic Hospital, Birmingham.
All consecutive patients having treatment with Taylor-Spatial Frames over a 3 year period were enrolled in the trial. All patients under 18 were included. The frames were applied to treat angular deformities and leg length discrepancies. The conditions included Blounts disease, post meningio-coccal septicemia, femoral growth arrest, fibular hemimelia and Olliers disease.
Seventeen frames were applied to thirteen patients. The average age was 9.3 (2–17). All radiographs were reviewed and the deformities recorded to provide reference for the correction. We recorded angulation and translation in three planes; anteroposterior, lateral and axial. This data was input to SPATIAL-FRAME.COM, the strut length changes were calculated and printed out. Osteotomies were performed depending on the pathology if necessary. The patients did not start the correction protocol until 5 days post-operatively. The average correction time was 28 days (5–80) All frames were left in situ until 3 corticies were visible in the regenerate. We recorded patient satisfaction, deformity correction, infection and bony union rates.
All frames provided full correction to within normal anatomical ranges, there were no cases of deep infection. 3 Superficial pin site infections were recorded and swabs confirmed staph aureus. Patients were very satisfied overall. One patient with bilateral Blounts disease had a gradual reoccurrence of the deformity after full correction initially. 1 case required bone grafting to improve regenerate production. Interestingly he had been taking anti-inflammatories. All cases achieved bony union.
- Ex-fix trays per unit (all manufacturers) mean = 4.14 (1–9) - Majority equipment in unit = Orthofix (11), Hoffman II (5), AO (1) - 12/15 SpRs reported insufficient ex-fix equipment for pelvis, 4 long bones and bridging knees (Damage Control Orthopaedics = DCO) - 7/15 SpRs reported insufficient ex-fix for 4 long bones/ bridging knees
- mean year of training = 2.2 - Experience: Generic trauma course (9) Specific ExFix (6) Manufacturer (9) - 14/15 would value specific regional ex-fix course - DCO patient scenario SpR unable to fix -lack of knowledge vs. lack of equipment 7/15 vs. 12/15 p<
0.01
- 7/31 aware of transfer protocol - 31/31 want referral routes clearly identified - 12/15 would value regular regional audit
All trainees had attended ex-fix teaching. Those who had only attended generic courses were less confident in DCO scenarios.
Most favoured a specific regional ex-fix course.
Tertiary care protocols have been distributed, but many units are unaware of their existence. A regular regional audit of trauma referrals would provide protocol reinforcement and opportunity for feedback.
- 97 grade III open fractures in 95 patients - 64 required temporary spanning ex-fix: - 23 applied at trauma centre / 41 at DGH - 14/64 ex-fixes required revision (prior to definitive Ilizarov): - poor plastics access (6) / instability (2) /both (6) - All 14 revised were applied in a DGH, i.e. 14/41 DGH ex-fix needed revision (34%) - Ex fixes revised after application at trauma centre vs. DGH = 0/23 vs. 14/41, p<
0.01 X2 - Revision of Hoffman hybrid vs. monolateral ex fix = 4/4 vs. 10/60 p<
0.001 X2 - Non modular system (Orthofix) vs. modular systems (Hoffman II / AO) = 7/17 vs. 0/39 (p<
0.001)
All Hoffman hybrids needed revision, due to instability and plastics access. Significantly more non modular (Orthofix) ex-fixes required revision compared to modular, for poor plastics access.
We recommend modular external fixator application (Hoffman II or AO) to avoid problems with temporary external fixation of open tibial fractures. Hybrid temporary external fixation should be abandoned in such injuries.
In complex injuries with extensive soft tissue disruption and bone loss, the long-term aim of reconstruction is to achieve union with a fully functional limb without limb-length inequality.
- 10/22 participants had not previously attended an ex-fix course. - Pre- vs. post-course score (out of 4) = 2.5 vs. 3.7 (p<
0.001, Mann-Whitney U) - All participants Teaching Hospitals vs. DGHs: - Pre-course scores = 2.9 vs. 1.9 (p<
0.01) - Post-course scores = 3.6 vs. 3.8 (not significant) - Pre-course scores by grade of participant: - SHO vs. Senior SHO = 2.6 vs. 1.5 (p<
0.05) - SpR vs. Senior SHO = 3.0 vs. 1.5 (p<
0.05) - SpR vs. SHO = 3.0 vs. 2.6 (not significant) - Post-course scores by grade: - SpR vs. Senior SHO vs. SHO = 4.0 vs. 3.8 vs. 3.3 (not significant).
Participation in a simple ex-fix course improves knowledge of ex-fix design. Retention of knowledge must be reassessed after several months.
This course fills a gap in education of basic external fixation for orthopaedic trainees. We recommend every region with a tertiary referral system for complex trauma utilises this course.
The patients were admitted for harvesting of stromal stem cells by bone marrow aspiration from the iliac bone. BMSSC were expanded in tissue cultures for three weeks to an average of 5 x 106 cells. After successful culture the non-union site underwent decortication and BMSSC added to synthetic bone substitute (different types) on one side of the fracture (medial or lateral) according to randomisation. The side of treatment was blinded to patient, surgeons and radiologist.
Standard radiographs were taken and evaluated independently by three experienced musculoskeletal radiologists. The extent of callus formation on each side was recorded. In equivocal cases computerized tomography (CT) was also obtained.
We performed a retrospective study of treatment of 50 patients above the age of 65 years with Tibial metaphyseal and diaphyseal fractures.
We studied the outcome by evaluation of all medical records and radiographs.
The mean duration of follow-up was 11 months. The average hospital stay was 19 days and the mean time in frame was 112 days. There were 2 non unions,3 significant malunions,2 refractures and 1 patient underwent an amputation.
Tibial fractures in the elderly are common and result in prolonged immobility and hospital admission. Fracture stabilization with an Ilizarov circular frame is an effective way of improving mobility with minimal additional morbidity, shorten hospitalisation time and achieve an excellent outcome.
Medial rotation of the cutting block Medialisation of the plateau reference point Medio-lateral translation of the distal jig 4. External rotation of the distal jig
This study was performed to compare the clinical outcomes and radiographic changes between patients with cruciate retaining (CR) and cruciate substituting (CS) total knee replacements (TKR) where the PCL was cut in both groups.
From 1997 to 2001, 114 patients (79 females and 35 males) were enrolled in this study. Patients were blindly randomized into two groups, group 1 having a CR TKR and group 2 having a CS TKR. After surgery patients were followed up at six weeks, one year and at five years. The evaluation parameters at the 5 year assessment included the Oxford Knee Questionnaire, American Knee Society scoring system, SF-12 questionnaire and weight bearing radiographs of the knee, with anteroposterior and lateral views.
There were 80 patients at the time of five year follow up. Of the other patients, 26 had died and 10 were either too ill to attend or did not respond to a follow up request. The average patient follow up was for 77 months (ranging from 51 to 96 months). There was no statistical difference between the two groups in the Oxford Knee Questionnaire, American Knee Society scoring system or the SF-12. Radiological assessment showed no statistical difference in radiolucent lines in either group. At five year follow up, one knee in the CS group had been revised for deep infection. The patient required a two stage revision procedure.
Our study has shown no statistical difference in the five year results for a CR TKR or CS TKR. This suggests that a non-functioning PCL does not affect the performance of a CR TKR.
As blood transfusion is associated with various risks, a prospective study was carried out to see if it was possible to predict patients more likely to require transfusion following TKR.
Data was collected prospectively on 1532 patients undergoing primary TKR between 1998 and 2006. This was collected at a preadmission clinic and various demographics were measured including haemoglobin, BMI, and a knee score. All patients had a tourniquet and the same approach. All received a LMWH until discharge. Patients with a post op haemoglobin less than 8.5 g/dl were transfused as were those less than 10 g/dl who were symptomatic as per unit protocol.
Each of the predictive factors was tested for significance using t-tests and chi-squared tests as appropriate. Multiple logistic regression was used to test for the independent predictive of factors after adjusting for one another.
Results show transfusion is more likely if the patient was older, female, short light or thin. Also those undergoing a lateral release or a bilateral procedure, having a low pre-op haemoglobin or a large post-op drop were more likely to be transfused. There was also a 2 fold difference between surgeons.
After regression analysis 4 important factors were identified. These were a bilateral procedure, low pre-op haemoglobin, a low BMI or having a post-op drop greater than 3g/dl.
Following this all patients with pre-op haemoglobin less than 11g/dl are postponed and investigated and treated as required. For those with the above predictive factors, measures can be taken to try and reduce the rate of transfusion such as pre-donation, cell salvage or tran-sexamic acid.
The aim of this study was to compare two types of knee arthrodesis.
Fourteen patients underwent arthrodesis of the knee in a single institution. Seven had a customised coupled nail (the Mayday arthrodesis nail), and six had external fixation applied, one patient had both procedures undertaken. Twelve patients had infected knee arthroplasty, one had recurrent dislocation following arthroplasty and one had an infected open meniscetomy. Comparison was made with the external fixation in which only two cases achieved bony union compared with all eight (100%) using the customised nail. Time to bony union was also considerably shorter in the later group, as was the length of hospital stay.
We conclude that a customised intra-medullary nail is a superior method of knee arthrodesis compared with external fixation.
Systemic embolic phenomena are well recognised during total knee replacement (TKR) and are widely believed to be the cause of intra-operative hypotension and reduced cardiac output, which may lead to circulatory collapse and sudden death.
We undertook a prospective, double-blind, randomised study comparing the cardiac embolic load during computer-assisted and conventional (intramedullary-aligned) TKR, as measured by transoesophageal echocardiography. 26 consecutive procedures were performed by a single surgeon at a single site. Embolic load was scored using the modified Mayo grading system for echogenic emboli.
Patients undergoing conventional TKR (n=12) had a mean embolic score of 6.15 (SD 0.83) on release of the tourniquet. Those undergoing computer-assisted TKR (n=14) had a mean embolic score of 4.89 (SD 1.10). Comparison of the groups using a two-tailed t-test confirmed a highly significant reduction (p=0.004) in embolic load when performing computer-assisted TKR. The groups were otherwise well matched and there were no complications.
In conclusion, this study demonstrates that computer-assisted TKR results in the release of significantly fewer systemic emboli than conventional TKR using intra-medullary alignment. There is evidence that this should reduce perioperative morbidity and neurological dysfunction. This would appear to add to the ever-growing list of arguments in favour of computer-assisted total knee replacement.
Causation: 7 cases:direct trauma [5: associated with MCL tears (1 chronic overload from triple-jump),1:a blow to front of knee, 1:chronic from kneeling] 4 cases: Knee replacement- related [irritation from osteophyte 1; implant-related 3] 3 cases: irritation from medial meniscal sutures [2: Fast-Fix; 1: in:out] 1 case: surgery induced neuroma in arthrotomy wound 1 case: irritation by an enlarging cyst
In all cases the time to make the diagnosis was prolonged. All had pain, which on close questioning was ‘neuritic’ [burning] in approximately 2/3. It was exceedingly well localized in all. Altered sensation in the appropriate distribution was noted by the patient in 3 cases, but shown in 5 cases on examination. A positive Tinel test was present in all cases.
In approximately half of cases ultrasound plus diagnostic injection of local anaesthetic [+/− steroid] was useful. However 15 of the 16 came to surgery in which a neurolysis or removal of neuroma, in 3 cases, [all confirmed on histology] was undertaken plus the underlying causative factor dealt with eg excision of osteophyte or scar. One case settled [90% better according to patient] after ultrasound-guided injection of a prepatellar bursa which was irritating the infrapatellar branch of the nerve. Of the 15 who had had surgery 12 had complete resolution of symptoms.
Total knee arthroplasty revisions (TKAR) are increasing in incidence. These complex and demanding procedures are typically associated with a higher complication rate than primaries. We report on the actual complications encountered in a prospective study of TKAR patients to determine the current nature and incidence of these problems.
230 consecutive patients undergoing TKAR were enrolled to our database and had information on demographics, comorbidities, outcomes (WOMAC and SF-36) and complications recorded. Baseline information and data from 2 month, 6 month and 1 year follow up was collated.
Mean patient age was 68.0 and clinical outcomes scores showed significant improvements for function, stiffness and pain at all points of follow-up. The total number of complications was 131 in 97 (42.2%) patients (48 by 2 months, 46 at 6 months and 32 at 1 year). Systemic complications comprised 41 of these, many being relatively minor. There were no deaths, 4 deep vein thromboses and 3 myocardial infarctions. The majority of complications (90) were local, including 2 patellar dislocations, 3 periprosthetic fractures, 3 peroneal nerve injuries, 2 ‘late’ patellar tendon ruptures and 1 patellar avascular necrosis, 9 wound hematomas, and a substantial rate of 21 superficial or deep wound infections.
Although patients experience significant improvement in function, activity and pain following TKAR, there is a considerable incidence of complications up to 1 year following TKAR. This is important in terms of resources, patient counseling and also in identifying and instituting preventive measures where possible in order to improve outcomes for these patients.
We have previously noted that patients undergoing primary knee arthroplasty can be broadly divided into standard and complex. Complexity can be further subdivided into local site of surgery issues, general co-morbidity problems or both.
On this basis, we devised a simple to apply four-part classification system for patients undergoing primary total knee replacecments (PTKR) to facilitate cumulative risk estimation:
Complex 0 (C0): “Standard” knee replacement in a fit patient with a simple pattern of arthritis. Complex I (CI): A fit patient with a locally complex arthritis pattern. Complex II (CII): Medically unfit patient with a simple pattern of arthritis. Complex III (CIII): Medically unfit patient with a complex arthritis pattern.
When a series of consecutive PTKR’s performed by the senior author was grouped according to our classification, all early postoperative complications and length of stay were evaluated and compared.
Compared to “standard C0 PTKR patients, we found a 3-fold increase in the cumulative complication risk in the CII group (p< 0.001), a 4-fold increase in the CIII group (p< 0.001) and an increased length of stay in the CIII group (p< 0.001). There were similar trends between C0 and other groups.
Further local studies to quantify the cost differentials of treating complex patients and their longer term outcomes and satisfaction are underway.
The senior author would like to discuss with the attending members of this BASK meeting the desirability of adopting such a system regionally or nationally, with the potential benefits for individual patients, surgeons, departments, Trusts and the healthcare system as a whole, and whether minor changes could and should be made to the National Joint Registry forms to accommodate this.
We reviewed the clinical and radiological outcome of 72 Co-ordinate prostheses (DePuy, Warsaw, Ind) used for revision knee arthroplasty performed by a single surgeon from May 1994 to December 1997. Twenty-three patients (25 knees) since died. Two were lost to follow-up. At a mean follow-up of 10 years (range 9–12years), 45 knees in 43 patients were available for review. There were 12 men and 31 women with a mean age of 71.34 years (range 43 to 87 years). The reason for revision was instability in 38 knees, infection in 5 knees and stiffness in 2 knees.
There was a significant improvement in the SF-12 PCS and WOMAC pain and stiffness scores at the latest follow-up. Five of these knees had to have re-revision surgery. One patient had a re-revision for aseptic loosening, one patient for recurrent dislocation of patella. Three patients underwent repeat procedures for infection.
Radiological evaluation using the Knee Society system revealed well-fixed components in 35 knees (77.78%). The radiolucencies of varying degrees were present in 10 knees (22.22%). Eight had non-progressive radiolu-cencies and did not show any evidence of loosening. 25 (55.5%) knees had halo sign (radiopaque line) present around the prosthesis (7 were femoral side, 4 were tibial side and 14 around both the prosthesis). Using Kaplan Meier method the cumulative survival rate was 88.87% at 12 years, removal of the prosthesis or re-revision were used as end points. An analysis of clinical and standard radiographic outcomes has revealed that the Co-ordinate revision knee system continues to function satisfactorily at a mean of 10 years.
In 39/40 cases bone stock has been restored. In 1 case there was significant bone resorption under the tibial base plate due to stress shielding.
This paper describes a simple new MRI measurement of the axial patellar tendon angle (APTA), and compares this angle in patients with and without patello-femoral instability.
In PFI, the patella is commonly tilted laterally. This is matched by the orientation of the patellar tendon. The increased tilt of the tendon is only partially normalized at its distal insertion with an abnormal angle of tibial attachment. When performing distal realignment procedures, angular correction as well as displacement may be appropriate.
The technique uses a single hamstring tendon with undisturbed biological distal attachment, where the free end is routed through a longitudinal tunnel in the dorso-medial aspect of the patella and fixed to an isometric point near the medial femoral epicondyle using an interference screw. The position of femoral attachment is the most important factor in achieving an isometric graft.
To assess the outcome and implant removal rate following surgical stabilisation of patella fracture.
Sixty-seven patients who underwent surgical stabilisation of patella fracture between January 1999 and December 2004 were retrospectively reviewed to determine the adequacy of fracture stabilisation, fracture union and implant removal rate.
Forty-three were men and 24 were women with a mean age of 49 years (ranged 14–90 years). Table below demonstrates the injury, fracture patterns and fixation methods. There were 3 open fractures and associated injuries were noted in 22 patients. All fractures united even though the fixation was inadequate in 46 patients. Two superficial infections responded to oral antibiotics. One patient had revision surgery at 6 weeks. Twenty-two patients required implant removal between 2 and 20 months (average 11 months) for implant related symptoms. Of the 22 (32.8%) patients requiring implant removal, 16/40 (40%) were less than 60 years and 6/27 (22.2%) were over 60 years. Mean follow up in asymptomatic patients was 8 months (3 to 18 months) and in patients with implant related problems was 17 months (10 to 36 months). Four patients were lost to follow up.
Surgical stabilisation by current techniques demonstrated satisfactory fracture union. However, one in three required second surgery for implant related symptoms. In the under 60 years group, the implant removal rate increased to 40%. Newer techniques to avoid skin irritation need to be considered.
The repairs were tested by mounting the legs on a specially designed rig on a materials testing machine which allowed the leg to be cycled from 90° knee flexion to full extension. The specimens were cycled 1000 times at 0.25Hz or until the repair failed. Optical markers were attached to the leg which enabled the repair gap and knee angle to be monitored during testing (Smart Capture and Analyser Tracking system, Padua, Italy).
For all specimens regardless of repair type that completed 1000 cycles there was no significant difference in repair gap distance.
The box wire augmentation loop is key to maintaining patellar tendon repair.
Krakow tendon sutures secured through patellar bone tunnels do not provide additional benefit to a simple appositional suture and box wire augmentation loop.
Only two trochlea components were loose at the time of revision and one patella had a large amount of macroscopic wear. All other components were found to be well fixed with minimal wear at the time of revision. There were no difficulties in removing either component. No cases required augments or stemmed femoral components due to bone loss.
Patients undergoing revision surgery did report improvement in their post revision outcome scores compared with their pre-operative scores. The average Oxford Knee Score improved from 17 to 23, Bristol Knee Pain Scores improved from 11 to 20 and Bristol Knee Functional Scores improved from 15 to 16. These results are poorer than those recorded by the overall cohort of primary PFA.
Isolated patellofemoral arthritis is a common, often debilitating, condition with a number of treatment options available. Avon patellofemoral arthroplasty has been practiced in our district general hospital setting with favourable results. Previous studies have been mainly from the pioneering Bristol centre.
We present the findings of the intermediate results of Avon patellofemoral arthroplasty (PFA) used in the treatment of isolated patellofemoral arthritis.
From 1999 until August 2006, 63 Avon PFA were carried out in 46 patients by a single surgeon. We analysed retrospectively the patient case records and collected data regarding clinical, radiological findings along with patient satisfaction scores using the Oxford knee questionnaire.
45/46 (98%) patients had primary patellofemoral (PF) arthritis. 17/46 (36%) patients suffered from bilateral PF arthritis. The average duration of follow up was 5 years (3 months to 7 years). There were 7 males and 39 females with a median age of 63 years. The average range of movement was 120° (90°–140°). There was no observable radiological loosening. There was a reduction in the Oxford knee score from 33 (21–48) to 17 (1–44). Complications of the procedure included superficial infections (2/46), transient foot drop (1/46), and persistent pain (2/46). Further surgery requiring lateral release was carried out in 2/46 patients. To date, none of the cases have required revision due to progression of arthritis. Patients reported high level of satisfaction following the procedure.
Avon PFA is an effective procedure for the treatment of isolated patellofemoral arthritis, with a low rate of complications and good functional results. To our knowledge, this is the first study in UK outside Bristol, presenting the findings of intermediate results of Avon PFA.
The growth of the patients was an average 17cm. The graft diameters did not change despite large changes in graft length (average 145%). Most of the length gain was in the femur.
Anteromedial osteoarthritis is a distinct phenotype of osteoarthritis. The arthritic lesion on the tibia is localised to the anteromedial quadrant with an intact ACL. Deficiency of the ACL leads to a progression to tricompartmental disease. Within the spectrum of intact ACL a varying degree of ligament damage is seen. Our aim was to correlate the progression of ACL damage to the geographical extent of disease and the degree of cartilage loss on the tibial plateau.
We systematically digitally mapped 50 tibial plateau resection specimens from clinical photographs of patients undergoing unicompartmental arthroplasty, additionally the damage to their ACL was graded (0: normal, 1:synovium loss, 2:longitudinal splits)
These images were imported into image analysis software. Accurate measurements were made of the dimensions of the specimen. Measurements included the AP distance to the anterior and posterior aspect of the lesion, and the distance to the start of the macroscopically non damaged cartilage. The areas of cartilage damage and full thickness loss were also recorded. The results were represented as a % of total area to account for variation in size of the resection specimens. We compared % of full thickness loss in patients with normal to those with damaged, but functionally intact ligaments.
All specimens had a similar macroscopic appearance. A significant difference was seen with the progression of ACL damage and area of eburnation of bone. Using an unpaired t test, a significant difference in area of % full thickness cartilage loss (P=0.047) was seen between patients with a normal and longitudinal splits within their ACL. No correlation between the clinical status of the ACL and start or finish point of cartilage loss on the tibial plateau
We surmise that the progression from anteromedial to tricompartmental osteoarthritis of the knee may be related to the graduated damage of the ACL.
124 of these patients promptly responded. 68 patients had natural product and 56 patients had synthetic product.
In the natural injection group of 68 patients, 57 had pain relief at 3 months and 20 of these continued to have relief at 6 months.
In the synthetic injection group of 56 patients, 48 had pain relief at 3 months and 28 of these continued to have relief at 6 months.
No complications were noted in either of the groups.
Difference of WOMAC scores were done at 6weeks and 3 months for each group. The p value of this difference of scores was 0.12 at 6 weeks and 0.92 at 3 months showing no significant difference. The 95% confidence intervals [avian vs synthetic] at 6weeks were −0.8 to 7.2 and at 3 months were −3.8 to 4.2. The p value of clinical examination at 6 months was 0.043 showing significance.
A sibling risk study that shows a statistically significant increase in risk for anteromedial osteoarthritis of the knee.
Anteromedial osteoarthritis is a distinct phenotype of osteoarthritis. Previous studies have shown a genetic aetiology to both hip and knee osteoarthritis. The aim of this study was to determine the sibling risk of antero-medial osteoarthritis of the knee.
We conducted a retrospective cohort study of 132 probands with primary anteromedial osteoarthritis, who had undergone unicompartmental arthroplasty. Sibling were identified as having symptomatic knee problems by postal Oxford Knee Score (OKS). A positive OKS was defined as an OKS+/− 2SD of the mean of the proband group. Sibling spouses were used as controls. Those siblings & spouses that were symptomatic from the OKS were invited to undergo Knee X-rays, to look for radiological signs of osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis was diagnosed as greater than Grade II on the Kell-gren Lawrence classification. The pattern of disease was noted and it was considered if the sibling were suitable for a unicompartmental knee arthroplasty. The prevalence and sibling risk of anteromedial osteoarthritis was determined using a randomly selected single sibling per proband family. The prevalence was determined in the 103 single proband sibling pairs.
There was a statistically significant risk within the sibling group P= 0.024 using the Chi square test. The relative risk of anteromedial osteoarthritis was. 3.21(95% CI 1.08 to 9.17)
Genetic factors play a major role in the development of anteromedial osteoarthritis.
This longitudinal prospective study reports the 10-year results of arthroscopic, anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reviewed. Four (4%) menisectomies were performed, 6 graft (7%) ruptures and 18 (20%) contralateral ACL ruptures occurred in the follow-up period. Ninety-seven percent of patients graded their knee function as normal or nearly normal and the median Lysholm knee score was 95 at 10-years. The proportion of patients participating in IKDC level I and II sports fell from 85% at 2-years to 45% at 10 years, 12% attributing the decrease to their knee. On laxity testing 85% and 93% had grade 0 on Lachman and pivot shift testing, respectively and 77% had < 3mm of anterior tibial displacement at 10 years. Kneeling pain increased to 58% of patients. 59% had no pain on strenuous activity with 33% of patients having a fixed flexion deformity at 10 years. Radiological examination at 10 years demonstrated osteoarthritic changes in 48% of patients. Factors predictive for the development of radiograhic osteoarthritis were increased age at operation and increased ligamentous laxity at 2 years as measured clinically and by KT 1000. As such, arthroscopic ACL reconstruction, employing patellar tendon, is not preventative of the development of osteoarthritis even when the confounding factors of meniscal, chondral and other ligamentous injury are excluded.
This paper reports the angle between the EF and the horizontal (the extension facet angle - EFA) in normal knees and in knees with early AMOA.
A sagittal image at the midpoint of the femoral condyle was used to determine the EFA. Repeat measurements were taken by two observers.
There is an association between an increased EFA (ie a steeper EF) and MRI evidence of AMOA. Although a causal link is not proven, we speculate that a steeper angle increases the duration of loading on the EF in stance and tibio-femoral interface shear. This may initiate cartilage breakdown.
The Profix knee replacement arthroplasty manufactured by Smith and Nephew has been in use for the past five years however there are few published outcome data for this prosthesis.
The purpose of this study was to provide clinical outcome data for a cohort of patients with a Profix TKR at a minimum 3 years follow up.
There were 65 joint replacements in 58 patients all performed by or under the direct supervision of one of two senior consultant Orthopaedic surgeons. There were 34 right and 31 left knees replaced in 31 male and 27 female patients. Mean age of the patients was 69 years (51–84 years) and mean body mass 89Kg (45–140Kg).
The femoral component was uncemented in 49 knees and cemented in 16 knees. The tibial component was cemented in all 65 cases. There were 53 mobile bearing polyethylene inserts and 12 fixed bearing knees. The patella was resurfaced primarily in 32 cases.
Using the Oxford Knee score, the mean knee score was 20.7 (Range 12–42) where a perfect score is 12 and the worst possible score 60. Mean clinical range of movement was 111 degrees (Range 90–130 degrees).
Of the 65 joints, 13 have required or are awaiting some form of re-operation. These included 3 for patellae that were not resurfaced at the index arthroplasty, 6 for secondary insertion or revision of mobile bearing locking-screws and one femoral revision for failure of on-growth of an uncemented femoral component.
The finding of loosening of the mobile bearing locking screw in three well functioning knees highlights the importance of Xray follow-up of patients even if their knee scores are entirely satisfactory.
Overall, the clinical results of this prosthesis are satisfactory, however these data would support routine patellar resurfacing and use of the cemented fixed bearing option for the Profix arthroplasty.
611 patients were involved with a mean age of 68 years. Residual pain following surgery was assessed with either the Oxford Knee Score (OKS) or the WOMAC score. The patients were followed up at one and two years postoperatively by a Research nurse and the findings recorded prospectively on the Bristol Knee database.
Data was analysed to investigate the relationship between the OKS, satisfaction rate and the background factors. Multivariable logistic regression was performed to establish which factors influenced patient satisfaction.
Regression modelling showed that patients with higher scores relating to the pain and function elements of the OKS had lower levels of satisfaction (p< 0.001) and that ongoing pain was a stronger predictor of lower levels of satisfaction. Other predictors of lower levels of satisfaction included female gender (p< 0.05), a primary diagnosis of osteoarthritis (p=0.02) and unicondylar replacement (p=0.002). Differences in satisfaction rate were also observed dependent upon age and ASA grade
609 patients (7.4%) had undergone further surgery and 1476 patients (17.9%) indicated another procedure was planned. Both the OKS and satisfaction rates were significantly better in patients who had not suffered complications.
The aim of this study was to assess the results of bilateral total knee replacement (TKR) staged one week apart during one hospital admission and compare these results with those of bilateral sequential TKRs and bilateral TKRs performed in 2 separate admissions by a single surgeon using a single prosthesis. Between 5th November 1997 and 10th August 2004, 104 patients underwent bilateral LCS TKRs using the Anteroposterior glide (APG) tibial component. The patients were analysed in 3 groups. The patients in Group 1 underwent bilateral sequential TKR under the same anaesthetic. The patients in Group 2 underwent bilateral TKRs under 2 separate anaesthetics, 7 days apart, during the same admission. The patients in Group 3 underwent bilateral TKR under 2 separate admissions, essentially 2 unilateral TKRs. The patients in Group 1 had shorter operations (p< 0.0001) and shorter hospital stays (p< 0.0001). Patients in Group 2 had less blood loss (p=0.004) but were not transfused any less than the other groups. The complication rate was low and comparable in all groups. There were no in hospital or 30 day deaths in any of the groups. Those patients in Group 3 had worse AKS function scores (p=0.02) and those patients in Group 2 had a significantly better HSS score (p=0.02). There was no significant difference between the groups in terms of range of motion or the AKS Knee score. This study has confirmed a shorter operation and hospital stay when the bilateral TKRs are carried out under the same anaesthetic. These patients also bled the most postoperatively. There was little difference in terms of complications and clinical outcome at a mean follow up of 4 years. With appropriate patient selection, both same anaesthetic and same admission bilateral TKR are safe methods to treat bilateral arthritis.
Locally administered pre-emptive analgesia is effective, reduces central hyper sensitisation and avoids systemic drug related side-effects and may be of benefit in total knee replacement.
All patients received patient controlled analgesia (PCA) for 24 hours post surgery, followed by standard analgesia. Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) pain scores during activity and at rest and patient satisfaction scores were recorded pre and post operatively and at 6 week follow up. PCA consumption and overall analgesic requirement were measured.
In 2000 the Nuffield and Rotaglide Knee prostheses were combined into the Rotaglide+ system. This allowed a choice of either mobile or fixed meniscal bearing in the same prosthesis.
Between 1988 and 2000 460 primary Nuffield knee prostheses were implanted and between September 2000 and September 2005 185 primary Rotaglide+ prostheses have been used. A Prospective review using a pain score, range of movement, time walked, and the American Knee Surgeons score was performed. The Rotaglide+ cases have been age, sex, and diagnosis matched with 185 Nuffield knees. All prostheses have been implanted by one surgical team, using the same technique and the same instruments. All are inserted cementless with patella replacement if possible.
Statistical analysis was performed on the first 5 years of follow-up for both sets of prostheses (STATA).
The Nuffield prostheses was significantly better at relieving pain in all years post-operatively. The Rota-glide+ has a slightly better range of flexion, but this is significant only at the 2nd year. There is no significant difference in the walking time, and the AKSS is significantly better for the Nuffield prosthesis only at the first year. Statistical significance is difficult to obtain in years 4 and 5 due to the small numbers of Rotaglide+ prosthe-ses that have reached this stage of review.
Data was also prospectively collected on 215 UKR patients who received the same Unicompartmental implant (AMC, Uniglide, Corin, UK). One hundred and thirty six patients (Mean age: 62 yrs) had a mobile insert and 79 (mean age: 65 yrs) a fixed insert.
All patients completed the Oxford Knee Questionnaire preoperatively as well as at 1 and 2 years postoperatively. Their stated kneeling ability and total scores were analysed with a perfect score for kneeling ability being 4 and 48 the maximum total score.
There was a more striking difference with respect to kneeling ability with the fixed- bearing variants performing better, (Rotaglide 1.4; 0.9 and Uniglide 1.9; 1.4), However, the greatest difference was between the UKR and TKR groups (UKR 1.7; TKR 1.2). Pre-operatively less than 2% of TKR patients (7% of the UKR patients) could kneel. Post-operatively, the patients’ kneeling ability improved with 21% for the mobile bearing, 32% of fixed bearing UKR patients.
The TKR patients kneeling ability was 13% of the mobile, 26% of fixed bearing patients were able to kneel with little or no difficulty. In all groups the stated kneeling ability was poor with less than 50% of any group being able to kneel with ease or only minor difficulty.
Target points were identified on the plate and patients were asked to place their tibial tuberosity on the target sites.
Patients and normal subjects’ data of load, contact area and pressure were recorded with knee at 90 degrees. A second reading was taken with subjects kneeling in their maximum flexion comfortable position. Foot position during kneeling was recorded in each case.
In the normal group, there was a significant positive correlation between body mass and kneeling load at both 90 degrees and maximum flexion. Kneeling pressure was never identical in both knees in all groups. There was no significant difference of peak pressures and contact areas between the normal and UKR group.
The angle of flexion affected the contact pressures as going from 90 degrees to higher flexion with the body weight still actively supported increases contact pressure, which then dropped to lowest level in maximum flexion when the body weight was supported by the calf. Peak loads were usually in the region of the tibial tuberosity.
Maximum contact pressures decreased in knees able to achieve full flexion. As kneeling flexion angle increases, the contact area decreases and while the thigh is off the calf and the peak pressure increases. Contact pressure dropped to below 90 degrees level whenever full flexion was achieved.
We report the clinical and radiographic outcome of a consecutive series of 219 hydroxyapatite-coated total knee replacements with a follow-up of 5 to 8 years.
Patients who fulfilled the entry criteria were included in a prospective study from early 1997 to late 1999. Regular clinical & functional assessment was subsequently performed using the Knee Society Score, WOMAC & SF-12 self-assessment questionnaires. Analysis of fluoroscopically controlled radiographs was performed using the American Knee Society Score.
All living patients (186 knees) were followed-up. Exhaustive efforts were made to ensure that no patient was lost to follow-up. 28 patients (30 knees) were deceased. There have been 3 revisions.
The mean pre-operative Knee Score of 43.8 increased to 77.1 and the mean pre-operative Function Score of 20.3 increased to 63.4 at 5 years. The WOMAC scores also showed marked improvement from pre-operative status after 5 years minimum follow-up: pain 250 pre-op to 157, stiffness 115 pre-op to 56 and function 910 pre-op to 588.
There was no radiographic evidence of loosening or migration. The average American Knee Society Score for each component was 4. Small gaps between the bone-implant interface were observed to heal over the first year. A separate phenomenon of focal osteopenia is also described in a small number of well-fixed femoral components (12 of 219).
To date, 3 prostheses have been revised, 2 due to deep infection and 1 due to tibial tray subsidence. A survivor-ship of 98.6% has been achieved at 8 years.
We believe this to be the first medium term study for the Duracon HA coated knee arthroplasty system, showing excellent clinical and radiographic outcome, with 100% follow-up at 5 to 8 years.
For cemented knees 15-year survival=80.7% (95%CI, 71.5–87.4), 10-year survival=91.7 (95%CI, 87.1–94.8). For cementless knees 15-year survival=75.3% (95% CI, 63.5–84.3), 10-year survival=93.3% (95%CI, 88.4–96.2). There was no difference between these two groups.
When comparing the covariates (operation, sex, age, diagnosis, side), there was no significant difference between operation type (Hazard ratio=0.83 (95%CI, 0.45–1.52) p=0.545), side of operation (HR=0.58 (95%CI, 0.32–1.05) p=0.072), age (HR=0.97 (95%CI, 0.93–1.01) p=0.097), diagnosis (OA vs. non OA, (HR=1.25 (95%CI,0.38–4.12) p=0.718). However, there was a significant gender difference (Males vs. Females (HR=2.48 (95%CI, 1.34–4.61) p=0.004).
The worst case scenario was calculated to include those patients that have also been listed for revision. Cemented 15-yr survival = 78.3%, (95%CI, 68.9–85.4), cementless 15-yr survival = 72.0%, (95%CI, 59.9–81.5).
In this study we have traced all the patients, who had a primary total knee replacement between 1990 and 1992. We issued a validated, self administered questionnaire to all surviving patients, at a mean of fifteen years post arthroplasty. This questionnaire examines the patient’s level of expectation and satisfaction with their TKR, and also measures their quality of life (using EQ-5D and visual analogue score). Using a similar register, containing information of all revision TKR in the region, we have measured the survivorship of these primary TKR at 10 and 15 years.
Survivorship analysis revealed that 94.7% (+/−0.4%) of implants survive to 10 years, and 92.7% (+/−0.5%) to 15 years. Survivorship was significantly affected by gender of the patient, age at time of primary, and type of prosthesis used. Infection rate at 15 years was 0.9%.
Even enhanced MR imaging cannot reliably assess grade II injuries to the PLC. This can result in patients with lack of trust in the knee, pain on kneeling, difficulty with twisting, slopes and rough ground, being reassured by their surgeon that their knee is stable, when both know that this is not the case.
Failure to detect a Grade II injury to the PLC in association with an ACL or PCL tear may result in ongoing subtle symptoms of instability, overloading and possible failure of a cruciate reconstruction.
Significant damage to the popliteus mechanism is required to produce a clinically detectable increase in ER. Grade II lesions of the PLC may fail to reach that threshold. Of the traditional tests, only the Dial test and electronic Goniometer test can be easily used towards extension. The former is not very sensitive, the latter is time consuming. Increased posterior tibial translation (PTT) is a more reliable assessment of Grade II lesions and biomechanical studies support the prominent role of the posterolateral corner at 20° of knee flexion Only two obscure clinical tests and the unpublished posterior Lachman test assess PTT below 30° of knee flexion
The aim of this study was to assess the perioperative complications associated with bilateral simultaneous UKR and compare them with those of unilateral UKR and bilateral TKRs. Over a 2 year period, 40 patients underwent bilateral simultaneous Preservation unicompartmental knee replacement UKR. They were compared to 40 matched unilateral UKRs and 28 bilateral simultaneous total knee replacement patients who had their operations during the same time period by the senior author. There was no significant difference between the groups in terms of age, weight, ASA grade and throm-boprophylaxis received. There was no statistically significant difference in the complication rates of all 3 groups. When compared to 2 unilateral UKRs, bilateral simultaneous UKR results in a reduced operative time, blood loss and hospital stay but more blood transfusion. When compared to bilateral TKRs, bilateral simultaneous UKR results in reduced blood loss, reduced blood transfusion and hospital stay but an increased operative time. Bilateral UKR is a useful option in selected patients with bilateral unicompartmental osteoarthritis.
We have used CT to describe the geometry of the patel-lofemoral joint and its relationship to the tibiofemoral joint.
33 CT scans of patients without patellofemoral disease were performed. 3D images were reconstructed and measured using computer software. The flexion axis of the tibiofemoral joint was found as the line connecting the centres of the spheres fitted to posterior femoral condyles.
The deepest points on the trochlear groove can be fitted to a circle with radius of 23mm (stdev 4mm) and an rms of 0.3mm. This centre is offset by 21mm (stdev 3mm) at an angle of 68° (stdev 8°) from the line connecting the midpoint between the centres of the femoral condyles and a point in the piriform fossa.
On either side of this line, the articular surface of the trochlea can be fitted to spheres of radius 30mm (stdev 6mm) laterally and 27mm (stdev 5mm) and an rms of 0.4mm medially. The centres of the circle and the two spheres fall on a line with an rms of 1.1mm.
The anterior and proximal patellar planes could be described as flat surfaces (rms of 0.4 and 0.3mm). The median ridge could be described as a straight line (rms of 0.2mm). The angle between planes was 112° (stdev 5°); the average angle between the proximal plane and the line on the medial ridge was 62° (stdev4°).
The length, width and thickness of the patellae were measured at 34.2mm +/−4mm, 44.8mm +/− 4.8mm and 22.4 mm+/− 2.3 mm (table).
This investigation has allowed us to characterise the patello-femoral joint geometry which may help identify and explain the aetiology of patello-femoral pathologies. It may have implications for the design of patello-femoral replacements and the rules governing their position.
To compare tourniquet times of standard and computer assisted total knee arthroplasty in patients with BMI more than 30 To evaluate the change in this variable as a surgeon gained experience over a three year period.
Group1 had average tourniquet times of 95.69 and 111.67 minutes in the standard and computer assisted groups respectively (p 0.01). Group 2 tourniquet times were 80.75 and 92.33 minutes (p 0.05). Group 3 tourniquet times were 84.5 and 87.5 minutes; these were not significantly different.
Patients referred electively by their GP’s had longer delays to correct diagnosis and to surgery. Patients attending A& E and referred to an Acute Knee Injury clinic were diagnosed more accurately and had shorter waits for diagnosis and surgery.
We feel the Equiflex instrumentation designed by Mr Lennox will reliably achieve Insall and Scuderi’s recommendation and reduce the incidence of lateral retinacular release
At 6 weeks, Knee score improved from 34.5 to 78.5, function score improved from 47.5 to 49.8, oxford score improved from 43.4 to 30.06. Average preop flexion was 105 degrees (65–130) and average postop flexion was 98 (40–130)
We could correct alignment and achieve our technical goals in 99% of cases
A lateral retinacular release was required in only 5 out 31 valgus knees (16%) and 0 out of 178 varus knees (a total lateral release rate of 2.4%)
Our complication rates were well within published data and we could correct alignment and achieve our technical goals in 99% of cases. We required to do a lateral retinacular release only in 5 valgus knees with subluxed patellae and contracted lateral structures for an overall release rate of 2.4%.
This is a safe, effective and reproducible procedure with complications comparable to published data The equiflex instrumentation does help in equalising the flexion-extension gaps, improves patellar tracking and reduces the incidence of lateral retinacular release Design modification to include a calibrated quantifi-able tensioner may be helpful Further follow up of the same cohort would be desirable to get medium and long term results.
Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) reconstruction is performed widely across the United Kingdom by orthopaedic surgeons many of whom are members of the British Association for Surgery to the Knee (BASK), The choice of graft and fixation devices varies, based on surgeon’s preference, experience and patient needs. No data has been published with regards to choice of graft material or fixation devices in primary ACL reconstruction within the United Kingdom (UK).
To find out what current practice is, we undertook a postal questionnaire of BASK members. 62% responded. Of these, 55% of surgeons have been undertaking ACL reconstruction for more than 10 years. Only 39% are performing over 50 ACL reconstructions per year. 71% of surgeons have read the Good Practice for ACL reconstruction booklet published by the British Orthopaedic Association (BOA).
For the femur, the most popular devices used were metal screws (49%), rigidfix (17%), endobutton (14%), transfix (8%) and bioscrews (6%). For the tibia it was metal screws (57%), bioscrews (25%) and intrafix (14%)
16% use bone patellar tendon bone graft (BPTB), 18% use hamstrings, while 66% use either. Overall the most popular method seems to be the use of hamstrings or BPTB secured at both ends with metal interference screws without the use of a tensioner.
Whether the variation alters clinical result is difficult to prove. With no national registry, comparison of outcomes becomes impossible. Our survey should serve as a baseline for any future research in this area.
There were 23 male and 2 female patients with a mean age of 45 years (range 27 to 60). The median follow-up period was 22.5 months (range 6 to 60). At follow-up patients were assessed radiographically and clinically using the knee society clinical score [KSS] and the Tegner activity scale.
To calculate the patellar height the apex of the patella was considered as ‘Reference Slice 1’. The consecutive slices were followed distally to the last slice in which the patella was visible. From ‘Reference Slice 1’ VMO muscle was followed distally to the slice in which the muscle was last visible. We calculated the patella height and VMO muscle length as the product of the number of MRI slices and MRI slice thickness.
A statistically significant inverse relationship was noted between the level of insertion of VMO and the age of the patient.
Range of movement (ROM) was correlated with extent of soft tissue release, to see if release had any impact on increase in range of movement.
In those requiring an extensive medial release, a posterior release improved gain in ROM.